OWNER’S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at
the time of publication. However, Genesis reserves
the right to make changes at any time so that our
policy of continual product improvement may be
carried out.
This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle
models and includes descriptions and explanations
of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual
that does n
ot apply to your specific vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
Introduction
F2
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications
may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your Genesis Branded
Vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the
vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations establis
hed by the
U
.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Passenger Occupant
Classification System and other CAN bus systems. It is possible for an improperly
installed/adjusted high powered two-way radio to adversely affect electronic systems.
For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s
instructions if you choose to install on
e of these devices.
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
01
F3
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
Introduction
F4
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE OWNER
PRIVACY POLICY
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use
information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Genesis Branded
Vehicle has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies
and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Priva
cy Policy at
“
http://www.genesis.com/us/en/my-privacy-rights.html#owner”
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please
contact our Genesis Customer Care at:
Genesis Customer Care
PO BOX 20650
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
844-340-9741
Genesis Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday
between the hours of 5:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00
PM PST (English)
For Genesis Cu
stomer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available
M
onday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
JK1_en_US.book Page ii
1
1. Introduction
Introduction ......................................................................................................................1-2
Genesis Customer Care....................................................................................................1-2
Guide to Genesis Parts .....................................................................................................1-3
How to Use this Manual ...................................................................................................1-6
Safety Messages...............................................................................................................1-7
Fuel Requirements .......................................................................................................... 1-8
Vehicle Modifications...................................................................................................... 1-11
Vehicle Break-in Process ................................................................................................ 1-11
Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders..................................................... 1-12
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
1-2
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing this Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are
pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive the
Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and
high-quality construction of each Genesis Branded Vehicle we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
Genesis Branded Vehicle. To become familiar with your new Genesis Branded Vehicle, so
that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new
vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely operate
your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car
be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. Retailers of Genesis
Branded products are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any
other assistance that may be required.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should
be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the
vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and
maintenance information.
GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and
lubricants that do not meet Genesis Branded Vehicle specifications. You must always use
high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-15 in the
Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.
Copyright 2023 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any
means without the prior written permission of Genesis Customer Care.
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
1
1-3
GUIDE TO GENESIS PARTS
1. What are Genesis Parts?
Genesis Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture
vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and
reliability to our customers.
Type A
Table_ODH027037
Type B
Table_ODH027036
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
1-4
Introduction
2. Why should you use Genesis Parts?
Genesis Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements.
Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered
under the Genesis Branded New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Genesis
Branded Vehicle warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of Genesis Part caused by the installation or failure
of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any Genesis Branded
Vehicle Warranty.
Type A
Table_ODH027034
Type B
Table_ODH027035
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
1
1-5
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing Genesis Parts?
Look for the Genesis Parts Logo on the package.
Genesis Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.
Genesis Parts are only sold through an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Type A
Table_ODH027033
Type B
Table_ODH027032
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
1-6
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your
Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your
Owner’s Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of
each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual.
It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be
found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These
tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
1
1-7
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner’s Manual provides you
with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to
potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and
what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow
safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT
SYMBOL will be used.
btn_Warning_Standard
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards.
Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The
safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
1-8
Introduction
Fuel Requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as
well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
For the optimal vehicle performance, we recommend you use unleaded gasoline which
has an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane Number 95) or higher.
NOTICE
Using unleaded gasoline that is lower than octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research
Octane Number 95) could result in loss of engine power and increase fuel consumption.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
1
1-9
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, “E15” is a
gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of
these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine
control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. “E85” fuel is an
alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is
manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with
your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in poor engine performance and damage to your
vehicle’s engine and fuel system. Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that customers
do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use “E85” fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
• Silicone fuel additive
• Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
• Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst,
or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in
the overall life of the powertrain.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or
fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
1-10
Introduction
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Genesis Branded Vehicle does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control
system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit
formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems
starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can
purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 8,000 miles or 12 months
is recommended.
Additives are available from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along
with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
1
1-11
Vehicle Modifications
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its
performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and
emissions regulations.
• In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not
be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate
abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use
unauthorized electronic devices.
NOTICE
Some warning sounds (including welcome/good-bye sound, etc.) are generated from
the interior speakers or amplifiers. If necessary, we recommend you to purchase Genesis
Part to replace an interior speaker or amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a
malfunction of the interior speakers or amplifiers.
Vehicle Break-in Process
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying
engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Fuel economy and engine performance may vary depending on vehicle break-in
process and be stabilized after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New engines may consume
more oil during the vehicle break-in period.
• Do not tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
NOTICE
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead
compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm.
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
1-12
Introduction
Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR
is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment
or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data
with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
2
2. Vehicle Information,
Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior Overview (I)........................................................................................................ 2-2
Exterior Overview (II)....................................................................................................... 2-3
Interior Overview .............................................................................................................2-4
Instrument Panel Overview ............................................................................................2-6
Steering Wheel Control Overview (I)..............................................................................2-8
Steering Wheel Control Overview (II) ............................................................................2-9
Engine Compartment.................................................................................................... 2-10
Dimensions ..................................................................................................................... 2-11
Engine.............................................................................................................................. 2-11
Bulb Wattage ..................................................................................................................2-12
Tires and Wheels.............................................................................................................2-13
Air Conditioning System ................................................................................................2-14
Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume...........................................................................2-14
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..................................................................2-15
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .....................................................................2-17
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).............................................................................2-18
Vehicle Certification Label.............................................................................................2-18
Tire Specification and Pressure Label ...........................................................................2-18
Engine Number...............................................................................................................2-19
Air Conditioner Compressor Label ................................................................................2-19
Consumer Information..................................................................................................2-20
Reporting Safety Defects...............................................................................................2-21
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-2
Exterior Overview (I)
Front view
OJK011001N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Hood ........................................................................................................................5-70
(2) Headlight ................................................................................................................ 9-64
(3) Tires and wheels .....................................................................................................9-32
(4) Side view mirror ...................................................................................................... 5-57
(5) Sunroof ....................................................................................................................5-65
(6) Front windshield wiper blades .....................................................................5-93, 9-26
(7) Windows .................................................................................................................. 5-61
(8) Front radar ................................................................................................................. 7-6
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
2
2-3
Exterior Overview (II)
Rear view
OJK012002N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Door .........................................................................................................................5-30
(2) Fuel filler door ......................................................................................................... 5-78
(3) Rear combination lamp ..........................................................................................9-65
(4) Reverse lamp ..........................................................................................................9-65
(5) Liftgate .....................................................................................................................5-71
(6) Power liftgate open/close button ......................................................................... 5-73
(7) High mounted stop lamp ...................................................................................... 9-66
(8) Rear window wiper blades .....................................................................................9-28
(9) Antenna ..................................................................................................................5-132
(10)Wide-rear view camera ......................................................................................... 7-118
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-4
Interior Overview
OJK010003
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Inside door handle .................................................................................................. 5-32
(2) Integrated memory system ....................................................................................5-41
(3) Side view mirror control switch .............................................................................5-58
(4) Side view mirror folding button .............................................................................5-58
(5) Central door lock switch ........................................................................................ 5-32
(6) Power window switches ......................................................................................... 5-61
(7) Power window lock button / Electronic child safety lock button.............. 5-63, 5-35
(8) ISG (Idle Stop & Go) OFF button ........................................................................... 6-49
(9) Instrument panel illumination control switch ........................................................4-3
(10)DBC (Downhill Brake Control) button ...................................................................6-35
(11) ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF button ...................................................... 6-31
(12)Power liftgate open/close button ......................................................................... 5-72
(13)EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) switch ..................................................................6-22
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
2
2-5
(14)Hood release lever ..................................................................................................5-70
(15)Steering wheel tilt/telescopic switch ....................................................................5-46
(16)Steering wheel ........................................................................................................5-45
(17)Seat ............................................................................................................................3-4
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-6
Instrument Panel Overview
OJK013004N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Instrument cluster ....................................................................................................4-2
(2) Horn ......................................................................................................................... 5-47
(3) Driver’s front air bag ...............................................................................................3-46
(4) Engine Start/Stop button .........................................................................................6-6
(5) Infotainment system ............................................................................................ 5-134
(6) Automatic climate control system ........................................................................ 5-97
(7) Hazard warning flasher button ................................................................................8-2
(8) Passenger’s front air bag ........................................................................................3-46
(9) Glove box ................................................................................................................ 5-118
(10)Wireless charging system indicator .....................................................................5-124
(11) USB port .................................................................................................................5-132
(12)USB charger ...........................................................................................................5-122
(13)Wireless charging system pad ..............................................................................5-124
(14)Cup holder ............................................................................................................. 5-120
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
2
2-7
(15)Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial) .................................................................... 6-13
(16)Auto Hold button ....................................................................................................6-26
(17)Drive mode button .................................................................................................6-53
(18)Parking/View button ............................................................................................. 7-118
(19)Parking Safety button ............................................................................................7-142
(20)Rear seat climate control .................................................................................... 5-102
(21)Rear seat USB charger ...........................................................................................5-122
(22)AC inverter .............................................................................................................5-123
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-8
Steering Wheel Control Overview (I)
OJK010005
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Audio remote control buttons ..............................................................................5-133
(2) Bluetooth® hands-free phone button ................................................................. 5-134
(3) Voice recognition button ..................................................................................... 5-134
(4) Paddle shifter .......................................................................................................... 6-19
(5) Lighting control lever .............................................................................................5-82
(6) Wiper and washer control lever .............................................................................5-93
(7) LCD display controls ............................................................................................... 4-27
(8) Lane Driving Assist button .......................................................................... 7-29, 7-103
(9) Driving Assist button ..................................................................................... 7-54, 7-81
(10)Vehicle Distance button ......................................................................................... 7-78
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
2
2-9
Steering Wheel Control Overview (II)
OJK013005N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Audio remote control buttons ..............................................................................5-133
(2) Bluetooth® hands-free phone button ................................................................. 5-134
(3) Voice recognition button ..................................................................................... 5-134
(4) Paddle shifter .......................................................................................................... 6-19
(5) Lighting control lever .............................................................................................5-82
(6) Wiper and washer control lever .............................................................................5-93
(7) LCD display controls ............................................................................................... 4-27
(8) Lane Driving Assist button .......................................................................... 7-29, 7-103
(9) Driving Assist button ..................................................................................... 7-54, 7-81
(10)Vehicle Distance button ......................................................................................... 7-78
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-10
Engine Compartment
2.5 T-GDI
OJK091001N
3.5 T-GDI
OJK090002L
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1) Engine oil filler cap (3.5 T-GDI’s filler cap is under the engine cover) ................ 9-18
(2) Engine oil dipstick ................................................................................................... 9-16
(3) Engine coolant reservoir ........................................................................................9-20
(4) Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant reservoir .........................................................9-20
(5) Brake fluid reservoir ...............................................................................................9-23
(6) Air cleaner ...............................................................................................................9-24
(7) Windshield washer fluid reservoir .........................................................................9-24
(8) Fuse box ..................................................................................................................9-47
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
2
2-11
Dimensions
Engine
Items in (mm)
Overall length 185.63 (4715)
Overall width 75.20 (1910)
Overall height 64.17 (1630)
Tread
Tire size Front Rear
19 in. 64.92 (1649) 65.55 (1665)
21 in. 64.60 (1641) 65.24 (1657)
Wheelbase 113.19 (2875)
Engine
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
Bore x Stroke in.
(mm)
No. of cylinders Firing order
2.5 T-GDI 152.4 (2497)
3.5 x 4
(88.5 x 101.5)
4 1-3-4-2
3.5 T-GDI 211.8 (3470)
3.6 x 3.4
(92 x 87)
6 1-2-3-4-5-6
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-12
Bulb Wattage
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage
Front
Headlight
Low LED LED
High, Low beam assist LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Position lamp LED LED
Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) LED LED
Side marker LED LED
Puddle lamp LED LED
Rear
Stop lamp LED LED
Tail lamp LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Reverse lamp LED LED
Side marker LED LED
License plate lamp LED LED
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
Interior
Front seat map and room lamp LED LED
Rear seat room lamp (without sunroof) LED LED
Rear seat personal lamp (with sunroof) LED LED
Vanity mirror lamp LED LED
Glove box lamp LED LED
Handle lamp / Mood lamp / Door courtesy lamp LED LED
Luggage compartment lamp LED LED
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
2
2-13
Tires and Wheels
NOTICE
• Ambient temperature affects tire pressure (about 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 12°F (7°C)
change). If colder temperatures are anticipated, it is permissible to increase cold tire
inflation pressure by up to 3 psi (20 kPa) over the specification. If extreme temperature
changes are expected, be sure to check and adjust tire pressure accordingly.
• Tire inflation pressure decreases with higher elevation, and increases with lower
elevation (about 2.4 psi (10 kPa) for every mile (or kilometer) elevation change). Be sure
to check and adjust tire pressure accordingly when driving through changing
elevations.
• Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure, as found on the sidewall of the tire(s).
CAUTION
When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, brand, construction and tread
pattern supplied with the vehicle. If not, it can damage the related parts or make it work
irregularly.
Items Tire size Wheel size
Inflation pressure psi (kPa)
Wheel bolt
torque lbf·ft
(kgf·m, N·m)
Normal load
Maximum
load
Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
235/55R19 8.0J X 19
33
(230)
36
(250)
35
(240)
38
(260)
101~116
(14~16,
137~157)
255/40R21 9.0J X 21
35
(240)
39
(270)
35
(240)
41
(280)
Compact
spare tire
T155/80R19 4.0T X 19
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-14
Air Conditioning System
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.
Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume
Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
Max : Behind front seat to roof.
Item Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant 22.05±0.88 oz. (625±25 g) R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant 3.52±0.35 oz. (100±10 g) PAG
Item
2.5 T-GDI 3.5 T-GDI
2WD AWD AWD
Gross vehicle weight
5357 lbs.
(2430 kg)
5501 lbs.
(2495 kg)
5710 lbs. (2590 kg)
Luggage volume (SAE)
Min. Max.
28.9 cu ft. (819 ℓ) 56.9 cu ft. (1610 ℓ)
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
2
2-15
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil
*1
*2
Recommends
2.5 T-GDI 6.5 US qt. (6.2 ℓ)
API SN PLUS /SP or ILSAC GF-6
*3
SAE:
0W-30
3.5 T-GDI 7.4 US qt. (7.0 ℓ)
API SN PLUS/SP or ILSAC GF-6
*3
SAE:
0W-30
Automatic transmission
fluid
9.7 US qt. (9.2 ℓ)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Genesis/HYUNDAI
genuine ATF SP-IV-RR or other brands
meeting the above specification
approved by Genesis Customer Care
Engine coolant
2.5 T-GDI 9.1 US qt. (8.6 ℓ)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol
coolant for aluminum radiator)
3.5 T-GDI 10.2 US qt. (9.7 ℓ)
Liquid-cooled
intercooler
coolant
2.5 T-GDI 1.56 US qt. (1.48 ℓ)
3.5 T-GDI 1.56 US qt. (1.48 ℓ)
Brake fluid
*4
As required
SAE J1704 DOT-4LV, FMVSS116
DOT-4, ISO4925 CLASS-6
Front differential oil (AWD)
*5
0.71±0.026 US qt.
(0.67±0.025 ℓ)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE
75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 FM
PLUS OR EQUIVALENT)
Rear differential oil
*5
1.27±0.05 US qt.
(1.2±0.05 ℓ)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE
75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 FM
PLUS OR EQUIVALENT)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
Gear/Clutch : 0.44 ±
0.022 US qt. (0.42 ±
0.021 ℓ)
Actuator : 0.28 ±
0.011 US qt. (0.27 ±
0.010 ℓ)
SHELL TF0870B
e-LSD oil
0.43 ± 0.016 US qt.
(0.41 ± 0.015 ℓ)
SHELL TF0870C
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
2-16
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they
contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these
improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost
and energy savings.
*3 Requires < API SN PLUS (or above) full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil
including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated for
severe maintenance conditions.
*4 To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, we recommend that you use genuine
brake fluid that conform to specifications.
*5 If the front/rear differential is submerged, we recommend that you visit an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to replace the differential oil.
Fuel 17.43 US gal. (66 ℓ)
Refer to “Fuel Requirements” in
chapter 1.
Lubricant Volume Classification
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
2
2-17
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will
prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating
(engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better
fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are
required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than
those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in
before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
USA_API
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API) Certification Mark
conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is
recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Gasoline Engine Oil
0W-300W-30
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
2-18
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Vehicle Identification
if equipped
Number (VIN)
Frame number (if equipped)
OJK010020
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
the number used in registering your
vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining
to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under
the right front seat. To check the number,
open the cover.
VIN label (if equipped)
OJK010025L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the left side dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be seen
through the windshield from outside.
Vehicle Certification
Label
OJK010024L
The vehicle certification label attached on
the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side
center pillar gives the vehicle
identification number (VIN).
Tire Specification and
Pressure Label
OJK011021N
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are
chosen to provide the best performance
for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s side
center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
2
2-19
Engine Number
2.5 T-GDI
OJK011023N
3.5 T-GDI
OJK090051L
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
Air Conditioner
Compressor Label
OHI088008L
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part number,
production number, refrigerant (1) and
refrigerant oil (2).
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-20
Consumer Information
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of
Transportation. Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will help answer any questions
you may have as you read this information.
Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this
Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings “NOTICE”, “CAUTION”
and “WARNING”.
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
2
2-21
Reporting Safety Defects
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Genesis Customer
Care.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA.
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,
Washington, DC. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
3
3. Seats & Safety System
Important Safety Precautions......................................................................................... 3-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ........................................................................................ 3-2
Restrain All Children .................................................................................................... 3-2
Air Bag Hazards............................................................................................................ 3-2
Driver Distraction......................................................................................................... 3-2
Control Your Speed...................................................................................................... 3-3
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition.......................................................................... 3-3
Seats .................................................................................................................................3-4
Safety Precautions ....................................................................................................... 3-7
Front Seats....................................................................................................................3-8
Rear Seats....................................................................................................................3-14
Head Restraint ............................................................................................................3-17
Seat Warmers..............................................................................................................3-21
Air Ventilation Seats................................................................................................... 3-23
Seat Belts .......................................................................................................................3-24
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.....................................................................................3-24
Seat Belt Warning Light............................................................................................. 3-25
Seat Belt Restraint System........................................................................................ 3-27
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)......................................................................................... 3-32
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions................................................................... 3-33
Care of Seat Belts.......................................................................................................3-35
Child Restraint System (CRS) .......................................................................................3-35
Children Always in the Rear ......................................................................................3-35
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................3-36
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................3-38
Air Bag - Supplemental Restraint System....................................................................3-44
Where Are the Air Bags? ............................................................................................3-46
How Does the Air Bags System Operate? ................................................................3-50
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates..................................................................3-54
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .................................................................... 3-55
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?...........................................................3-60
SRS Care .....................................................................................................................3-65
Additional Safety Precautions...................................................................................3-66
Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................................................................3-66
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
3-2
Seats & Safety System
Important Safety
Precautions
You will find many safety precautions and
recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual. The
safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are designed
to supplement seat belts, not to replace
them. So even though your vehicle is
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make
sure you and your passengers wear your
seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in
your vehicle properly restrained in a rear
seat, not the front seat. Infants and small
children should be restrained in an
appropriate Child Restraint System.
Larger children should use a booster seat
with the lap/shoulder belt until they can
use the seat belt properly without a
booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and short adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using mobile phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they
take their eyes and attention off the road
or their hands off the wheel to focus on
activities other than driving. To reduce
your risk of distraction and an accident:
• Set up your mobile devices (for
example, MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) ONLY when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and conditions permit
safe use. NEVER text or email while
driving. Most countries have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
countries and cities also prohibit
drivers from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel as
well as your eyes and attention on the
road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
3
3-3
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious
injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current
conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
Seats & Safety System
3-4
Seats
OJK030001L
[A] Driver’s side
[B] Passenger’s side
Front seat
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward / Seat cushion tilt / Seat cushion height
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion extension / Seat cushion support
(4) Lumbar support
(5) Seatback bolster
(6) Ergo Motion seat
(7) Seat warmer / Air ventilation seat
(8) Head restraint
(9) Walk-in seat switch
(10)Rear HVAC adjustment
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
3
3-5
OJK033069N
Rear seat
(1) Seatback angle (Manual)
(2) Head restraint
(3) Armrest
(4) Seat warmer / Air ventilation seat
(5) Seatback remote folding lever
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
Seats & Safety System
3-6
OJK031062N
Infotainment system
Select ‘Setup > Vehicle > Seat’ from the Settings menu in the infotainment system, you
may use various convenience functions.
• Seat position change alert : Seat change information is displayed.
• Seat switch alert : Detailed information of the seat switch and image is displayed when
the switch is touched or the switch is moved.
• Smart Posture Care : Recommends a posture (position) for the driver according to the
driver’s measurement. For more details, refer to “Smart posture care system” section
in chapter 5.
• Heated/Ventilated features
- Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings (for driver’s seat) : The seat
temperature is automatically controlled.
- Seat heater balance : When the seat heater is on, you may lower the seat heater
(warmer) setting, or may turn the seat heater off for either the seatback or seat
cushion.
• Seating easy access
- Steering wheel easy access : Moves the steering wheel when the driver enters or
leaves the vehicle.
- Driver seat easy access : The distance (Normal/Extended/Off) the seat automatically
moves when the driver enters or leaves the vehicle may be selected.
• Ergo-motion seat
- Comfortable stretch : The operation intensity and operation time for Comfortable
Stretch may be selected.
- Smart posture assist : The seat is adjusted to assist the driver’s posture after driving
for an hour.
- Smart support : The driver's seat bolster is increased when SPORT mode is selected
or when driving at high speed.
See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.
Information
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
3
3-7
Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting
in a safe and comfortable position plays
an important role for the safety of the
driver and passengers, as much as seat
belts and air bags when in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction
between the seat and the passenger. The
passenger’s hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt during an accident
or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries could
result because the seat belt cannot
operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk of
being injured by an inflating air bag.
Sitting too close to an air bag greatly
increases the risk of injury in the event the
air bag inflates. The National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the rear
as possible while maintaining the ability
to control the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat as far to
the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the rim with
your hands at the 9 o’clock and 3
o’clock positions to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone
between you and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place feet or legs on the dashboard to
minimize the risk of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip. At all times, passengers
should sit upright and be properly
restrained. Infants and small children
must be restrained in appropriate Child
Restraint Systems. Children who have
outgrown a booster seat and adults must
be restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for more than
one occupant.
• Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small infants to
ride on a passenger’s lap.
• Do not route the seat belt across your
neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
the shoulder strap away from your
body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to become
caught or jammed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
3-8
Seats & Safety System
Front Seats
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control the
steering wheel, foot pedals and controls
on the instrument panel.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while
the vehicle is moving. The seat could
respond with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Do not place anything under the front
seats. Loose objects in the driver’s foot
area could interfere with the operation
of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with
the normal position and proper locking
of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on the
floor or seat. When you operate the
seat, gas may exit out of the lighter
causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when picking up
small objects trapped under the seats
or between the seat and the center
console. Your hands might be cut or
injured by the sharp edges of the seat
mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the rear seats,
be careful while adjusting the front seat
position.
• Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not, the
seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while wearing
your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion
forward may cause strong pressure on
your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or fingers to
get caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the vehicle
unattended. The power seats are
operable when the vehicle is turned off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats when
the seat has been adjusted as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer than
necessary when the vehicle is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
• Do not operate two or more seats at the
same time. This may result in an
electrical malfunction.
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
3
3-9
Forward and rearward adjustment
OJK031084N
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion tilt/height adjustment
OJK031085N
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part of
the seat cushion:
Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2)
To change the height of the seat cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control switch
up to raise or down to lower the height of
the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
3-10
Seats & Safety System
Seatback angle adjustment
OJK031086N
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections of
your restraint system (seat belts and air
bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your
seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases
your chance of serious or fatal injuries in
the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit
well back in their seats, properly belted,
and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips
and chest to work properly. When the
seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt
cannot do its job because it will not be
snug against your chest. Instead, it will be
in front of you. During an accident, you
could be thrown into the seat belt,
causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater chance the passenger’s hips will
slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s
neck will strike the shoulder belt.
Seat cushion extension adjustment
if equipped
(for driver's seat)
OJK031087N
To move the front part of the cushion
forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
3
3-11
Seat cushion support adjustment
if equipped
(for driver's seat)
OJK031088N
To adjust cushion support:
1. Push the control switch up to increase
cushion support or down to decrease
cushion support.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion support reaches the desired
position.
if equipped
Lumbar support
OJK031089N
To adjust the lumbar support:
1. Press the front portion of the switch (1)
to increase support or the rear portion
of the switch (2) to decrease support.
2. Press switch (3) or (4) to move the
support position up or down.
3. Release the switch once the lumbar
support reaches the desired position.
Seat bolster adjustment (for driver's
if equipped
seat)
OJK031090N
To adjust seat bolster:
1. Push the adjustment lever clockwise,
the seatback bolster will be adjusted
inward. Push the switch
counterclockwise, the seatback bolster
will be adjusted outward.
2. Release the lever once the bolster
reaches the desired position.
if equipped
Ergo-motion seat
OJK032097N
Select 'Ergo-Motion Seat' from the
infotainment system's Settings menu to
select and set up supplemental functions.
WARNING
Before actually using each function, try
the functions with the vehicle parked.
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
3-12
Seats & Safety System
Comfortable stretch
Comfortable stretch is a function that
helps relieve fatigue of the pelvis and
lower back due to driving.
OJK031091N
Every time you press the button, you may
select a mode or turn off the function in
the following order.
• Pelvic stretching: The cushion portion
moves, helping the left and right
movement of the pelvis.
• Lumbar stretching: The seatback
portion moves, helping back and forth
movement of the lower back.
• Whole Body stretching: The cushion
and seatback moves in sequence,
helping the whole body reduce fatigue.
• Off: Turns off Comfortable Stretch.
Also, you can change the operation
intensity and operation time from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
• Intensity: Setup > Vehicle > Seat >
Ergo-Motion Seat > Comfortable
Stretch > Strong/Normal
• Time: Setup > Vehicle > Seat >
Ergo-Motion Seat > Comfortable
Stretch > Operational Time > Short(10
min)/Normal(15 min)/Long(20 min)
Smart posture assist
After driving for an hour, Smart posture
assist automatically adjusts the pelvis and
back portion of the seat to assist the
posture.
You can activate or deactivate Smart
posture assist function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Seat > Ergo-Motion
Seat > Smart Posture Assist
Smart support
The seat bolster support increases when
SPORT mode is selected for Drive Mode
and when driving at high speed.
You can activate or deactivate Posture
Assist function from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Seat > Ergo-Motion
Seat > Smart Support
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
3
3-13
Walk-in switch
OJX1039014
The rear seat passenger may use the
switches to control the front passenger
seat.
• Sliding forward or rearward:
Press the switch (1) or (2) to move the
front passenger seat forward or
rearward.
• Seatback angle:
Press the switch (3) or (4) to recline the
front passenger seatback forward or
rearward.
Seatback pocket
OJK030005
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front seatbacks.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
3-14
Seats & Safety System
Rear Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Adjusting the seats
- NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. The seat
may suddenly move and may injure
the passenger.
- Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not, the
seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
• Folding the seats
- Do not fold the seatback when the
seat is occupied (for example,
passenger, pets or luggage). It may
injure the passenger or pet, or
damage the luggage.
- Never allow passengers to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving. This is not a
proper seating position and no seat
belts are available for use. This could
result in serious injury or death in
case of an accident or sudden stop.
- Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher
than the top of the front seatbacks.
This could allow cargo to slide
forward and cause injury or damage
during sudden stops.
- When returning the rear seatback
from a folded to an upright position,
hold the seatback and return it
slowly. Ensure that the seatback is
completely locked into its upright
position by pushing on the top of the
seatback. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback could
allow cargo to move forward with
great force and enter the passenger
compartment, which could result in
serious injury or death.
• Loading cargo
- Make sure the engine is off, the gear
shifted to P (Park), and the parking
brake is securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo. Failure to
take these steps may allow the
vehicle to move if the shift button or
shift dial is inadvertently pressed or
rotated to another position.
- When cargo is loaded through the
rear passenger seats, ensure the
cargo is properly secured to prevent
it from moving while driving.
• Do not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly secured
and may hit vehicle occupants in a
collision causing serious injury or
death.
CAUTION
Do not allow your hands or fingers to get
caught in the seat mechanisms while
adjusting the seats.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Rear seat belts
Before folding the seatback, insert the
seat belt buckle in the holder between
the seatback and cushion. And insert
the seat belt webbing in the guide to
prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
• Cargo
Be careful when loading cargo through
the rear passenger seats to prevent
damage to the vehicle interior.
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
3
3-15
Manual adjustment
OJK030070
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback
of the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.
* The seatbacks can be folded with the
seatback recline lever.
Folding the rear seats
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the front
seat forward.
OJK030006
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the
lowest position.
OJK030008
3. Route the seat belt webbing through
the rear seat belt guides to prevent the
belts from being trapped behind or
under the seats.
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
3-16
Seats & Safety System
OJK030007
OJK030009L
4. Pull up the seatback folding lever, then
fold the seat toward the front of the
vehicle. When you return the seatback
to its upright position, always be sure it
has locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
OJK030010L
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold the
seatback to the upright position by
pulling up the folding lever. Push the
seatback firmly until it clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked in
place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
Seatback remote folding
OJK030071
Pull the rear seat back folding lever (1)
located in the both sides of the cargo
area.
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
3
3-17
Armrest
OJK030060
The armrest is located in the center of the
rear seat. Pull the armrest down from the
seatback to use it.
Head Restraint
The vehicle’s front and rear seats have
adjustable head restraints. The head
restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly they
are designed to help protect passengers
from whiplash and other neck and spinal
injuries during an accident, especially in a
rear impact collision.
WARNING
To help reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident, take the following
precautions when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the head
restraints for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the
head restraint removed or reversed.
• Adjust the head restraints so the middle
of the head restraint is at the same
height as the height of the top of the
eyes.
OHI039190N
• NEVER adjust the head restraint
position of the driver’s seat when the
vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as close to the
passenger’s head as possible. Do not
use a seat cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint locks into
position after adjusting it.
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
3-18
Seats & Safety System
WARNING
OTL035061
When sitting on the rear seat, do not
adjust the height of the head restraint to
the lowest position.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in the rear
seats, adjust the height of the head
restraint to the lowest position. The rear
seat head restraint can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on
the head restraints.
Front seat head restraints
OJK030064L
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats
are equipped with adjustable head
restraints for the passengers safety and
comfort.
OJX1039009
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2) on
the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the desired
position (3).
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
3
3-19
NOTICE
OHI038136
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat
cushion raised, the head restraint may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
OJK031095N
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
seatback angle switch (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
3. Press the head restraint release button
(3) while pulling the head restraint up
(4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat
with the head restraint removed.
OJK031094N
To reinstall the head restraint :
1. Recline the seatback.
2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release button
(1).
3. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
4. Recline the seatback (4) with the
seatback angle switch (3).
WARNING
Always make sure the head restraint locks
into position after reinstalling and
adjusting it properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
3-20
Seats & Safety System
Rear seat head restraints
OJK030074
The rear seats are equipped with head
restraints in all the seating positions for
the passenger’s safety and comfort.
OJK030073
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2) on
the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the desired
position (3).
OJK030065L
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
2. Press the head restraint release button
(1) while pulling the head restraint up
(2).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles into the
holes (3) while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
3
3-21
Seat Warmers
Seat warmers are provided to warm the
seats during cold weather.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer is
not needed, keep the seat warmers OFF.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS
BURN, even at low temperatures and
especially if used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the seat
is becoming too warm so they can turn it
off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature
change or pain to the skin should use
extreme caution, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or who burn
easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat that
insulates against heat when the seat
warmer is in operation, such as a blanket
or seat cushion. This may cause the seat
warmer to overheat, causing a burn or
damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers
and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to
clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects on
seats equipped with seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer.
Front seat warmers
OJK030055L
• While the engine is running, touch
either of the icons to warm the
driver’s seat or front passenger’s seat.
The seat warmer will operate and the
warming light will illuminate to indicate
that the function is in use. You can
control the temperature by pressing
either or icon.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you touch the or icon,
the temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
Table_text_Arrow_2-29
OFF HIGH ( )
MEDIUM
( )
LOW
( )
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
3-22
Seats & Safety System
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to automatically
control the seat temperature in order to
prevent low temperature burns after
being manually turned on.
Table_text_Arrow_2-29-1
You may manually touch the icon to
increase seat temperature. However,
the seat temperature is automatically
adjusted again.
• Seat Heater Balance
You may lower the seat warmer setting,
or may turn the seat warmer off for
either the seatback or seat cushion,
when the seat warmer is on.
To use this function, it must be enabled
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
- Setup > Vehicle > Seat >
Heated/Ventilated Features > Seat
Heater Balance
• When touching the or icon for
more than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer will
turn off.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
if equipped
Rear seat warmers
OJK030013
• While the engine is running, press
either of the seat warmer switches to
warm the rear seat.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you press the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
Table_text_Arrow_2-29
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to automatically
control the seat temperature in order to
prevent low temperature burns after
being manually turned on.
Table_text_Arrow_2-29-1
You may manually push the switch to
increase seat temperature. However,
the seat temperature is automatically
adjusted again.
• When pressing the switch for more than
1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn off.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
30 min 60 min
OFF HIGH ( )
MEDIUM
( )
LOW
( )
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
30 min 60 min
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
3
3-23
• You can also adjust the rear seat
warmers from the front seats. With the
engine running, touch the REAR button
on the climate control system screen to
display the rear controls. Then touch
the seat warmer icon.
OJK031056N
Air Ventilation Seats
The air ventilation seats are provided to
cool the front seats by blowing air
through small vent holes on the surface of
the seat cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the air ventilation
seat is not needed, keep the air
ventilation seats OFF.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation
seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to
clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of
the front seats and seatbacks; this may
cause the air vent holes to block and
not work properly.
• Do not place materials such as plastic
bags or newspapers under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
malfunction of the air vent.
• Do not change the seat covers. It may
damage the air ventilation seat.
• If the air vents do not operate, restart
the vehicle. If there is no change, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 23
3-24
Seats & Safety System
if equipped
Front air ventilation seats
OJK030057L
• While the engine is running, touch
either of the icons to cool the
driver’s seat or front passenger’s seat.
The air ventilation seat will operate and
the warning light will illuminate to
indicate that the function is in use. You
can control the temperature by
pressing either or icon.
• Each time you touch the icon, the
airflow changes as follows:
Table_text_Arrow_2-29
• If the air ventilation seat is positioned at
HIGH, the airflow speed will increase
according to vehicle speed.
• Use the air ventilation seat with the air
conditioning on for more effective
ventilation.
• It may take 3~5 minutes after switch
operation to feel the temperature
change.
• When touching the or icon for
more than 1.5 seconds with the air
ventilation seat operating, the
operation will turn off.
• The air ventilation seats defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
Seat Belts
This section describes how to use the seat
belts properly. It also describes some of
the things not to do when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make
sure all passengers have fastened their
seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags
are designed to supplement the seat belt
as an additional safety device, not a
replacement. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is
moving. Take the following precautions
when adjusting and wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or
older must be seated in the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
And the child must always be restrained
in the seat properly.
• NEVER allow an infant or child to be
carried on an occupant’s lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined
when the vehicle is moving.
• Do not allow children to share a seat or
seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back.
• Always wear both the shoulder portion
and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
• NEVER wear a seat belt over fragile
objects. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the seat belt can damage it.
OFF HIGH ( )
MEDIUM
( )
LOW
( )
JK1_en_US.book Page 24
3
3-25
• Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A
twisted seat belt will not protect you
properly in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or
hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into the
buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in the buckle
interfering with the seat belt latch
mechanism, because any materials in
the buckle can cause the seat belt not
to be fastened securely.
• No modifications or additions should
be made by the user which will either
prohibit the seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove slack, or
prohibit the seat belt assembly from
being adjusted to remove slack.
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies will not operate properly.
Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
webbing.
• Damaged hardware.
• The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even if
damage to webbing or assembly is not
apparent.
Seat Belt Warning Light
Driver’s seat belt warning
Instrument cluster
OJK030016L
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position regardless of belt fastening.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is between 5.5 mph (9
km/h) and 12 mph (20 km/h) the warning
light will continue to illuminate and
warning chime will sound until the seat
belt is fastened.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h),
the warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds (warning chime will sound in
three stages).
JK1_en_US.book Page 25
3-26
Seats & Safety System
Front passenger’s seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger, the
front passenger’s seat belt warning light
will illuminate for approximately 6
seconds each time the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position regardless of
belt fastening.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is between 5.5 mph (9
km/h) and 12 mph (20 km/h) the warning
light will continue to illuminate and
warning chime will sound until the seat
belt is fastened.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h),
the warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds (warning chime will sound in
three stages).
WARNING
Riding in an improper position adversely
affects the front passenger’s seat belt
warning system. It is important for the
driver to instruct the passenger to be
seated properly as instructed in this
manual.
Information
• Although the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger’s seat belt warning
may operate when luggage is placed on
the front passenger seat.
Rear passenger’s seat belt warning
OJKEV031037
Rear seatbelt
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, if the rear seat passenger’s
seat belt is not fastened, the
corresponding seat belt warning light will
illuminate for 70 seconds. But, if the
seatbelt is fastened after 6 seconds, the
corresponding seat belt warning light will
immediately turn off.
If the seat belt is fastened, and then
unfastened while driving below 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding seat belt
warning light will illuminate for about 70
seconds.
If the seat belt is fastened, and then
unfastened while driving above 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding seat belt
warning light will blink and the warning
chime will sound for about 35 seconds.
JK1_en_US.book Page 26
3
3-27
Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
OHI038182L
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury in an
accident. Take the following precautions
when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat belt
as low as possible across your hips, not
on your waist, so that it fits snugly.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• Never position the shoulder belt across
your neck or face.
Front Seat Belt - Driver’s 3point
system with emergency locking
retractor
OHI038140
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).
There will be an audible “click” when the
tab locks into the buckle.
OHI038137
You should place the lap belt (1) portion
across your hips and the shoulder belt (2)
portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length after the lap belt portion is
adjusted manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips. If you lean forward in a
slow, easy motion, the belt will extend
and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 27
3-28
Seats & Safety System
Information
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and
release it. After release, you will be able to
pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of the four different
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted
so it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.
Front seat
OJK030019
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).
To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor into
position. Try sliding the height adjuster to
make sure that it has locked into position.
OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
Once it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Rear Seat Belt - Passenger’s 3-point
system with convertible locking
retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed in
the rear seat positions to help
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convertible
retractor is also installed in the front
passenger seat position, NEVER place any
infant/child restraint system in the front
seat of the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 28
3
3-29
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab into the buckle. There
will be an audible “click” when the tab
locks into the buckle. When not securing
a child restraint, the seat belt operates in
the same way as the driver’s seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It
automatically adjusts to the proper length
only after the lap belt portion of the seat
belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from
the retractor to allow the installation of a
child restraint system, the seat belt
operation changes to allow the belt to
retract, but not to extend (Automatic
Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the
“Using a Child Restraint System” section
in this chapter.
OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides
the same level of protection for seated
passengers in either emergency or
automatic locking modes, the emergency
locking mode allows seated passengers
to move freely in their seat while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a
collision or sudden stop, the retractor
automatically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking
mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow
the belt to fully retract.
Second row center seatbelt (3-point
rear center seat belt)
OJK030020
1. Take out the buckle (2), which is stored
between the seat/seatback cushions.
2. Insert the metal plate (1) into the buckle
(2), until it clicks.
You can make sure its secure fastening
by pulling the seatbelt webbing. The
buckle with 'CENTER' mark should be
used for the 3-point seatbelt.
3. Restore the buckle between the
seat/seatback cushion after
unfastening the seatbelt.
JK1_en_US.book Page 29
3-30
Seats & Safety System
Pre-tensioner seat belt
OJKEV031078
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's,
front passenger's, and rear LH/RH
passenger’s (except center passenger)
Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor
Pre-tensioner). The purpose of the
pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat
belts fit tightly against the occupant’s
body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in crashes where the frontal or
side collision(s) is severe enough,
together with the airbags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the
occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position.
In certain frontal collisions, the
pre-tensioner will activate and pull the
seat belt into tighter contact against the
occupant’s body.
If the system senses excessive tension on
the driver or passenger’s seat belt when
the pre-tensioner system activates, the
load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt (if
equipped with load limiter).
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or
twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will
not protect you properly in an accident.
• Do not place anything near the buckle.
This may adversely affect the buckle
and cause it to function improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners
after activation or an accident.
Pre-tensioner seat belts are designed
to be used only once.
• Have the pre-tensioners inspected,
serviced, repaired or replaced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes after they
have been activated. When the
pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the
pre-tensioner can become hot and can
burn you.
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the vehicle
may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt
system. Therefore, have the system
serviced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 30
3
3-31
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
OHI038175L
OJK033119N
(1) SRS airbag warning light
(2) Front retractor pre-tensioner
(3) SRS control module
(4) Rear retractor pre-tensioner (if
equipped)
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS control
module is connected with the
pre-tensioner seat belts. The SRS airbag
warning light on the instrument cluster
will illuminate for about 3~6 seconds after
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illuminate
even if the SRS airbag is not
malfunctioning. If the warning light does
not illuminate, stays illuminated or
illuminates when the vehicle is being
driven, have the pre-tensioner seat belts
and/or SRS control module inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
Information
• Pre-tensioner seat belts may activate in
certain frontal or side collisions or
rollover situations.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should not
be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash
all exposed skin areas thoroughly after
an accident in which the pre-tensioner
seat belts were activated.
JK1_en_US.book Page 31
3-32
Seats & Safety System
if equipped
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
The purpose of the Pre-Active Seat Belt is
to tighten the seat belt when a collision is
sensed, during emergency braking, or
when a loss of control is sensed.
NOTICE
Pre-Active Seat Belt is a supplementary
system. Pre-Active Seat Belt activates
only when the passenger is wearing their
seat belt.
Pre-Active Seat Belt operation
In order to maximize the safety of the
passenger, Pre-Active Seat Belt system
operates as below.
• Full retraction
The seat belt is tightened when:
- Emergency braking situation occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
- The vehicle detects a collision
- The vehicle detects driving on a
frozen road
- Driving on a rough road with severe
impact
- Unstable rolling of the vehicle occurs
• Slack removal
Tightens a loose seat belt if vehicle
speed is over 9 mph (15 km/h).
• Belt parking
Tightens a loose seat belt when the seat
belt is unfastened.
Warning message
OJK030059L
Check Pre-Active Seat Belt
The Pre-Active Seat Belt warning
message will appear if there is a problem
with your Pre-Active Seat Belt.
Have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products if the warning message comes
on while the vehicle is in motion. When
the Pre-Active Seat Belt warning message
disappears, the master warning light ( )
will illuminate.
JK1_en_US.book Page 32
3
3-33
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a
lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder
belt across your chest, routed between
your breasts and away from your neck.
Place the lap belt below your belly so that
it fits SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic
bone, under the rounded part of the belly.
WARNING
• Pregnant women and patients are more
vulnerable to any impacts on the
abdomen during an abrupt stop or
accident. If you are in an accident while
pregnant, we recommend you consult
your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to an unborn child during an
accident, pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or over the area of the
abdomen where the unborn child is
located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have Child Restraint System
laws which require children to travel in
approved Child Restraint System devices,
including booster seats. The age at which
seat belts can be used instead of Child
Restraint System differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and where
you are travelling. Infant and Child
Restraint System must be properly placed
and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the “Child
Restraint System (CRS)” section in this
chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and
small children in a Child Restraint System
appropriate for the child’s height and
weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to a child and other passengers,
NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. The violent
forces created during an accident will tear
the child from your arms and throw the
child against the interior of the vehicle.
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying
any Child Restraint System, make sure
that it has a label certifying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
FMVSS 213.
The Child Restraint System must be
appropriate for your child’s height and
weight. Check the label on the Child
Restraint System for this information.
Refer to “Child Restraint System (CRS)”
section in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 33
3-34
Seats & Safety System
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too
large for a booster seat should always
occupy the rear seat and use the available
lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie
across the upper thighs and be snug
across the shoulder and chest to restrain
the child safely. Check belt fit
periodically. A child’s squirming could put
the belt out of position. In the event of an
accident, children are afforded the best
safety restrained by a proper Child
Restraint System in the rear seats. Always
have the LATCH system inspected by
your authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an accident. An
accident can damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure the child
restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated
in the front seat, the child must be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need to
be returned to an appropriate booster
seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure larger children’s seat
belts are worn and properly adjusted.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child’s neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child to use
a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific
recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of injuries
in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections of
your restraint system (seat belts and/or
air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve the
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should be
in an upright position when the car is
moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the front or rear seats
are in a reclined position.
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or
fatal injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always sit
well back in their seats with the
seatbacks upright and should be belted
properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 34
3
3-35
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition,
care should be taken to assure that seat
belts and belt hardware are not damaged
by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of any
kind. Any damaged parts should be
replaced as soon as possible by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If
belts become dirty, they can be cleaned
by using a mild soap solution and warm
water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or
abrasives should not be used because
they may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage is
visible. Additional questions concerning
seat belt operation should be directed to
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Child Restraint System
(CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the
vehicle. Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat. A child
riding in the front passenger seat can be
forcefully struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 should always ride
in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk of
injury in an accident, sudden stop or
sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children
are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for a
Child Restraint System must use the seat
belts provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved Child Restraint Systems.
The laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of Child
Restraint System differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and where
you are travelling.
Child Restraint Systems must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat. You
must use a commercially available Child
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
JK1_en_US.book Page 35
3-36
Seats & Safety System
Child Restraint Systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle seat
by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate
rearward-facing or forward-facing CRS
that has first been properly secured to the
seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with
the instructions for installation and use
provided by the manufacturer of the Child
Restraint System.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint can
increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when using a Child
Restraint System:
• NEVER install a child or infant restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
• Always properly secure the child
restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
• Always follow the child restraint system
manufacturer's instructions for
installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a child
safety seat that “hooks” over a
seatback, it may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
check the child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and lower
anchors.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a Child Restraint System
for your child, always:
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
has a label certifying that it meets
applicable Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a Child Restraint System based
on your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for use
typically provide this information.
• Select a Child Restraint System that fits
the vehicle seating position where it will
be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and use
provided with the Child Restraint
System.
JK1_en_US.book Page 36
3
3-37
Child Restraint System types
There are three main types of Child
Restraint Systems: rearward-facing,
forward-facing and booster Child
Restraint Systems.
They are classified according to the
child’s age, height and weight.
OJK030021
Rearward-facing Child Restraint System
A rearward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint with the seating
surface against the back of the child.
The harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the Child Restraint
Systems and reduce the stress to the
fragile neck and spinal cord.
All children under the age of one year
must always ride in a rearward-facing
Child Restraint System. Convertible and
3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems typically
have higher height and weight limits for
the rearward-facing position, allowing
you to keep your child rearward-facing
for a longer period of time.
Keep using Child Restraint Systems in the
rearward-facing position as long as
children fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rearward-facing Child
Restraint System, your child is ready for a
forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness.
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in
the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
OJK030022
Forward-facing Child Restraint System
A forward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint for the child’s body
with a harness. Keep children in a
forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness until they reach the top
height or weight limit allowed by your
Child Restraint System’s manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the
forward-facing Child Restraint System,
your child is ready for a booster seat.
JK1_en_US.book Page 37
3-38
Seats & Safety System
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint System
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster seat
positions the seat belt so that it fits
properly over the lap of your child. Keep
your children in booster seats until they
are big enough to fit in a seat belt
properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie comfortable across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder
belt should lie comfortable across the
shoulder and chest and not across the
neck or face. Children under age 13 must
always be properly restrained to minimize
the risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your Child Restraint
System always:
• Read and follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the
Child Restraint System.
• Read and follow the instructions
regarding child restraint systems in this
manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and
instructions could increase the risk of the
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident
occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a Child Restraint
System, the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
After selecting a proper Child Restraint
System for your child and checking that
the Child Restraint System fits properly
on the seating position, there are three
general steps for a proper installation:
• Properly secure the Child Restraint
System to the vehicle. All Child
Restraint Systems must be secured to
the vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH
system.
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
is firmly secured. After installing a
Child Restraint System to the vehicle,
push and pull the seat forward and from
side-to-side to verify that it is securely
attached to the seat. A Child Restraint
System secured with a seat belt should
be installed as firmly as possible.
However, some side-to-side
movement can be expected.
When installing a Child Restraint
System, adjust the vehicle seat and
seatback (up and down, forward and
rearward) so that your child fits in the
Child Restraint System in a comfortable
manner.
• Secure the child in the Child Restraint
System. Make sure the child is properly
strapped in the Child Restraint System
according to the Child Restraint System
manufacturer’s instructions.
CAUTION
A Child Restraint System in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To prevent
burns, check the seating surface and
buckles before placing your child in the
Child Restraint System.
JK1_en_US.book Page 38
3
3-39
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a Child Restraint
System during driving and in an accident.
This system is designed to make
installation of the Child Restraint System
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your Child Restraint
System. The LATCH system uses anchors
in the vehicle and attachments on the
Child Restraint System. The LATCH
system eliminates the need to use seat
belts to secure the Child Restraint System
to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a Child Restraint System
with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle,
you must have a Child Restraint System
with LATCH attachments.
The Child Restraint System manufacturer
will provide you with instructions on how
to use the Child Restraint System with its
attachments for the LATCH lower
anchors.
OJK030075
LATCH anchors have been provided in the
left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown in the
illustration.
There are no LATCH anchors provided for
the center rear seating position.
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint
System using LATCH anchors in the rear
center seating position. There are no
LATCH anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors can
damage the anchors which may break or
fail in a collision resulting in serious injury
or death.
OJK030026
[A] Lower Anchor Position Indicator
[B] Lower Anchor
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and right
rear seat backs to identify the position of
the lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between
the seatback and the seat cushion of the
rear seat left and right outboard seating
positions.
WARNING
Before installing the Child Restraint
System, make sure that there are no
objects (for example, toy, pen, wire)
around the lower anchor area. Those
objects may damage either the seat belt
system or the Child Restraint System
during the installment procedure. If
necessary, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 39
3-40
Seats & Safety System
Securing a Child Restraint System
with the “LATCH Anchors System”
To install a LATCH-compatible Child
Restraint System in either of the rear
outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from the
anchors that could prevent a secure
connection between the Child Restraint
System and the lower anchors.
3. Place the Child Restraint System on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the Child
Restraint System manufacturer.
4. Follow the instructions of the Child
Restraint System’s manufacturer for
proper installation and connection of
the lower attachments on the Child
Restraint System to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• To prevent the child from reaching and
taking hold of unretracted seat belts,
buckle all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing behind
the child. Children can be strangled if a
shoulder belt becomes wrapped
around their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one Child
Restraint System to a single anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products after an
accident. An accident can damage the
LATCH system and may not properly
secure the Child Restraint System.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the LATCH
system is under 65 lb. (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child
restraint weight: Child weight + Child
restraint weight < 65 lb. (30kg)
JK1_en_US.book Page 40
3
3-41
Securing a Child Restraint System
seat with “Tether Anchor” system
OJK031024N
First secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If
the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether strap be
attached, attach and tighten the top
tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the rear of the seatbacks.
OJK030023
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the Child Restraint System
top-tether strap over the seatback.
Route the tether strap under the head
restraint and between the head
restraint posts, or route the tether strap
over the top of the vehicle seatback.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the
top-tether strap according to the
instructions of your Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer to firmly attach
the Child Restraint System to the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System
is securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat
forward-and-back and side-to-side.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• NEVER attach more than one Child
Restraint System to a single tether
anchor. This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap to
anything other than the correct
top-tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something else.
• Child Restraint System anchors are
designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted Child
Restraint System.
Do not use them for adult seat belts,
harnesses, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 41
3-42
Seats & Safety System
Securing a Child Restraint System
with a lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
Child Restraint Systems must be secured
to a rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rearward-facing Child
Restraint System in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in serious injury
or death if the Child Restraint System is
struck by an inflating air bag.
OHI038145
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only lock
under extreme or emergency conditions
(emergency locking mode), you must
manually pull the seat belt all the way out
to shift the retractor to the “Automatic
Locking” mode to secure a Child Restraint
System.
The “Automatic Locking” mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the seat
belt to loosen and compromise the Child
Restraint System. To secure a Child
Restraint System, use the following
procedure.
To install a Child Restraint System on the
rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the Child Restraint System on a
rear seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the Child
Restraint System, following the Child
Restraint System manufacturer’s
instructions. Make sure the seat belt
webbing is not twisted.
Information
When using the rear center seat belt,
you should also refer to the “Rear Seat
Belt - Passenger’s 3-point system with
convertible locking retractor” section in
this chapter.
OHI038146
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”
sound.
Information
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
JK1_en_US.book Page 42
3
3-43
OHI038147
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt
all the way out. When the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the “Automatic Locking” (child
restraint) mode.
OHI038148
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the
seat belt to retract and listen for an
audible “clicking” or “ratcheting”
sound. This indicates that the retractor
is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If
no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps
3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt as
possible by pushing down on the Child
Restraint System while feeding the
shoulder belt back into the retractor.
6.Push and pull on the Child Restraint
System to confirm that the seat belt is
holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
release the seat belt and repeat steps 2
through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in the
“Automatic Locking” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat belt
out of the retractor. If you cannot, the
retractor is in the “Automatic Locking”
mode.
If your Child Restraint System
manufacturer instructs or recommends
you to use a tether anchor with the lap/
shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages
for more information.
Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to
its fully stowed position, the retractor will
automatically switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency lock
mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the “Automatic
Locking” mode, the child restraint can
move when your vehicle turns or stops
suddenly. A child can be seriously injured
or killed if the child restraint is not
properly anchored in the car, including
manually pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the retractor to the
“Automatic Locking” mode.
To remove the Child Restraint System,
press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the Child Restraint System and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
WARNING
If a child restraint is installed in the
second row center seat, move the second
row seat far back as possible, to minimize
contact with the front center side air bag.
JK1_en_US.book Page 43
Seats & Safety System
3-44
Air Bag - Supplemental Restraint System
OJK031027N
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver’s knee air bag
(6) Front center side air bag
JK1_en_US.book Page 44
3
3-45
The vehicles are equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System
for the driver’s seat and front passenger’s
seats.
The front air bags are designed to
supplement the three-point seat belts.
For these air bags to provide protection,
the seat belts must be worn at all times
when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an
accident if you are not wearing a seat belt.
Air bags are designed to supplement seat
belts, but do not replace them. Also, air
bags are not designed to deploy in every
collision. In some accidents, the seat belts
are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and Child
Restraint Systems - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be
seriously injured or killed in a collision if
you are improperly belted or not wearing
your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint
System or booster seat in the front
passenger seat, unless the air bag is
deactivated.
An inflating air bag could forcefully strike
the infant or child causing serious or fatal
injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age
13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for
children of any age to ride. If a child age 13
or older must be seated in the front seat,
he or she must be properly belted and the
seat should be moved as far back as
possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the
seatback in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their feet
on the floor until the vehicle is parked and
the vehicle is turned off. If an occupant is
out of position during an accident, the
rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully
contact the occupant causing serious or
fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit
or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags
or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible
from front air bags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. The U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
center of the steering wheel and the
chest.
JK1_en_US.book Page 45
3-46
Seats & Safety System
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver’s and passenger’s front air
bags
Driver’s front air bag
OJX1039021
Driver’s knee air bag
OJK030029
Passenger’s front air bag
OJK030030
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are
located in the center of the steering
wheel, in the driver’s side lower crash pad
below the steering wheel, and the
passenger’s side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters
“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle’s driver and front passengers with
additional protection than that offered by
the seat belt system alone in case of a
frontal impact of sufficient severity.
The SRS uses sensors to gather
information about the driver’s and front
passenger's seat belt usage and impact
severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if
the driver and front passenger's seat belts
are fastened. These sensors provide the
ability to control the SRS deployment
based on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation within two
levels. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity, and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury in an
accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 46
3
3-47
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from inflating front air bags, take
the following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times to
help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Move your seat as far back as possible
from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or center
console.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad cover,
mobile phone holder, cup holder,
perfume or stickers) should be placed
over or near the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument panel,
windshield glass, and the front
passenger’s panel above the glove box.
Such objects could cause harm if the
vehicle is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on the front
windshield and inside mirror.
Side air bags and front center side air
bag
Side air bag
OJX1039073
Front center side air bag (Driver’s seat)
OJX1039074
OJK030034
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front seat. Additionally, a
front center side air bag is provided in the
inboard side of the driver seatback. The
purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle’s additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
JK1_en_US.book Page 47
3-48
Seats & Safety System
The side air bags and the front center side
air bag are designed to deploy during
certain side impact collisions, depending
on the crash severity.
The front center side air bag, side and/or
curtain air bags and pre-tensioners on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a
rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The side air bags and the front center side
air bag are not designed to deploy in all
side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating side air bag and
the front center side air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times to
help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o’clock
and 3 o’clock positions, to minimize the
risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory seat covers.
This could reduce or prevent the
effectiveness of the system.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury
especially when air bag is inflated.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects between the
door and the seat. They may become
dangerous projectiles if the side air bag
inflates.
• Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bags.
• Do not cause impact to the doors when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position as this may cause
the side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the system serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Curtain air bags
OJK030080L
OJK030036
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front and
rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and the
rear outboard seat occupants in certain
side impact collisions.
JK1_en_US.book Page 48
3
3-49
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and/or curtain air bags and
pre-tensioners on both sides of the
vehicle may deploy if a rollover or
possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating curtain air bag,
take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear seat belts
at all times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Properly secure Child Restraint System
as far away from the door as possible.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects.
In an accident, it may cause vehicle
damage or personal injury.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Do not attempt to open or repair the
side curtain air bags yourself. If
necessary, have the air bag inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
JK1_en_US.book Page 49
Seats & Safety System
3-50
How Does the Air Bags System Operate?
OJK030028
The SRS consists of the following components:
(1) Driver’s front air bag module
(2) Passenger’s front air bag module
(3) Front center side air bag module
(4) Side air bag modules
(5) Curtain air bag modules
(6) Front retractor pre-tensioner
(7) Air bag warning light
(8) SRS control module (SRSCM) / Rollover sensor
(9) Front impact sensors
(10)Side impact sensors (acceleration)
(11) Side impact sensors (pressure)
(12)Driver’s knee air bag module
(13)Occupant Classification System (OCS)
(14)Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensors
JK1_en_US.book Page 50
3
3-51
Information
Front passenger’s air bag OFF lamp is
located on the overhead console.
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON to
determine if a crash impact is severe
enough to require air bag deployment or
pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.
SRS warning light
btn_W7-147
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
air bag warning light on the instrument
panel displays the air bag symbol
depicted in the illustration. The system
checks the air bag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light indicates that
there is a potential problem with your air
bag system, which could include your
side and curtain air bags used for rollover
protection.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may
not inflate properly during an accident,
increasing the risk of serious injury or
death.
If any of the following conditions occur,
your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately three to six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately three to six seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
• The light blinks when the engine is
running.
Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products inspect the SRS as
soon as possible if any of these conditions
occur.
During a moderate to severe frontal
collision, sensors will detect the vehicle’s
rapid deceleration. If the rate of
deceleration is high enough, the control
unit will inflate the front air bags, at the
time and with the force needed.
The front air bags help protect the driver
and front passenger by responding to
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
cannot provide adequate restraint. When
needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side impact or
rollover by supporting the side upper
body area.
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if
necessary) only when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position, and it can be activated within
about 3 minutes after the engine is
turned off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 51
3-52
Seats & Safety System
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain
frontal or side collisions to help protect
the occupants from serious physical
injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision, its direction, or etc. These two
factors determine whether the sensors
produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It is
much more likely that you will simply
see the deflated air bags hanging out of
their storage compartments after the
collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, vehicles equipped with a
rollover sensor, side and curtain air
bags and front center side air bag will
inflate if the sensing system detects a
rollover.
When a rollover is detected, curtain air
bags will remain inflated longer to help
provide protection from ejection,
especially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of air
bag inflation is a consequence of
extremely short time in which to inflate
the air bag between the occupant and
the vehicle structures before the
occupant impacts those structures.
This speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening injuries
and is thus a necessary part of air bag
design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation can
also cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken
bones because the inflation speed also
causes the air bags to expand with a
great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the air bag.
You can take steps to reduce the risk of
being injured by an inflating air bag. The
greatest risk is sitting too close to the air
bag. An air bag needs about 10 in. (25 cm)
of space to inflate. NHTSA recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 in. (25 cm)
between the center of the steering wheel
and the chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint in the
front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under
age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s and
driver's seats as far to the rear as
possible while maintaining you to
maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with hands at
the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or anyone
between the air bag and the seat
occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
JK1_en_US.book Page 52
3
3-53
Driver’s front air bag (1)
OHI038171L
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Driver’s front air bag (2)
OHI038172L
Upon deployment, tear seam molded
directly into the pad cover will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver’s or the front passenger’s forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
Driver’s front air bag (3)
OHI038173L
Passenger’s front air bag
ODN8039080L
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling the
driver to maintain forward visibility and
the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming
dangerous projectiles when the
passenger’s air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any objects (drink
holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger’s panel above the
glove box where the passenger’s air
bag is located.
• Do not install a container of liquid air
freshener near the instrument cluster or
on the instrument panel surface.
JK1_en_US.book Page 53
3-54
Seats & Safety System
What to Expect After an Air
Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it
will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation
will not prevent the driver from seeing out
of the windshield or being able to steer.
Curtain air bags may remain partially
inflated for some time after they deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the following
precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as soon
as possible after impact to reduce
prolonged exposure to the smoke and
powder released by the inflating air
bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage area’s
internal components immediately after
an air bag has inflated. The parts that
come into contact with an inflating air
bag may be very hot.
• Always wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and mild
soap.
• Always have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products replace the
air bag immediately after deployment.
Air bags are designed to be used only
once.
Noise and smoke from inflating air
bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and may produce smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air
bag inflates, you may feel substantial
discomfort in breathing because of the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
breathing the smoke and powder. The
powder may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment,
seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the
skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the
case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and seek medical attention if
the symptoms persist.
JK1_en_US.book Page 54
3
3-55
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
OJX1030133N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System (OCS) in
the front passenger’s seat.
Main components of the Occupant
Classification System
• A detection device located within the
front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag systems
should be activated or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
overhead console which illuminates the
words “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicating the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
• The overhead console air bag indicator
light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect the
presence of a properly-seated front
passenger and determine if the
passenger’s front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of
injury or death from an inflating air bag to
certain front passenger seat occupants,
such as children, by requiring the air bag
to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the type
specified in the regulations is on the seat,
the occupant classification sensor can
detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants
who are properly seated and wearing the
seat belt properly, should not cause the
passenger air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. For smaller adults it may turn
OFF, however, if the occupant does not
sit in the seat properly (for example, by
not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge
of the seat, or by otherwise being out of
position), this could cause the sensor to
turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the “PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF” indicator on the overhead console.
This system detects the conditions 1-4 in
the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated properly and
wearing the seat belt properly for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the
passenger takes actions which can affect
the classification system. These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the front of
the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing thick clothes like ski wear or
hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion on
the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (for example,
notebook, satellite radio) on the seat
with inverter charging.
JK1_en_US.book Page 55
Seats & Safety System
3-56
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the
system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint
system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her
physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with
or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
“PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF”
indicator light
SRS warning light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult
*1
Off Off Activated
2. Infant
*2
or child restraint
system with 12 months old
*3 *4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
JK1_en_US.book Page 56
3
3-57
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing
weight on the front passenger’s seat
when it is unoccupied by a passenger
adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front
seat or seatback pocket, or hang any
items on the front passenger seat.
OHI038163
• NEVER place your feet on the front
passenger seatback.
OHI038156
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
OHI038155
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined
when the vehicle is moving.
OHI038157
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the
dashboard.
OHI039192N
JK1_en_US.book Page 57
3-58
Seats & Safety System
• NEVER lean on the door or center
console or sit on one side of the front
passenger seat.
OHI038158
• Do not sit on the passenger seat
wearing heavily padded clothes such as
ski wear and hip protector.
OJK030032
• Do not use car seat accessories such as
thick blankets and cushions which
cover up the car seat surface.
OJK030033
• Do not place electronic devices such as
laptops, DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water bottles on the
passenger seat.
OJK031092N
• Do not use electronic devices such as
laptops and satellite radios which use
inverter chargers.
• If large quantity of liquid has been
spilled on the passenger seat, the air
bag warning light may illuminate or
malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been
completely dried before driving the
vehicle.
OJK031093N
• Do not place sharp objects on the front
passenger seat. These may damage the
occupant detection system, if they
puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front
passenger seat.
JK1_en_US.book Page 58
3
3-59
• When changing or replacing the seat or
seat cover, use original items only. The
OCS has been developed based on
using original Genesis Branded
products seats only. Altering or
changing the authentic parts may result
in system malfunction and increase risk
of injury when in collision. Any of the
above could interfere with the proper
operation of the OCS sensor thereby
increasing the risk of an injury in an
accident.
OHI038118
Proper seated position for OCS
If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator is on when an adult is seated in
the front passenger seat, place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF position and
ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting
upright with the seat back in an upright
position, centered on the seat cushion
with their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the engine and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow the
system to detect the person and to enable
the passenger air bag. If the “PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF” indicator is still on, ask the
passenger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride in
the front passenger seat when the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator is
illuminated. During a collision, the air bag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passenger
reposition themselves in the seat. If the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves properly and the
vehicle is restarted, have the passenger
move to the rear seat because the air bag
will not inflate.
NOTICE
The “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
generally illuminates for approximately 4
seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or START position. But,
if the Engine START/STOP button is
pressed to the ON or START position
within 3 minutes after the engine is
turned OFF, the indicator does not
illuminate. If the front passenger seat is
occupied, the OCS will then classify the
front passenger after several more
seconds.
JK1_en_US.book Page 59
3-60
Seats & Safety System
Do not install a Child Restraint
System on the Front Passenger's
Seat
OHI039193N
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger’s seat. An
inflating air bag can forcefully strike a
child or child restraint resulting in serious
or fatal injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rearward-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in the
front passenger's seat of the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag could
forcefully strike a child resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always properly restrain children in an
appropriate child restraint in the rear
seat of the vehicle.
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision?
There are certain types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection. These
include rear impacts, second or third
collisions in multiple impact accidents, as
well as low speed impacts. Damage to the
vehicle indicates a collision energy
absorption, and is not an indicator of
whether or not an air bag should have
inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying
unexpectedly and causing serious injury
or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags or
sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors. If the
location or angle of the sensors is
altered, the air bags may deploy when
they should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards or replace
the bumper with a non-genuine part.
This may adversely affect the collision
and air bag deployment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF or ACC position and wait for 3
minutes when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent inadvertent air bag
deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs performed by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 60
3
3-61
Table_3-69
(1) SRS control module / Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor (Pressure)
(4) Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
(5) Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
JK1_en_US.book Page 61
3-62
Seats & Safety System
Air bag inflation conditions
OJK030047
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the
severity of impact of the front collision.
OJK030043
OJK030034
Side and curtain air bags and front center
side air bag
Side and curtain air bags and the front
center side air bag are designed to inflate
when an impact is detected by side
collision sensors depending on the
severity of impact resulting from a side
impact collision.
Although the driver’s and front
passenger’s air bags are designed to
inflate in frontal collisions, they also may
inflate in other types of collisions if the
front impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact. Side and curtain air bags and the
front center side air bag are designed to
inflate in side impact collisions, but they
may inflate in other collisions if the side
impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.
Also, the side and curtain air bags and the
front center side air bag are designed to
inflate when a rollover is detected by a
rollover sensor.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
JK1_en_US.book Page 62
3
3-63
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OJK030048
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
OJK030049
Front air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are
moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags
would not provide any additional benefit.
OJK030044
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision, and
thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags and
the front center side air bag may inflate
depending on the severity of impact.
OJK030045
In an angled collision, the force of impact
may direct the occupants in a direction
where the air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
JK1_en_US.book Page 63
3-64
Seats & Safety System
OJK030050
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it to
“ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this “underride” situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “underride” collisions.
OJK030051
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover
accidents because front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
However, the side and curtain air bags
and the front center side air bag may
inflate in a rollover situation, when it is
detected by the rollover sensor.
OJK031046N
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility poles
or trees, where the point of impact is
concentrated and the collision energy is
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
JK1_en_US.book Page 64
3
3-65
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and
there are no parts you can safely service
by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position, or
continuously remains on, we recommend
that the system be immediately
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Any work on the SRS system, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel, the front
passenger’s panel, front seats and roof
rails be performed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Improper handling of the SRS system may
result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or disconnect
the SRS components or wiring,
including the addition of any kind of
badges to the pad covers or
modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near the air
bag modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the front
passenger’s panel above the glove box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft
cloth moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
• Always have inflated air bags replaced
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. Consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for the necessary
information. Failure to follow these
precautions could increase the risk of
personal injury.
JK1_en_US.book Page 65
3-66
Seats & Safety System
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of or
change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a crash or emergency
stop can be thrown against the inside of
the vehicle, against other occupants, or
be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts.
Devices claiming to improve occupant
comfort or reposition the seat belt can
reduce the protection provided by the
seat belt and increase the chance of
serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front seats.
Placing items under the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification to
your vehicle to accommodate a disability,
contact Genesis Customer Care at 844
340-9741.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.
Air Bag Warning Labels
OJX1030134N
Air bag warning labels, required by the
U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached to
alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be
sure to read all of the information about
the air bags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owners Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 66
4
4. Instrument Cluster
Instrument cluster ...........................................................................................................4-2
Instrument Cluster Control .........................................................................................4-3
Gauges and Meters......................................................................................................4-3
Transmission Shift Indicator .......................................................................................4-8
Warning and Indicator Lights......................................................................................4-9
LCD Display Messages ..............................................................................................4-20
LCD display .................................................................................................................... 4-27
LCD Display Control................................................................................................... 4-27
View Modes ................................................................................................................4-28
Option Menu...............................................................................................................4-33
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3- Inch 3D Cluster) ...................................................4-35
Vehicle Settings (infotainment system)....................................................................... 4-37
Setting Your Vehicle ..................................................................................................4-38
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
Instrument Cluster
4-2
Instrument cluster
8-inch
OJK041084N
12.3-inch 3D
OJK041086N
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more information, refer to “Gauges and Meters” section in this chapter.
(1) Tachometer
(2) Speedometer
(3) Engine coolant temperature gauge
(4) Fuel gauge
(5) Warning and indicator lights
(6) LCD display
Information
Detailed information on 3D instrument cluster is provided later in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
4
4-3
Instrument Cluster Control
Instrument panel illumination
OJK040012L
Press the illumination control switch to
adjust the brightness of the instrument
panel display.
When pressing the illumination control
switch, the interior switch illumination
intensity is also adjusted.
The brightness level of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed on the
cluster LCD display.
When the brightness reaches its
maximum or minimum level, a chime will
sound.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster while
driving. This could result in loss of control
and lead to an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or vehicle damage.
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
8-inch
OJX1049060L
12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049040L
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
4-4
Instrument Cluster
Tachometer
8-inch
OJX1049031L
12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049041L
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine
revolutions per minute (RPM).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to help prevent lugging
and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause
severe engine damage.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
(for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
OJX1049043
This gauge indicates the temperature of
the engine coolant when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
NOTICE
When the gauge pointer moves to the “H
(hot)” position beyond the normal range
area, it indicates overheating that may
damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” section in chapter 8.
WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant
reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure and
could cause severe burn. Wait until the
engine is cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir tank.
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
4
4-5
Information
OJK040046L
For 8-inch instrument cluster, you can
check the engine coolant temperature in
the Utility view on the cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in chapter
4.
Fuel gauge
8-inch
OJX1049032
12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049044
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in
the tank.
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
4-6
Instrument Cluster
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the warning light
comes on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the “E (Empty)” level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could cause the
engine to misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.
Outside temperature gauge
8-inch
OJX1040072N
12.3-inch 3D
OJX1040073N
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperatures by increments of 1°F
(1°C).
Note that the temperature indicated on
the LCD display may not change as
quickly as the outside temperature (there
may be a slight delay before the
temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature unit
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > General > Units >
Temperature Unit > °F/°C
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Both the temperature unit on the cluster
LCD display and climate control screen
will change.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
4
4-7
Odometer
8-inch
ORG3040034N
12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040035N
The odometer indicates the total distance
that the vehicle has been driven and
should be used to determine when
periodic maintenance should be
performed.
Distance to empty
8-inch
ORG3040036N
12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040037N
• The distance to empty is the estimated
distance the vehicle can be driven with
the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below 1 mi.
(1 km), the trip computer will display
“---” as distance to empty.
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
4-8
Instrument Cluster
Information
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ from
the actual driving distance as it is an
estimate of the available driving
distance.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 2.4 gallons (9
liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
• The distance to empty may vary
significantly based on driving
conditions, driving habits, and
condition of the vehicle.
Fuel economy (for 12.3-inch 3D
cluster)
OJX1040074N
The average fuel economy (1) and instant
fuel economy (2) are displayed at the
bottom of the cluster.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
economy, select “After Ignition” or “After
Refueling” from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic transmission shift
indicator
8-inch
ORG3040039N
12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040040N
This indicator informs the current gear
engaged.
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
4
4-9
Warning and Indicator Lights
Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF
after starting the engine. If any light is still
ON, this indicates a situation that needs
attention.
Seat belt warning light
btn_W-29
This warning light informs the driver that
the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to “Seat Belts”
section in chapter 3.
Air bag warning light
btn_W7-147
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The air bag warning light illuminates
for about 6 seconds and then turns
off when all checks have been
performed.
• The air bag warning light will remain
illuminated if there is a malfunction
with the Safety Restraint System (SRS)
air bag operation.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Parking brake & Brake fluid warning
light
btn_W-128
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The parking brake & brake fluid
warning light illuminates for about 3
seconds and will then turn off once
the parking brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details, refer
to “Brake Fluid” section in chapter 9).
After adding brake fluid, check all brake
components for fluid leaks. Do not
drive the vehicle if the brake fluid is
leaking, the warning light is still on, or
the brakes are not working properly.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
4-10
Instrument Cluster
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with
dual-diagonal braking system. This
means that if one of the dual systems
fails, there is still braking power on both
wheels.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal travel
and greater pedal pressure is required to
stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a
distance with only a portion of the brake
system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
shift to a lower gear for additional engine
braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it indicates
that the brake fluid level is low.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
warning light
Type A
btn_W-78
Type B
OJK063098N
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The ABS warning light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking system
will still be operational even if there is a
malfunction with the ABS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
btn_W-78
btn_W-128
When the ABS warning and Parking Brake
warning lights are on simultaneously, it
may indicate a problem with the
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
4
4-11
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD)
system warning light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally and
you may experience an unexpected and
dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
If this occurs, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD)
system warning light
When the ABS warning light is on or both
ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
warning lights are on, the speedometer,
odometer, or tripmeter may not work.
Also, the MDPS warning light may
illuminate and the steering effort may
increase or decrease.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
Motor Driven Power Steering
(MDPS) warning light
btn_WAE-206
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The motor driven powering steering
warning light illuminates for about 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the motor driven power steering.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Charging system warning light
btn_W2-08
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system.
If there is a malfunction with either the
alternator or electrical charging system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there
may be a problem in the electrical
charging system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
4-12
Instrument Cluster
Engine oil pressure warning light
btn_W2-07
This warning light illuminates:
When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details, refer
to “Engine Oil” section in chapter 9). If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
Continued driving with the warning light
on may cause engine failure.
Information
When engine oil pressure decreases due
to insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine
Oil Pressure warning light will illuminate.
In addition, the enhanced engine
protection system which limits engine
power will be activated. If the engine oil
pressure is restored, the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light and the enhanced
engine protection system will turn off.
However, for gasoline 2.5 turbo and 3.5
turbo engine, when the engine oil
pressure is restored, the warning light and
the enhanced engine protection system
will turn off after the engine is restarted.
NOTICE
If the engine is not stopped immediately
after the Engine Oil Pressure warning light
is illuminated, severe damage could
result.
Engine coolant temperature
warning light (for 8-inch cluster)
btn_WSA-92
The warning light illuminates:
When the temperature of the engine
coolant is extremely high.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” section in chapter 8.
NOTICE
If the Engine Coolant Temperature
warning light illuminates, it indicates
overheating that may damage the engine.
Low fuel level warning light
btn_W2-09
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on or with the fuel level below “E
(Empty)” can cause the engine to misfire
and damage the catalytic converter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
4
4-13
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
btn_WBH-06
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the emission control system or the
engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
• Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control system which
could affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
• If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated operation
due to lack of engine oil, engine power
will be limited. If such condition
continues repeatedly, the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp will illuminate.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
illuminates, potential catalytic converter
damage is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
Master warning light
btn_WAE-211
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction in operation
in any of the following systems:
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
• LED headlight malfunction (if
equipped)
• High Beam Assist malfunction
• Smart Cruise Control malfunction
• Smart Cruise Control radar blocked
• Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
• Electronic Limited Slip Differential
(e-LSD) malfunction (if equipped)
To identify the details of the warning, look
at the LCD display.
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
4-14
Instrument Cluster
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light
btn_EPB
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The EPB warning light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light may illuminate when the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light comes on to indicate that
ESC is not working properly. This does not
indicate malfunction of EPB.
Low tire pressure warning light
btn_WTL-215
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The low tire pressure warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated. (The
location of the underinflated tires are
displayed on the LCD display.)
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
This warning light remains ON after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or
repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second
intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
Forward Safety warning light
btn_WAE-209
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The Forward Safety warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in chapter 7.
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
4
4-15
Lane Safety indicator light
btn_WDN8C-200
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are satisfied.
• [Grey] When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are not satisfied.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a
malfunction with Lane Keeping Assist.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)” section in chapter 7.
if equipped
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light
btn_WTL-216
This warning light illuminates:
Whenever there is a malfunction with the
AWD system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to "All Wheel Drive
(AWD)" section in chapter 6.
if equipped
LED headlight warning light
btn_WTL-205
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The LED headlight warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the LED headlight.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This warning light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
headlight warning light on or blinking can
reduce LED headlight life.
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
4-16
Instrument Cluster
if equipped
Icy road warning light
btn_WPDE-201
This warning light is to warn the driver the
road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside
temperature gauge is approximately
below 40°F (4°C), the Icy Road warning
light and Outside Temperature Gauge
blinks and then illuminates. Also, the
warning chime sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy Road
Warning function from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Cluster > Content
Selection > Icy Road Warning
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Information
If the Icy Road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light
btn_WAE-207
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The Electronic Stability Control
indicator light illuminates for about 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
While ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” section in chapter
6.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
btn_WAE-208
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate ESC system by
pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” section in chapter
6.
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
4
4-17
Immobilizer indicator light
btn_WDM-05
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30
seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart key in
the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC or ON position.
• Once the smart key is detected, you can
start the engine.
• The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
• If the smart key is not detected, you
cannot start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the
vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
if equipped
indicator light
btn_WOS-201
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The downhill brake control indicator
light illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
This indicator light blinks:
When Downhill Brake Control system is
operating.
This indicator light illuminates yellow:
Whenever there is a malfunction with
Downhill Brake Control system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Downhill Brake
Control (DBC)” section in chapter 6.
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
4-18
Instrument Cluster
if equipped
AUTO STOP indicator light
btn_WTF-444
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When the system operating
conditions are satisfied.
• [Green] When the ISG system is
activated.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a
malfunction with the ISG function.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
Information
When the engine automatically starts by
the ISG system, some warning lights
(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS or Parking
brake warning light) may turn on for a few
seconds. This happens because of low
battery voltage. It does not mean the
system has malfunctioned.
Turn signal indicator light
btn_WAE-202
This indicator light blinks:
When you operate the turn signal
indicator stalk.
If any of the following occur, there may be
a malfunction with the turn signal system.
• The turn signal indicator light
illuminates but does not blink
• The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
• The turn signal indicator light does not
illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
High beam indicator light
btn_WKH-97
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in the
high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled into
the Flash-to-Pass position.
Low beam indicator light
btn_WDH-205
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on.
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
4
4-19
Light ON indicator light
btn_WAE-203
This indicator light illuminates:
When the position lamps or headlights
are on.
High Beam Assist indicator light
btn_WKH-97K
This indicator light illuminates:
When the high-beam is on with the light
switch in the AUTO position.
• White: When High Beam Assist is ready
to operate.
• Green: When High Beam Assist is
operating.
If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist will
switch the high beam to low beam
automatically.
For more details, refer to “High Beam
Assist (HBA)” section in chapter 5.
AUTO HOLD indicator light
btn_WTL-207
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate Auto Hold by
pressing the AUTO HOLD switch.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with Auto Hold activated.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a
malfunction with the Auto Hold
function.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB)” section in chapter 6.
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
4-20
Instrument Cluster
LCD Display Messages
Vehicle is on
This message is displayed if you open the
driver’s door when the gear is in P (Park)
and the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON or START position.
Turn the engine off before leaving the
vehicle.
Shift to P
This message is displayed when wearing a
seatbelt and opening the driver's door in
the D(drive) position.
Low key battery
This message is displayed if the battery of
the smart key is discharged while
changing the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
This message is displayed if the Engine
Start/Stop button changes to the ACC
position twice by pressing the button
repeatedly without depressing the brake
pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal and then pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
This message is displayed if the smart key
is not in the vehicle when you leave the
vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON or Start position.
Always turn off the engine before leaving
your vehicle.
Key not detected
This message is displayed if the smart key
is not detected when you press the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button again
This message is displayed if you were
unable to start the vehicle when the
Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine
by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button
again.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the Engine Start/Stop
button, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Press START button with key
This message is displayed if you press the
Engine Start/Stop button while the
warning message “Key not detected” is
displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
This message is displayed if the brake
switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new
one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
4
4-21
Shift to P or N to start engine
This message is displayed if you try to
start the engine in any other position
except P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Information
You can start the engine with the gear in
N (Neutral). But, for your safety, we
recommend that you start the engine
with the gear shifted to P (Park).
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices
This message is displayed if the 12V
battery voltage is weak due to any
non-factory electrical accessories (ex.
dashboard camera) while parking. Be
careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the message appears after removing
the non-factory electrical accessories,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Authenticated. The vehicle can now
be started
This message is displayed for 4 seconds
when you place your finger on the
fingerprint sensor, and it is verified while
the engine is off.
You can start the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal and then pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button. However, the
engine starts when the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed within 30 seconds after
your fingerprint is verified and the
immobilizer indicator light ( ) is
illuminated. If the immobilizer indicator
light is off, your fingerprint must be
verified again.
Fingerprint authentication is locked
out. Try again in XX min.
This message is displayed for 4 seconds
when fingerprint authentication has
failed more than five times while the
engine is off. While the message is
displayed, fingerprint authentication
does not work even if you place your
finger on the fingerprint sensor, and the
engine does not start even if the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed.
Try again after the time indicated in the
message has passed. However, you may
start the engine with the smart key or
digital key.
If fingerprint authentication still does not
work, refer to “Limitations of Fingerprint
Authentication System” of “Fingerprint
authentication system” section in chapter
5.
Place digital key on the wireless
charger to keep the vehicle running
If the vehicle is remotely started and
‘Start Vehicle’ is deselected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment system
for Driver 1 and Driver 2, this message will
be displayed for up to 30 seconds when a
door is opened after unlocking the doors
with a digital key.
To drive your vehicle, place the registered
digital key on the wireless charger, when
this message appears.
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
4-22
Instrument Cluster
Scan an authorized fingerprint to
keep the vehicle running
If the vehicle is remotely started and
‘Start Vehicle’ is selected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment system
for Driver 1 or Driver 2, this message will
be displayed for up to 30 seconds when a
door is opened after unlocking the doors
with a digital key or the Genesis
Connected Services app.
To drive your vehicle, have an authorized
fingerprint verified on the fingerprint
sensor when this message appears.
Place digital key on the wireless
charger or scan an authorized
fingerprint
If the vehicle is remotely started and
‘Start Vehicle’ is selected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment system
for Driver 1 or Driver 2, this message will
be displayed for up to 30 seconds when a
door is opened after unlocking the doors
with a digital key or the Genesis
Connected Services app.
To drive your vehicle, place the registered
digital key on the wireless charger, or
have your fingerprint verified on the
fingerprint sensor when this message
appears.
Vehicle is On (started by digital key)
This message is displayed for up to 10
seconds if the driver's door is opened
without the driver's seat belt fastened
after turning on the engine with a digital
key. After the message is displayed, a
warning sounds when the door is closed.
Information
Since the engine was started with a digital
key, if the engine is turned off, and there
is no smart key or digital key in the
vehicle, it may be difficult to start the
engine again.
Vehicle is On (started by fingerprint)
This message is displayed for up to 10
seconds if the driver's door is opened
without the driver's seat belt fastened
after turning on the engine with a
fingerprint. After the message is
displayed, a warning sounds when the
door is closed.
Information
Since the engine was started with a
fingerprint, if the engine is turned off, and
there is no smart key, digital key or a
registered fingerprint in the vehicle, it
may be difficult to start the engine again.
Place saved digital key on wireless
charger, then press the START
button
This message is displayed for 6 seconds
and the immobilizer indicator light
( ) will blink for 10 seconds after the
message “Press START button with key”
is displayed for 4 seconds if the smart key
is not in the vehicle or not detected, or the
digital key is not placed on the wireless
charger when you press the Engine
Start/Stop button. To start the vehicle,
place a registered digital key on the
wireless charger, and then press the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Scan an authorized fingerprint, then
press the START button
This message is displayed for 6 seconds
and the immobilizer indicator light
( ) will blink for 10 seconds after the
message “Press START button with key”
is displayed for 4 seconds if the smart key
is not in the vehicle or not detected, or
your fingerprint is not verified when you
press the Engine Start/Stop button. To
start the vehicle, have an authorized
fingerprint verified on the fingerprint
sensor, and then press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
4
4-23
Verify digital key or a fingerprint,
then press the START button
This message is displayed for 6 seconds
and the immobilizer indicator light
( ) will blink for 10 seconds after the
message “Press START button with key”
is displayed for 4 seconds if the smart key
is not in the vehicle or not detected, the
digital key is not placed on the wireless
charger, or your fingerprint is not verified
when you press the Engine Start/Stop
button. To start the vehicle, place a
registered digital key on the wireless
charger or have an authorized fingerprint
verified on the fingerprint sensor, and
then press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Digital key(s) active
This message is displayed for 4 seconds
when a smartphone key or NFC card key
is registered, and vehicle doors are locked
and unlocked after more than 10 minutes
and the Engine Start/Stop button is
placed to the ON position. The message is
not displayed again until more than 10
minutes have passed after the doors are
relocked.
Biometric authentication active
This message is displayed for 4 seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
placed to the ON or START position with
the fingerprint registered, and ‘Start
Vehicle’ selected from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system.
Digital key/ Biometric
authentication active
This message is displayed for 4 seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
placed to the ON or START position with
the digital key and fingerprint registered,
and ‘Start Vehicle’ selected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
Check user authentication system
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the Digital Key or
Fingerprint Authentication System. Have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator
OJK040001
This warning is displayed if any door or
hood or liftgate is left open. The warning
will indicate which door is open in the
display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should
confirm that the door, hood and liftgate
are fully closed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 23
4-24
Instrument Cluster
if equipped
Sunroof open indicator
OJK040002
This warning is displayed if you turn off
the engine when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely before leaving
your vehicle.
Low tire pressure
OJK081015N
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
Lights
OIK040075L
This indicator displays which exterior light
is selected using the lighting control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights display function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Cluster > Content
Selection > Wiper/Lights Display
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 24
4
4-25
Wiper
OIK040077L
This indicator displays which wiper speed
is selected using the wiper control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights display function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Cluster > Content
Selection > Wiper/Lights Display
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Low washer fluid
This message is displayed if the washer
fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
This message is displayed if the fuel tank
is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the low
fuel level warning light in the cluster will
come on.
It is recommended to look for the nearest
fueling station and refuel as soon as
possible.
if equipped
Low engine oil
This warning message is displayed when
the engine oil level should be checked.
If this warning message is displayed,
check the engine oil level as soon as
possible and add engine oil as required.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little by
little into a funnel.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to
“Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2.)
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on
the dipstick.
Information
If you add engine oil, the warning
message should disappear. If the warning
message reappears after driving
approximately 31~62 miles (50~100 km),
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
JK1_en_US.book Page 25
4-26
Instrument Cluster
Engine overheated
This message is displayed when the
engine coolant temperature is above
approximately 248°F (120°C). This means
that the engine is overheated and may be
damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to “If
the Engine Overheats” section in chapter
8.
Check haptic steering wheel system
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the haptic steering wheel
system. Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Check headlight
This message is displayed if the
headlights are not operating properly. A
lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb
with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check turn signal
This message is displayed if the turn
signal lamps are not operating properly. A
lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb
with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
if equipped
Check headlight LED
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the LED headlight. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 26
4
4-27
LCD display
LCD Display Control
Type A
OJX1049037
Type B
OJK043090N
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control switches.
Switch Operation Function
Press MODE button for changing View modes
, Press
UP, DOWN switch for changing items in Utility view and Option
menu
OK
Press SELECT/RESET switch for entering Option menu
Press and hold
SELECT/RESET switch for retrieving assist information or
resetting the selected item
JK1_en_US.book Page 27
Instrument Cluster
4-28
View Modes
The information provided may differ depending on which features are applicable to
your vehicle.
OJK042096N
Driving Assist, Turn by Turn, Utility view modes are displayed in the center (A) of the
instrument cluster.
View modes Explanation
Driving Assist
Driving Assist view displays the status of the vehicle’s Driver
Assistance systems.
Turn by Turn Turn By Turn view displays the state of the navigation.
Utility
Utility view displays driving information such as the trip distance,
fuel economy and etc.
JK1_en_US.book Page 28
4
4-29
Driving Assist view
OJK040004
The status of Smart Cruise Control, Lane
Following Assist, Highway Driving Assist,
etc. is displayed when Driving Assist view
is selected.
For more details, refer to each system
information section in chapter 7.
Turn By Turn (TBT) view
OIK040085L
Turn-by-turn navigation, distance/time to
destination information is displayed when
Turn by Turn view is selected.
Utility view
In the Utility view, using the , (UP,
DOWN) switch, you may change through
items in the following order.
8-inch
OJK042097N
12.3-inch 3D
OJK041039N
Drive info
Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
(2), and instant fuel economy (8-inch)/
total driving time(12.3-inch 3D) (3) are
displayed.
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the driver's
door is opened after turning off the
engine or the engine is turned on after 3
minutes have passed, the Drive Info
screen will reset.
To reset manually, press and hold the OK
switch on the steering wheel for more
than 1 second when ‘Drive Info’ is
displayed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 29
4-30
Instrument Cluster
8-inch
OJK042098N
12.3-inch 3D
OJK041041N
Since refueling
Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
(2), and instant fuel economy (8-inch)/
total driving time(12.3-inch 3D) (3) after
the vehicle has been refueled are
displayed.
To reset manually, press and hold the OK
switch on the steering wheel for more
than 1 second when ‘Since Refueling’ is
displayed.
8-inch
OJK042100N
12.3-inch 3D
OJK041043N
Accumulated info
Accumulated trip distance (1), average
fuel economy (2), and instant fuel
economy (8-inch)/total driving time
(12.3-inch 3D) (3) are displayed.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To reset manually, press and hold the OK
switch on the steering wheel for more
than 1 second when ‘Accumulated Info’ is
displayed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 30
4
4-31
OIK047151N
Digital speedometer
Digital speedometer display shows the
speed of the vehicle.
OJK040027
if equipped
Auto stop
AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
system.
For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
OIK040086L
Attention level
The driver’s attention level is shown
based on the driver’s driving pattern.
For more details, refer to "Driver Attention
Warning (DAW)“ section in chapter 7.
OJK040029L
Tire pressure
The tire pressure of each tire is displayed.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
JK1_en_US.book Page 31
4-32
Instrument Cluster
OJK040056
Driving force distribution (AWD)
The distribution status of the driving
power of the front and rear wheels are
displayed when Auto AWD mode is
activated.
For more details, refer to “All Wheel Drive
(AWD)” section in chapter 6.
OJK040046L
Engine temperature (for 8-inch cluster)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
display shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the engine is
running.
* For 12.3-inch 3D instrument cluster, you
can check the engine temperature in the
bottom right side of the cluster.
Select contents
You can select the items to be displayed
in Utility view.
OJK040050L
1. Press and hold the OK switch on the
steering wheel.
8-inch
OJK043099N
12.3-inch 3D
OJK041074N
2. Use the , (UP, DOWN) switch to
change items, and press the OK switch
to select or deselect the item.
JK1_en_US.book Page 32
4
4-33
3. After selecting the items to be
displayed in the Utility view, press the
(MODE) button to exit the ‘Select
Contents’ display.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do not adjust
the setting while driving the vehicle which
may lead to an accident.
Additional information display
OJK041085N
Drive info
Drive information is displayed for 4
seconds after the engine is turned off.
OJK041057N
Driving assist information
The current operation conditions of
Manual Speed Limit Assist, Cruise
Control, Smart Cruise Control, Lane
Following Assist, Highway Driving Assist,
etc. is displayed.
Option Menu
Press the OK switch to enter Option
menu.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do not adjust
the setting while driving which may lead
to an accident.
Information
The information provided may differ
depending on which features are
applicable to your vehicle.
Menu Explanation
Service
messages
To check vehicle
warning messages.
3D cluster / 3D
effect (for
12.3-inch 3D
cluster)
To activate or
deactivate 3D effect.
Head-up display
To activate or
deactivate head-up
display.
Driver
assistance
settings
To directly display
“Driver Assistance”
menu on the
infotainment system
screen
JK1_en_US.book Page 33
4-34
Instrument Cluster
Service messages
OJK040006L
When Service Messages menu is
selected, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel to check vehicle warning
messages.
3D cluster (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
OJK040007L
When 3D Cluster menu is selected, press
the OK switch on the steering wheel. You
may select or deselect 3D cluster effect
by pressing the OK switch.
if equipped
Head-up display
OJK040008L
When Head-Up Display menu is selected,
press the OK switch on the steering
wheel. You can select or deselect
head-up display by pressing the OK
switch.
Driver Assistance settings
OJK040009L
When Driver Assistance Settings menu is
selected, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel. The ‘Driver Assistance’
menu will be displayed on the
infotainment system screen.
JK1_en_US.book Page 34
4
4-35
if equipped
Speed unit
OJK040054L
When the Speed Unit menu is selected,
press the OK switch on the steering
wheel. You can change the speed unit
setting between MPH and km/h for the
cluster.
3D Instrument Cluster (for
12.3- Inch 3D Cluster)
3D cluster setting
To use the 3D cluster, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position, and
then select 'Setup > Vehicle > Cluster >
3D Cluster Depth >
Maximum/Medium/Off' in infotainment
system.
To disable 3D and use the cluster in 2D
mode, select 'Off'.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Recommendations to optimize the
3D effect
ORG3040031N
• Adjust the height of the seat and
steering wheel so that the instrument
cluster and camera module can be seen
at a glance.
• The optimal distance to maximize the
3D effect is 30 in. (75 cm). Adjust the
distance between the driver’s seat and
the instrument cluster.
• Hold the steering wheel with both
hands and drive in an upright position.
JK1_en_US.book Page 35
4-36
Instrument Cluster
Information
• When your face gets too close or far to
the instrument cluster, or the camera
on the instrument cluster is blocked by
the steering wheel or other objects, the
3D cluster changes to 2D automatically.
However if the object blocking the
camera is removed, the cluster changes
back to 3D automatically.
• If outside temperature is below 39°F
(4°C), it may change to 2D about 1 to 10
minutes.
• Two red lights may appear on the
camera in the following conditions
when:
- The outside brightness is dim or
driving at night
- The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
- The camera case of the instrument
cluster is partially damaged
CAUTION
• It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the 3D cluster in the
following situations. You must change
the cluster to 2D for safe driving.
- The driver is wearing sunglasses,
special glasses, infrared cutoff
glasses, refracting glasses or thick
glasses
- The driver has heavy eye makeup
(eyeliner, mascara, color makeup,
false eyelash) or eye piercing
- The driver’s view is blocked by
his/her hair, etc.
- The driver is winking or wearing an
eye patch on one eye
- The driver’s face is covered partially
by a mask, muffler, hood, etc.
- The driver’s view is blocked by
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
- Light from outside, sunlight or
infrared LED light of the camera is
reflected on the glasses or
sunglasses
- The driver turns or lowers his/her
head so that the face or an eye is
hidden from the camera
- The driver shakes his/her head up
and down, or adverse road
conditions cause excessive vehicle
vibrations while driving
- The driver is too tall or short
- More than two people are looking at
the instrument cluster
simultaneously from the driver’s seat
- The driver’s eyesight of both eyes are
severely different
- The driver has a severe headache
• Do not look toward the camera within 8
in. (20 cm) for longer than a minute.
• If you use the 3D cluster while your
vehicle is stopped, it can cause eye
strains or dizziness.
• We recommend people who are prone
to motion sickness, avoid using the
cluster in 3D.
WARNING
• You should not use the 3D cluster if you
or any of your family members or
relatives has a history of epilepsy,
convulsions, etc. Flashing or flickering
lights or specific or regular patterns
shown on the cluster may stimulate
epilepsy, convulsions, etc.
• You should not use the 3D effect
immediately if you feel any of the
following symptoms:
Haziness, unconsciousness,
disorientation, nausea, headache,
fatigue, dizziness, etc.
JK1_en_US.book Page 36
4
4-37
NOTICE
OJX1070030L
[A] Interior view camera
• Do not apply any impact on the surface
of the instrument cluster, camera or
around the area of the camera. If the
interior view camera is damaged, the
system may not operate properly.
• Do not place a mobile phone or an
object in front of the camera. The
surface of the instrument cluster or the
camera might be damaged due to an
impact while driving.
• Do not place anything on the camera or
in front of the camera while driving. The
interior view camera may not operate
properly.
• When cleaning the instrument cluster
or camera, wipe with a soft and clean
cloth to prevent damages on the
surface of the cluster or camera lens. In
addition, you should not use sharp tools
near the cluster or camera, or use
chemicals to clean the cluster or
camera.
• Always keep the interior view camera
clean and dry.
Vehicle Settings
(infotainment system)
OJK040010L
Vehicle Settings in the infotainment
system provides user options for a variety
of settings including door lock/unlock
features, convenience features, driver
assistance settings, etc.
Vehicle Settings menu
• Driver Assistance
• Drive Mode
• Active Sound Design
• Head-Up Display
• Cluster
• Climate
• Seat
• Lights
• Door/Liftgate
• Digital key
• Convenience
The information provided may differ
depending on which features are
applicable to your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not operate the Vehicle Settings while
driving. This may cause distraction
resulting in an accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 37
4-38
Instrument Cluster
Setting Your Vehicle
OJK040011
1. Press the SETUP button on the main
keyboard.
OJK040036L
2. Select ‘Vehicle’ to change the Vehicle
Settings.
OJK043037N
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 38
5
5. Convenience Features
Accessing your vehicle.................................................................................................... 5-5
Smart Key ..................................................................................................................... 5-5
Immobilizer System ....................................................................................................5-12
Genesis digital key..........................................................................................................5-13
Digital Key (Smart Phone) ..........................................................................................5-13
Digital Key (Card Key)................................................................................................ 5-19
Personalized User Profile and Vehicle Settings ....................................................... 5-23
Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance....................................................................5-26
Limitations of the System..........................................................................................5-26
Fingerprint authentication system............................................................................... 5-27
Fingerprint Authentication System Settings............................................................ 5-27
Fingerprint Authentication System Operation.........................................................5-28
Limitations of Fingerprint Authentication System ..................................................5-29
When Purchasing a Used Vehicle .............................................................................5-30
Remotely Starting the Vehicle ..................................................................................5-30
Door locks ......................................................................................................................5-30
Operating Door Locks From Outside the Vehicle....................................................5-30
Operating Door Locks From Inside the Vehicle....................................................... 5-32
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............................................................5-34
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks..............................................................................5-35
Electronic Child Safety Lock ..................................................................................... 5-35
Theft-alarm system ....................................................................................................... 5-37
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) .........................................................................5-38
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert Settings..................................................................5-38
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert Operation...............................................................5-38
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert Precautions............................................................5-39
Declaration of Conformity.........................................................................................5-40
Integrated memory system ...........................................................................................5-41
Storing Memory Positions ..........................................................................................5-41
Recalling Memory Positions...................................................................................... 5-42
Resetting the System................................................................................................. 5-42
Seat Easy Access........................................................................................................5-43
Smart posture care system ...........................................................................................5-44
Steering wheel ...............................................................................................................5-45
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS)......................................................................5-45
Tilt/Telescopic Steering.............................................................................................5-46
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
5
Horn.............................................................................................................................5-47
Heated Steering Wheel..............................................................................................5-47
Mirrors............................................................................................................................ 5-48
Inside Rearview Mirror .............................................................................................. 5-48
Side View Mirrors .......................................................................................................5-57
Reverse Parking Aid .................................................................................................. 5-59
Windows ......................................................................................................................... 5-61
Power Windows......................................................................................................... 5-62
Panoramic sunroof........................................................................................................ 5-65
Power Sunshade........................................................................................................ 5-66
Tilt Open/Close.......................................................................................................... 5-66
Slide Open/Close........................................................................................................5-67
Automatic Reversal ....................................................................................................5-67
Resetting the Sunroof ............................................................................................... 5-68
Sunroof Open Warning ............................................................................................. 5-69
Exterior features.............................................................................................................5-70
Hood............................................................................................................................5-70
Power Liftgate ............................................................................................................ 5-71
Smart Liftgate .............................................................................................................5-76
Fuel Filler Door............................................................................................................5-78
Head-Up Display (HUD)................................................................................................ 5-80
Head-Up Display Settings......................................................................................... 5-80
Head-Up Display Information ................................................................................... 5-81
Precautions While Using the Head-Up Display........................................................ 5-81
Lighting.......................................................................................................................... 5-82
Exterior Lights............................................................................................................ 5-82
Interior Lights ............................................................................................................ 5-86
Welcome System....................................................................................................... 5-89
High Beam Assist (HBA) ............................................................................................... 5-90
High Beam Assist Settings......................................................................................... 5-91
High Beam Assist Operation...................................................................................... 5-91
High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations ...................................................... 5-92
Wipers and washers...................................................................................................... 5-93
Front Windshield Wipers........................................................................................... 5-93
Front Windshield Washers........................................................................................ 5-95
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
5
5. Convenience Features
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ..............................................................................5-96
Automatic climate control system ............................................................................... 5-97
Automatic Temperature Control Mode.................................................................. 5-100
Manual Temperature Control Mode........................................................................ 5-101
System Operation .................................................................................................... 5-109
System Maintenance ................................................................................................ 5-110
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging........................................................................ 5-112
To Defog Inside Windshield ..................................................................................... 5-113
To Defrost Outside Windshield ................................................................................ 5-113
Defogging Logic........................................................................................................ 5-114
Rear Window Defroster ............................................................................................ 5-114
Climate control additional features ............................................................................ 5-115
Auto Defogging System ........................................................................................... 5-115
Auto Dehumidify ....................................................................................................... 5-116
Recirculating Air When Washer Fluid Is Used..........................................................5-117
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................................................................5-117
Scheduled Ventilation Control..................................................................................5-117
Storage compartment.................................................................................................. 5-118
Center Console Storage ........................................................................................... 5-118
Glove Box................................................................................................................... 5-118
Sunglass Holder ........................................................................................................ 5-119
Mobile Phone Holder................................................................................................ 5-119
Interior features ........................................................................................................... 5-120
Cup Holder ............................................................................................................... 5-120
Sunvisor ..................................................................................................................... 5-121
Power Outlet ............................................................................................................. 5-121
USB Charger ..............................................................................................................5-122
AC Inverter.................................................................................................................5-123
Wireless Smart Phone Charging System.................................................................5-124
Clock ..........................................................................................................................5-126
Coat Hook..................................................................................................................5-126
Floor Mat Anchor(s) .................................................................................................. 5-127
Rear Side Window Sunshades .................................................................................5-127
Cargo Net Holder ......................................................................................................5-128
Cargo Security Screen ..............................................................................................5-129
Exterior features ........................................................................................................... 5-131
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
5
Roof Side Rails...........................................................................................................5-131
Infotainment System ................................................................................................... 5-132
USB Port .................................................................................................................... 5-132
Antenna..................................................................................................................... 5-132
Steering Wheel Remote Controls............................................................................ 5-133
Infotainment System................................................................................................ 5-134
Voice Recognition .................................................................................................... 5-134
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology............................................................................. 5-134
Lexicon Premium Sound System ............................................................................ 5-135
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
5
5-5
Accessing your vehicle
Smart Key
Type A
OJX1059006
Type B
OJX1059005
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle uses a
Smart Key, which you can use to lock or
unlock the driver and passenger doors or
the liftgate.
(1) Door lock
(2) Door unlock
(3) Liftgate open/close
(4) Panic
(5) Remote start
(6) Lamp on
(7) Forward/Backward (Remote
Entry/Exit Parking function)
Locking your vehicle
OJX1059001
To lock your vehicle using the door handle
touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure all doors, the hood and the
liftgate are closed.
2. While having the smart key in your
possession, press the Door Lock button
(1) on the smart key or touch the outer
part of the door handle for about 1
second until you hear the door locks
actuate. The hazard warning lights will
blink.
3. Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the door handle.
Information
• The side view mirror will fold if ‘Enable
on Door Unlock’ is selected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
- Setup > Vehicle > Convenience >
Welcome Mirror/Light > Enable on
Door Unlock
• The door handle touch sensor will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• Touching the door handle touch sensor
does not unlock the doors. To unlock
the doors, refer to the following page.
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
5-6
Convenience Features
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the door handle touch sensor if any
of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC
or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except for
the liftgate.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle
with unsupervised children. Unattended
children could press the Engine
Start/Stop button and may lock the doors,
operate power windows or other controls,
or even make the vehicle move, which
could result in serious injury or death.
Unlocking your vehicle (When the
Two Press Unlock feature is off)
OJX1059002
To unlock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the
Smart Key or simply grab the door
handle inside portion to activate the
unlock door touch sensor. All doors will
unlock and the hazard warning lights
will blink two times.
3. After unlocking the doors, the doors will
automatically re-lock after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.
Unlocking your vehicle (When the
Two Press Unlock feature is on)
To unlock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the
Smart Key or simply grab the door
handle inside portion to activate the
unlock door touch sensor.
3. The driver’s door will unlock.
4. If you touch the door unlock sensor
inside of the front door handle to
unlock the doors within 4 seconds, all of
the doors will unlock. When the doors
unlock, the hazard warning lights will
blink two times and the chime will
sound.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
5
5-7
5. After unlocking the doors, the doors will
automatically re-lock after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door
only, or unlocking all the doors with one
press may be adjusted in the Settings
menu in the infotainment system.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to press the
door unlock button once for driver door
only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Setup > Vehicle > Door > Two Press
Unlock
The Two Press Unlock feature can also be
enabled or disabled by pressing the door
lock and unlock buttons simultaneously
on the smart key:
Press and hold both the Door Lock button
and the Door Unlock button
simultaneously until the hazard warning
lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press
Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to
enable/disable the mode again.
Information
• If you press the front passenger outside
door handle with the smart key in your
possession, all the doors will unlock.
• The Two Press Unlock feature is off
when the vehicle is first delivered. To
use the feature, enable the feature from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
Information
• The side view mirror will unfold if
‘Enable on Door Unlock’ is selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
- Setup > Vehicle > Convenience >
Welcome Mirror/Light > Enable on
Door Unlock
• The door handle touch sensor will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• The doors may lock or unlock if the
touch sensor of the outer door handle is
recognized while washing your car or
due to heavy rain.
• During a car wash or rain, in order to
minimize unintentional operation of the
touch sensor, the touch sensor may
become insensitive. This is not a
malfunction.
• To prevent unintentional door lock or
unlock:
Press the lock button on the smart key
and immediately press the unlock
button along with the lock button for
more than 4 seconds. The hazard
warning lights will blink four times. At
this time, the doors will not lock or
unlock even though the touch sensor is
touched on the outside door handle.
To deactivate the function, press the
door lock or unlock button on the smart
key.
• The doors may not lock or unlock in the
following situations:
- If the touch sensor is touched with
gloves on
- If the door is suddenly approached
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
5-8
Convenience Features
Opening the liftgate
OJK051001N
To open the liftgate:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Press either the liftgate open/close
button on the vehicle or press and hold
the Liftgate Unlock button (3) on the
smart key for more than one second.
The hazard warning lights will blink two
times and the liftgate will open.
Information
The liftgate open/close button will only
operate when the smart key is within 28
in. (0.7 m) from the liftgate.
Panic
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for
more than one second. The horn sounds
and hazard warning lights will blink for
about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic
mode, press any button on the Smart Key.
Remotely starting vehicle
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button (5) on the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button on the Smart
Key. You must be within about 32 ft.
(10m) from your vehicle.
2. Press and hold the remote start button
on your Smart Key. You must press the
button within 4 seconds from when you
pressed the door lock button to
activate the remote start.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink and
the engine will start.
4. To turn off the remote start function,
press the Remote Start button (5) once.
Information
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you enter the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get in
the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• The Remote Start button (5) may not
operate if the smart key is not within 32
ft. (10 m).
• The vehicle will not remotely start if the
engine hood or liftgate is opened.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.
• Do not operate remote start in closed
areas where there is no adequate
ventilation for the engine exhaust.
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
5
5-9
Turning on the lamps
If the lamp button (6) is pressed, the
headlights and tail lamps will turn on.
However, it works only when the
following conditions are satisfied:
• The vehicle is turned off
• The doors are locked
• The light control switch is in the AUTO
headlight position (Headlights and tail
lamps will turn on when it is dark) or in
the headlight position
if equipped
Remote Smart Parking Assist feature
With the Smart Key, the vehicle can be
moved forward or backward remotely to
enter or exit a parking space.
For more details, refer to “Remote Smart
Parking Assist (RSPA)” section in chapter
7.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without inserting
the key.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
Information
If the smart key is not moved for some
time, the detection function for smart key
operation will pause. Lift up the smart key
to activate the detection again.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place
to avoid damage or malfunction.
Exposure to moisture or high
temperature may cause the internal
circuit of the smart key to malfunction
which may not be covered under
warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the smart
key.
• Protect the smart key from extreme
temperatures.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
5-10
Convenience Features
Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver’s door by using the mechanical key.
To remove the mechanical key from the
smart key FOB:
OJX1059007
1. Place a soft cloth over the groove (A),
and pry open the smart key cover.
OJX1050004L
2. Press the mechanical key and remove it
from the smart key FOB.
3. After use, reinstall the mechanical key
and smart key cover in the reverse
order of removal.
See “Operating Door Locks From Outside
the Vehicle” section to access vehicle
with mechanical key.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of three Smart Keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
happen to lose your smart key, it is
recommended that you should
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining keys to your authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products or tow the
vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the
following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an
airport which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two way
radio system or a mobile phone.
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly,
open and close the door with the
mechanical key. If you have a problem
with the smart key, contact an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such as
making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in the
same location such as pants or jacket
pocket in order to avoid interference
between the two devices.
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
5
5-11
NOTICE
• Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key
surface.
• Always have the smart key with you
when leaving the vehicle. If the smart
key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle
battery may be discharged.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
Battery replacement
If the Smart Key is not working properly,
try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
OJX1059007
1. Place a soft cloth over the groove (A),
and pry open the smart key cover.
OJX1059008
2. Remove battery cover using a phillips
screwdriver.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the battery cover and smart
key cover in the reverse order of
removal.
If you suspect your smart key might have
sustained some damage, or you feel your
smart key is not working correctly,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
5-12
Convenience Features
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUTTON
BATTERY.
If swallowed, a lithium button battery can
cause severe or fatal injuries within 2
hours. Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of the
body, seek immediate medical attention.
Information
btn_AM-BATT
An inappropriately disposed battery can
be harmful to the environment and
human health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system helps protect
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ON position, the
immobilizer system indicator should
come on briefly, then go off. If the
indicator starts to blink, the system does
not recognize the coding of the key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position, then press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position
again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may
not recognize your smart key if another
smart key device is nearby or a metal
object such as a key chain is causing
interference with the smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not start.
Remove any metal objects or additional
keys near the smart key before
attempting to start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems
could result that may make your vehicle
inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle,
do not leave spare keys anywhere in your
vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a
customer unique password and should be
kept confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer system.
It is designed to give years of trouble-free
service, however you should avoid
exposure to moisture, static electricity
and rough handling. Immobilizer system
malfunction could occur.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
5
5-13
Genesis digital key
Genesis digital key provides convenience
to the driver, which the driver can use to
lock or unlock the driver and passenger
doors or the liftgate and turn on the
engine.
Digital Key (Smart Phone)
How to register Digital Key (Smart
phone)
To use the smart phone as a digital key
follow the following procedure.
This service is only available for Android
smart phones that has passed the internal
usability test. The driver can confirm
supported/compatible devices on our
website (https://owners.genesis.com).
In case of iPhone, Apple does not assist
any of the NFC services. (Services are
expected to be provided according to
policy change.)
Genesis Digital Key App
1. Search ‘Genesis Digital Key’ from the
Google Play Store and download the
app. Please refer to the detailed manual
of the digital key app or Genesis
website. The option can be found under
the following app menu: Menu >
Application Info > Tutorial. Please read
the manual before using the app.
2. After downloading the app, sign up for
a Genesis account and service.
Smart phone set up
• The driver can use the Digital Key NFC
(Near Field Communication) feature
after enabling it on the smart phone’s
settings menu. To change the NFC
setting of the smart phone, please refer
to the smart phone manual or contact
the customer service center of smart
phone manufacturers.
• The driver should unlock and turn on
the smart phone screen. (Unlock the
screen lock such as password, pattern
or fingerprint, etc.)
Smart phone registration
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during digital key
registration.
2. Open Genesis Digital Key App in the
vehicle owner’s smart phone and
activate the digital key registration
screen after selecting the vehicle to
register.
ORG3050221N
3. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup > Vehicle > Digital
Key > Enable Digital Key’.
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
5-14
Convenience Features
OJK050002
[A] In-vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
4. After ‘Enabling Digital Key’ is selected,
place the backside of the smart phone
on the in-vehicle authentication pad.
ORG3050222N
5. Select ‘Smartphone Key > Save’ menu
on the infotainment system screen. The
saving process will begin automatically.
6.When the digital key (smart phone) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
7. Remove the smart phone from the pad
and complete the saving process under
the guidance of the smart phone
screen.
Information
• Vehicle
When there is a digital key (smart
phone) already saved in the vehicle, the
‘Save’ menu is disabled. If you want to
save a digital key again, refer to “How
to delete Digital Key (Smart Phone)”
and follow the deleting procedure first
before saving a digital key.
• Smart phone
The digital key cannot be saved again
while the vehicle’s digital key is saved in
the owner’s smart phone. Save the
digital key after deleting the digital key
from the Digital Key App.
• During the digital key saving process,
the process will cancel when:
- The smart phone is removed from the
in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad)
- Changing the infotainment system or
instrument cluster screen
- The vehicle is turned off
- The gear is shifted
- Saving digital key that does not
belong to the vehicle owner
- The smart phone screen is locked or
turned off
- NFC setting of your smart phone is
off (saving process will not begin)
- There is no smart key (saving process
will not begin)
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
5
5-15
How to use the Digital Key (Smart
phone)
Smart phone touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the smart phone on the door
handle without activating the Digital Key
App. Also, the engine can be started by
placing the smart phone on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad).
OJK051206N
[A] Door handle authentication pad
[B] NFC antenna (backside of the smart phone) (The
antenna position differs depending on models.)
• Locking/Unlocking the doors
- If the driver touches the smart phone
NFC antenna to the driver’s or
passenger’s door handle
authentication pad for more than 2
seconds, the door will lock or unlock.
- If Two Press Unlock function is set,
only the driver’s door will be
unlocked by touching the smart
phone on the driver’s door handle.
Touch the smart phone once more
within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.
- After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
- If the smart phone digital key does
not operate, move the smart phone
more than 4 in. (0.1 m) from the door
handle authentication pad and try it
again.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the smart phone NFC antenna if any
of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC
or ON position
• Any of the doors are open except for
the engine hood or liftgate
• Starting the engine
1. After placing your registered smart
phone on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad), depress the brake
pedal and press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
2. After starting the engine, the digital
key data will be automatically
updated. It will take 5 to 20 seconds.
After that, the smart phone will
automatically go into the wireless
charging mode. Once the engine is
started, you can remove the smart
phone from the pad.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter
6.
Information
To lock/unlock the doors and/or start the
engine with the smart phone Digital Key,
always turn on and unlock the smart
phone screen.
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
5-16
Convenience Features
Information
• After the battery has been reconnected
or the battery has been recharged, it
will take time for the digital key (smart
phone) to operate due to remote
security update. When locking or
unlocking the door with the smart
phone NFC antenna, touch and hold
the smart phone on the door handle
until the door(s) is locked or unlocked.
• If the mobile data connection of the
smart phone is weak, remote security
information update may fail. At this
time, use the card key to lock or unlock
the doors, or start the engine.
When you are in a place where the
mobile data connection of your smart
phone is available, place your smart
phone on the in-vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charger pad) and start
your vehicle, or touch the digital key on
the door handle to lock or unlock the
door, the remote security information
will be automatically updated. Even
though the engine is not started, wait
until the remote security information is
updated and the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad) changes to charging mode.
WARNING
The engine can be started when the
registered smart phone is placed on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can result
in serious injury or death.
In addition, always have the registered
smart phone with you to prevent vehicle
theft when leaving the vehicle.
Digital key App remote control
Various control functions such as Door
Lock/Unlock, Remote Start, Panic and
Liftgate Open/Close are available using
the Digital Key App. To use the Digital Key
App functions, the smart phone’s
Bluetooth must be activated, and must be
approximately within 32 ft. (10 m) from
the vehicle.
• Connecting Digital Key App with the
vehicle
1. Open the Genesis Digital Key App in
the smart phone. Select the vehicle
you want to control from the vehicle
list in the App.
2. Approach the vehicle with the
Genesis Digital Key App opened. The
Digital Key App will automatically
connect with the vehicle.
3. When the connection is complete,
the icons in the Digital Key App will
become active.
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
5
5-17
• Controlling the vehicle with Digital Key
App
Example
OJK051222N
Press the icons to remotely control the
vehicle.
1. Lock Doors
2. Unlock Doors
3. Panic On
4. Panic Off
5. Remote Engine On
6.Remote Engine Off
7. Liftgate HOLD
8.RSPA
For details on how to use RSPA, see
“Remote Smart Parking Assist
(RSPA)” section in chapter 7.
The icon will be highlighted or an alarm
and vibration will also be provided
when the selected icon function is
being performed.
After the Digital Key App and vehicle
are connected, if Digital Key App
remote control is not used over 5
minutes, the connection between the
app and vehicle will disconnect
automatically.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using Genesis Digital Key APP if any of
the following occurs:
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or ON position
- Door(s) is open
• Remotely starting vehicle with the
Digital Key App
1. Press the Door Lock button in
Genesis Digital Key App.
2. Press the Remote Engine On icon
within 4 seconds.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the engine will start.
- Unless the driver puts the
registered digital key (smart
phone) on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) when the Remote
Start function is on, the engine will
turn off.
- If the driver does not get in the
vehicle within 10 minutes after the
engine is remotely started, the
engine will turn off.
CAUTION
• If the vehicle windows are tinted with a
film containing metallic substances, it
may cause poor Bluetooth connection
and poor performance of the Digital
Key App.
• If multiple users use the digital key at
the same time, the functions of the
Digital Key App may not work properly.
Only the necessary user should operate
the Digital Key App remote control.
• When using the Digital Key App remote
control, the driver (the remote control
user) should leave the vehicle after
checking that the doors are locked.
When the doors are locked, the chime
will sound and the hazard warning
lights will blink once.
• The remote functions of the Digital Key
App enable the vehicle to be controlled
when the user is within operating
range. If the digital key is out of the
operating range, the remote control
function may not operate properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
5-18
Convenience Features
• If the smart phone is moved away from
the vehicle while the smart phone and
the vehicle are connected, Digital Key
App remote control may not operate
properly.
• When using Digital Key App remote
control via Bluetooth, communication
may be slow or the operating range
may be reduced in the following
circumstances:
- Smart phone mobile data is weak
- Bluetooth connection is weak due to
many Bluetooth devices
- There is an object such as metal or
concrete between the vehicle and
smart phone
- The smart phone is wrapped in your
hand or other electronic devices that
cause interference is placed near the
smart phone
• If you use a smart phone cover that
uses wireless communication or is
made of metal, the digital key NFC
function may not work properly.
Remove the smart phone cover before
using the digital key NFC function.
• If Digital Key App remote control does
not operate properly, use the smart
phone’s NFC function to lock and
unlock the doors.
How to delete Digital Key (Smart
Phone)
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital key
(smart phone) deleting process.
ORG3050223N
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup > Vehicle > Digital
Key > Smartphone key > Delete’. The
‘Delete’ menu will be disabled if there is
no digital key (smart phone) saved.
3. When the digital key (smart phone) is
deleted, a message will appear on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
4. Go to ‘Initialize Digital Key’ menu in the
Digital Key App and select the vehicle
to delete the digital key information.
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
5
5-19
What to do when user changes smart
phone or deletes app
If the driver changes his/her smart phone
or has deleted the Genesis Digital Key
App, refer to the following to set up the
Genesis Digital Key App again.
Smart phone change
Follow the procedure below to use the
digital key in your new smart phone.
1. Install the Genesis Digital Key App and
log in.
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, first delete the previous digital
key (Digital Key > Smartphone key >
Delete), and then save the digital key
again.
3. If you have shared the digital key with
others, you will need to re-share the
digital key.
Smart phone reset/App delete & reinstall/
App data delete
Follow the procedure below to use the
digital key when the smart phone was
reset, the app was deleted and then
reinstalled, or the app data was deleted.
1. Install the Genesis Digital Key App and
log in.
2. Input the PIN number for user
verification. If PIN is correct, digital key
data will be downloaded to the user’s
smart phone and you can use the digital
key without any further registration or
sharing procedure.
Smart phone operability with Digital Key
The Digital Key App may not be available
on some smart phones. Check for
available smart phone models on the
Genesis website. The smart phone NFC
antenna location guide can be confirmed
on the Genesis website or contact the
smart phone manufacturer’s customer
service center.
Digital Key (Card Key)
How to register Digital Key (Card
Key)
To use the card key as a digital key, follow
the following procedure.
For Android smart phones
1. Install Genesis Digital Key App in the
main user’s smart phone and register
the digital key (smart phone). Refer to
“How to register Digital Key (Smart
phone)”.
1-1. Open Genesis Digital Key App, and
then select ‘Menu > Settings > Card
Key Registration Authentication’.
Follow the digital key authentication
procedure according to the app.
• Bluetooth authentication: Before
starting the process, the driver needs
to make sure to check whether the
Bluetooth connection is working
properly. Then select ‘Menu >
Settings > Card Key Enroll
Authentication’ in the top right
corner of the Digital Key App. The
card saving process should be
completed within 5 minutes after the
authentication process is done in the
vehicle.
• NFC authentication: After selecting
NFC authentication, touch the smart
phone on the driver’s or passenger’s
outside door handle.
1-2. Get in the vehicle with the smart
key.
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
5-20
Convenience Features
Except Android smart phones
1. Get in the vehicle with two smart keys.
OJK051081N
[A] In-vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
2. Place the NFC card key on the
in-vehicle authentication pad within 5
minutes after getting in the vehicle. The
card key must be located in the “B” area
as indicated in the above picture.
ORG3050224N
3. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup > Vehicle > Digital
Key > Card Key > Save’. The saving
process will begin automatically.
4. When the digital key (card key) is saved,
a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
Information
• When there is a digital key (card key)
already saved in the vehicle, the ‘Save’
menu is disabled. If you want to save a
digital key again, refer to “How to
delete Digital Key (Card key)” and
follow the deleting procedure first
before saving a digital key.
• When registering a digital key (card
key), authentication is required once
through a smart phone. Complete the
registration within 5 minutes after
authentication.
• To register the digital key (card key),
the smart key must be in the vehicle.
• The registered digital key (card key)
cannot be used for another vehicle.
• The previously saved digital key (card
key) cannot be used if a new digital key
(card key) is registered.
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
5
5-21
How to use the Digital key (Card key)
Card key touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the card key on the door
handle. Also, the engine can be started by
placing the card key on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad).
OJK051207N
[A] Door handle authentication pad
[B] Card key NFC antenna
• Locking/Unlocking the doors
- If the driver touches the card key on
the driver’s or passenger’s door
handle authentication pad for more
than 2 seconds, the door will lock or
unlock.
- If Two Press Unlock function is set,
only the driver’s door will be
unlocked by touching the card key on
the driver’s door handle. Touch the
card key once more within 4 seconds
to unlock all doors.
- After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the NFC antenna if any of the
following occur:
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position
- Any of the doors are open except for
the engine hood or liftgate
• Starting the engine
After placing your registered card key
on the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charger pad), depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine Start/
Stop button.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
WARNING
The engine can be started when the
registered card key is placed on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can result
in serious injury or death. In addition,
always have the registered card key with
you to prevent vehicle theft when leaving
the vehicle.
CAUTION
• The digital key (card key) may not work
under the following conditions:
- The card key is not touching the
center of the door handle
authentication pad or in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) correctly.
- The card key is used overlapped with
NFC-enabled cards such as credit
card or smart phone
If the card key does not work, move the
card key approximately 4 in. (10 cm)
away from the authentication pad and
then touch it again.
• The card key can be damaged by
impacts. If the key is damaged, replace
the card key with a new one and
register it again.
• Long-time exposure to high
temperature may cause the card key to
malfunction. Be careful not to expose
the key to direct sunlight or high
temperature.
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
5-22
Convenience Features
• The card key is consumable and it is not
covered by your warranty. Therefore,
the result of misuse by customers such
as breakage or loss is not guaranteed.
• Always have the card key with you
when leaving the vehicle. If the
authenticated phone has a dead
battery, or it is lost or stolen, you may
be locked out of the vehicle.
• Leaving the digital key (card key) on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) while driving may cause
the digital key (card key) to
malfunction. Remove the digital key
(card key) from the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad) after starting the vehicle.
• Remove the digital key (card key) from
the smartphone before charging the
smartphone. If the digital key (card key)
is placed between the smartphone and
the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad) while the
smartphone is being charged, the
digital key (card key) may malfunction.
For example, when charging
smartphone while the digital key (card
key) is attached to the back of the
smartphone case.
How to delete Digital Key (Card key)
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital key
(card key) deleting process.
ORG3050225N
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup > Vehicle > Digital
Key > Card Key > Delete’. The ‘Delete’
menu will be disabled if there is no
digital key (card key) saved.
3. When the digital key (card key) is
deleted, a message will appear on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
5
5-23
Personalized User Profile and
Vehicle Settings
When the registered digital key is linked
with user profile, the vehicle will
automatically operate (door lock/unlock
with digital key, etc.) according to the
user profile setting. User profile linking
and personalization are available for a
total of two drivers.
Linking / Unlinking profile
How to link user profile
1. Select ‘Setup > User Profile > Profile
Settings > Link Digital Key (Smart
phone)’ on the infotainment system
settings menu.
2. Unlock the smart phone, enable the
NFC feature, and place it on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) according to the
message on the infotainment system
screen.
3. User profile linking will start with the
message ‘Linking… Pressing any button
will cancel linking the Digital Key’.
4. If you select ‘Link’, the registered phone
number’s digital key and the user
profile will link. Select ‘Link’ according
to the instruction.
5. When the process is complete, the
message ‘Digital Key Link Complete.’
will appear on the infotainment system
screen.
How to unlink user profile
1. Unlink digital key in the User Profile
settings. Unlinking is possible only
when user profile is linked.
2. When unlinking is complete, the
message ‘Digital key is unlinked.’ will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
Information
• User profile cannot be linked to both
Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are connected
to a single smart phone. Personalization
will operate with the recently linked
user profile, and the previously linked
user profile will be automatically
canceled.
• User profile can be linked when digital
key is enabled (Set up> Vehicle >
Digital Key > Enable Digital Key). The
linked user profile information is
maintained even when the digital key
function is disabled.
User profile can be linked to a smart
phone with the Digital Key App
installed.
• User profile can be linked when a digital
key is registered on the smartphone
and the vehicle. The smart phone with
another vehicle’s digital key cannot be
linked.
• If you remove the smart phone from the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) before completing the
user profile link, the linking process will
not be completed normally.
• To unlink the user profile, the smart
phone does not need to be on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
• Once the user profile linked digital key
in the smart phone is deleted, the
digital key should be re-registered and
personalized by linking the user profile
again.
JK1_en_US.book Page 23
5-24
Convenience Features
Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with
digital key works under the following
conditions:
• Touch the driver’s door handle with the
profile linked smart phone to lock or
unlock the doors (Personalization does
not operate when locking or unlocking
the front passenger door.).
• When the remote door unlock with the
profile linked smartphone digital key
app works, the user profile linked with
digital key can be changed manually
from the infotainment system settings.
Information
User profile operation according to door
lock/unlock system is as follows.
• The personalization function using the
digital key can be operated after linking
the digital key in the infotainment
system profile menu.
• The personalization function works only
when the engine is OFF or when the
engine is started remotely. If the engine
is not started remotely, personalization
function does not work with the digital
key.
Item
Personalization
operation
Initial value Guest
Profile linked
smart phone key
Linked profile
Profile unlinked
smart phone key
Recently activated
profileNFC card key
Smart key
JK1_en_US.book Page 24
5
5-25
Vehicle personalization with digital key
The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
For more information on personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key in the vehicle after locking or unlocking the doors or starting
the vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked with the central door lock. Have
the digital key with you at all times.
System Personalization Item
Vehicle settings
Head-Up Display
(HUD)
Position adjustment of image, Information display
selection
Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps
Instrument Cluster
Information display on the cluster, Voice volume,
Welcome sound
Seat/Mirror/Steerin
g wheel
Seat position, O/S mirror position, Steering wheel
position, Easy Access
Smart heating wire/ventilation On/Off
Door Automatic door lock/unlock, Two Press Unlock
Smart phone
wireless charging
Wireless charging On/Off
Air conditioning
Setting up temperature unit, Block air
inflow/Automatic ventilation/Window defroster
On/Off
Infotainment
system menu
Navigation
Preferred volume of the navigation system
Recent destination
User preset My menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone connectivity
Bluetooth preferential connection
CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioning Operating condition
Latest operation setup of the following
functions:Temperature (AUTO), air flow direction,
air volume, air conditioner, air intake control,
SYNC, Front windshield defroster, OFF
JK1_en_US.book Page 25
5-26
Convenience Features
Used Vehicle/Digital Key
Maintenance
Purchasing used vehicle
If any of the digital key devices
(smartphone key, card key) are registered
in the vehicle, the message ‘Digital key(s)
active’ will appear on the instrument
cluster once when the vehicle is turned on
after unlocking the vehicle door.
When purchasing a used car, be sure to
check the message and delete the smart
phone key and card key registered by the
previous user. Please let us know the
purchase of a used vehicle through
Genesis Customer Care.
Check whether the card key that came
with the used vehicle operates properly. If
the card key does not work properly,
delete the card key and register the
smartphone key, and then re-register the
card key.
Digital key maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key
System repaired or replaced, the
registered smart key/card key can be
deleted. In this case, you should delete
the digital key on the smart phone and
re-register the key.
Limitations of the System
• Genesis Digital Key App on the
smartphone and card key may not work
if any of the following occurs:
- The Digital Key App in the
smartphone is deleted (reinstall the
app)
- Account log information of Genesis
Digital Key App is expired (required to
re-log in)
- When you try to log in from another
smart phone instead of the registered
smart phone with same user account
- Smart phone rooting or app hacking
is detected
- Smart phone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged
- Smartphone’s screen is off or locked
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off in the
smartphone settings
- Smartphone’s mobile network
setting is off or airplane mode is
activated
- A credit card is overlapped in the
back of your smart phone, or metal or
thick smart phone case is used
- Using the card key with other cards,
or using it in a wallet or card holder
- There is electronic interference by
other vehicles, objects, etc.
• The vehicle may not be controlled by
the smart phone if any of the following
occurs:
- Basic and necessary functions of the
smart phone are operating (general
call, urgent call, audio or NFC
payment)
- Using wireless earphone
JK1_en_US.book Page 26
5
5-27
Fingerprint
authentication system
Fingerprint authentication system allows
the driver to start the engine, have access
to personal information, unlock profile
and exit valet mode with a registered
fingerprint.
Fingerprint Authentication
System Settings
To use the system, the driver’s fingerprint
should be registered in the driver’s
profile. Drivers can set or delete their
fingerprint through the infotainment
system. Follow the following procedure.
Registering fingerprint
OJK050003
[A] Fingerprint sensor
1. Turn on the vehicle with a smart key.
2. Select ‘Setup > User Profile Settings >
Driver 1 > Fingerprint Identification >
Set/Delete Fingerprint > Set’ in the
infotainment system.
3. Place your finger that you wish to
register on the fingerprint sensor
according to the instruction.
4. Following the instructions, place
several parts of your fingerprint until
the scanning process is complete.
5. Once the scanning process is
completed, the message ‘Saving
fingerprint….’ appears and the
fingerprint registering process is
proceeded.
6.When the fingerprint registering
process is completed in the vehicle, the
status is displayed on the infotainment
system screen.
Information
• If no fingerprint is registered in the
infotainment system, the sensor will
not operate.
• The maximum of two fingerprints can
be registered. Driver 1 and Driver 2 can
register one fingerprint each.
• To register your fingerprint, you must
have both smart keys with you. (if
equipped with engine start-up feature
with fingerprint authentication)
• Remove all substances including
protection film on the fingerprint
sensor, and then register your
fingerprint.
• Starting the engine with fingerprint is
available when your vehicle is equipped
with the Genesis Digital Key system.
• The fingerprint registering process is
canceled when the following condition
occurs:
- The infotainment system screen is
altered.
- The Engine Start/Stop button turns
on or off.
- The gear is shifted, and the vehicle is
driven.
JK1_en_US.book Page 27
5-28
Convenience Features
Deleting fingerprint
1. Select ‘Setup > User Profile Settings >
Driver 1 > Fingerprint Identification >
Set/Delete Fingerprint > Delete’ in the
infotainment system.
2. Delete the registered fingerprint
according to the message ‘Delete all
Driver 1 fingerprints?’
3. Once the fingerprint is deleted, the
status is displayed on the infotainment
system screen.
Information
To delete your fingerprint, at least one
smart key must be in the vehicle. (if
equipped with engine start-up feature
with fingerprint authentication)
CAUTION
Do not participate in duplicating
fingerprints with anyone.
NOTICE
Touch the fingerprint sensor gently.
Fingerprint authentication attempts with
excessive force may fail.
Fingerprint Authentication
System Operation
Using features with touch control
The convenient features such as starting
the engine, accessing personal
information, unlocking profile, exiting
valet mode are available with the
fingerprint authentication system.
When the fingerprint shape appears on
the infotainment system screen, you
should place your finger on the
fingerprint sensor in the vehicle
according to the instruction message for
authorization and then you can operate
the linked features without entering the
password.
If the fingerprint authentication system
does not work, pull your finger away from
the fingerprint authentication sensor and
then try again.
Fingerprint linked features can be turned
on or off from the Settings menu. Select:
• Setup > User Profile Settings > Driver 1
(or Driver 2) > Fingerprint
Identification
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual to link profile, to set
valet mode, or to use Genesis Car pay.
Fingerprint linked
features
Characteristic
Starting engine
Start engine with
fingerprint but
without smart key
Personal
information access
Use features with
fingerprint but
without a password
Profile unlock
Valet mode exit
Genesis Car pay
(Electronic
payment)
JK1_en_US.book Page 28
5
5-29
Information
If the same fingerprint is registered for
Driver 1 and Driver 2, the authentication
result is linked to driver 1, when
authentication is successful.
if equipped
Starting the engine
OJK050046
Place your finger on the fingerprint sensor
(1) to verify your fingerprint. After it is
successfully verified, start the engine by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button (2)
within 30 seconds.
For more details on how to start your
vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button, refer to “Engine Start/Stop
Button” section in chapter 6.
Information
If you are in the vehicle for an extended
period without starting the engine, the
fingerprint sensor may turn off.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal and
verify your fingerprint again when the
fingerprint sensor illuminates.
Limitations of Fingerprint
Authentication System
• Fingerprint authentication system may
not work when:
- Trying to authorize with an
unregistered fingerprint.
- The center of the fingerprint sensor is
not touched.
- Any water or substance is on your
finger or the sensor.
- The film on the sensor is not
removed.
- The registered fingerprint is scarred
or swollen.
- Your hand is overly dry.
- The sensor is touched shortly.
• If fingerprint authentication fails
repeatedly, fingerprint authentication
may be temporarily restricted. You
should try it later or try other methods
such as using your smart key or
inputting your password.
If the engine does not start due to
fingerprint sensor malfunction, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• When you visit an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to repair
parts due to fingerprint authentication
system or related part failure, your
registered fingerprint might be deleted.
Have your smart key when you visit an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Fingerprint
authentication
status
Light
color
Message on
cluster
Standby White -
Succeed Blue
Fingerprint is
verified. You
can start
vehicle.
Fail Yellow -
Restricted due
to consecutive
failure
Red
Fingerprint
authorization
is locked out.
Try again in XX
min.
JK1_en_US.book Page 29
5-30
Convenience Features
• You cannot use the fingerprint sensor
when the vehicle is discharged.
• If ‘Start Vehicle’ is deselected from the
vehicle settings menu for Driver 1 and
Driver 2, the fingerprint sensor will not
operate when the vehicle is off.
• If you turn the engine on or off during
the fingerprint authentication process,
your fingerprint may not be verified
properly.
WARNING
Do not register children’s fingerprints in
the vehicle.
If you register children’s fingerprints and
leave them in the vehicle, unexpected
accidents may occur.
When Purchasing a Used
Vehicle
If you purchase a used vehicle, you should
confirm and delete all registered
fingerprints in Driver 1 and Driver 2 profile.
If a fingerprint is registered, the message
“Biometric authentication active”
appears on the cluster once when the
vehicle door is unlocked, and the engine
is started.
Remotely Starting the Vehicle
If ‘Start Vehicle’ is selected from the
Driver 1 or Driver 2 User Profile settings
menu, and the door is unlocked with the
Genesis Digital Key App or the Genesis
Connected Service App while the vehicle
is remotely started, the engine will turn
off if the fingerprint sensor does not verify
your fingerprint.
To remotely start the vehicle with the
Genesis Digital Key App, refer to “Genesis
digital key” section in this chapter. And
for Genesis Connected Service App, see
additional information in a separately
supplied manual.
Door locks
Operating Door Locks From
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
OJX1059013
After pulling the door handle (1), turn the
key (2) toward the front of the vehicle to
lock (A) or turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to unlock (B).
If you lock the driver’s door with a
mechanical key, the driver’s door will
lock. If you unlock the driver’s door with a
mechanical key, the driver’s door will
unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
NOTICE
Do not apply excessive force on the door
and door handle. It may damage the door
and door handle.
Information
When the keyhole freezes and does not
open, lightly tap or indirectly warm (for
example, hand temperature) the keyhole.
JK1_en_US.book Page 30
5
5-31
Smart key
OJX1059001
Lock
Touch the touch sensor on the front
outside door handle (the engraved part)
while carrying the Smart Key with you or
press the Door Lock button on the Smart
Key, all doors will lock.
OJX1059002
Unlock
Put your hand in the front outside door
handle while carrying the Smart Key with
you or press the Door Unlock button on
the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
For more details, refer to “Smart key” in
the previous pages.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system
components.
JK1_en_US.book Page 31
5-32
Convenience Features
Operating Door Locks From
Inside the Vehicle
With the door handle
OJK050005
Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when the
door is locked, the door will unlock and
open.
Rear door
If the inner door handle is pulled once
when the door is locked, the door will
unlock. If the inner door handle is pulled
once more, the door will open.
If any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the central door lock
switch is pressed.
Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously pulling
on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.
With the central door lock switch
Driver’s door
OJX1059015
Front passenger’s door
OJX1059016
Driver and passenger door
The driver and passenger side door
armrest is equipped with a central door
lock switch. The lock switch is indicated
by a symbol. The unlock switch is
indicated by a symbol.
When the lock switch (1) is pressed (door
indicator light ON), all the vehicle doors
will lock.
When the unlock switch (2) is pressed, all
the vehicle doors will unlock.
If any door is open, the doors will not lock
even though the lock switch (1) is pressed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 32
5
5-33
OJK050063
Rear door
When the lock switch (1) is pressed (door
indicator light ON), all the vehicle doors
will lock.
When the unlock switch (2) is pressed, all
the vehicle doors will unlock.
Information
If all doors are locked with the rear door
lock switch, and the electronic child
safety lock button (if equipped) in the
driver’s seat is turned ON (indicator light
ON), the rear doors cannot be opened. If
you want to open the rear doors:
• Unlock the door with the smart key
from outside when the vehicle is in OFF
position.
• Unlock the door with Genesis
Connected Service using your
smartphone.
• Press the electronic child safety lock
button on the driver’s door to turn it off
(indicator light OFF), then unlock the
doors with the driver’s or passenger’s
central door lock switch. (Electronic
child lock OFF → Door unlocked)
• Press the electronic child safety lock
button on the driver’s door to turn it off
(indicator light OFF), then pull the rear
inner door handle twice.
In case of an emergency
OJK051036N
In case of emergency such as when the
battery is discharged, the only way to lock
the door(s) is with the mechanical key
from the outside key hole.
Doors without an outside key hole can be
locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert the key into the emergency door
lock hole and turn the key to the lock
position.
3. Close the door securely.
Information
If the electrical power door lock switch
does not operate (ex. dead car battery)
and the liftgate is closed, you will not be
able to open the liftgate until power is
restored.
WARNING
• The doors should always be fully closed
and locked while the vehicle is in
motion. If the doors are unlocked, the
risk of being thrown from the vehicle in
a crash is increased.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of the
driver’s or passenger’s door while the
vehicle is moving.
JK1_en_US.book Page 33
5-34
Convenience Features
WARNING
Do not leave the elderly, children or
animals unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become extremely
hot, causing death or serious injury to the
elderly, unattended children or animals
who cannot escape from the vehicle.
Children might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them, or they
could encounter other harm, possibly
from someone gaining entry to the
vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases
the potential risk to you or others from
someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing
the brake, shift the gear to the P (Park)
position, engage the parking brake, and
press the Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position, close all windows, lock all
doors, and always take the key with you.
CAUTION
Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage or injury.
Be careful when opening doors and
watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles
or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in
the path of the door.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time
while the weather is very hot or cold,
there are risks of injuries or danger to life.
Do not lock the vehicle from the outside
when someone is in the vehicle.
Automatic Door Lock and
Unlock Features
Your vehicle is equipped with features
that will automatically lock or unlock your
vehicle based on settings you select in the
infotainment system.
Auto LOCK Enable on speed
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle
exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
Auto LOCK Enable on shift
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park) while the engine is
running.
Auto UNLOCK On Shift to P
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the vehicle
is shifted back into P (Park) while the
engine is running.
Auto UNLOCK Vehicle off
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the vehicle
is turned off.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Additional unlock safety feature air
bag deployment
As an additional safety feature, all doors
will be automatically unlocked when an
impact causes the air bags to deploy.
JK1_en_US.book Page 34
5
5-35
Child-Protector Rear Door
if equipped
Locks
OJK051221N
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the rear
door will not open if the inner door handle
is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a small
flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or
similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the
lock position as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened from
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors
while the vehicle is in motion, they could
fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety
locks should always be used whenever
children are in the vehicle.
if equipped
Electronic Child Safety Lock
OJX1059017
When the electronic child safety lock
button is pressed and the indicator light
on the button illuminates, the rear doors
cannot be opened from inside the vehicle.
• The rear door window cannot be
opened or closed while the electronic
child safety lock button is in the LOCK
position (indicator light ON).
For more details, refer to “Windows”
section in this chapter.
• Electronic child safety lock does not
automatically turn on unless the driver
presses the electronic child safety lock
button.
• If 3 minutes passes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF
or ACC, the indicator on the button
turns off, and the driver cannot turn off
electronic child safety lock by pressing
the button. To turn off the function,
press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position, and then press the
electronic child safety lock button.
• If the power is supplied again after
removing the battery or battery is
discharged while the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK
position, press the button once more to
match the state of the indicator on the
electronic child safety lock button and
actual status of the electronic child
safety lock function.
JK1_en_US.book Page 35
5-36
Convenience Features
• If the airbag is activated while the
electronic child safety lock button is in
the LOCK position (indicator light ON),
the rear doors will unlock
automatically.
• Vehicles equipped with the electronic
child safety lock feature is not provided
with a manual child safety lock.
WARNING
If children accidentally opens the rear
door while the vehicle is in motion, they
could fall out of the vehicle. Electronic
child safety lock should always be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
NOTICE
Child safety lock failure
OJK050082L
When electronic child safety lock does
not work even though the button is
pressed, the message will be displayed
and an alarm will sound. If this occurs,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer Genesis Branded
products.
Safe Exit Assist (with electronic child
if equipped
safety lock)
Safe Exit Assist helps prevent the rear
occupant from opening the rear door.
When an approaching vehicle from the
rear area is detected after the vehicle
stops, the rear doors will not unlock even
when the driver tries to unlock the rear
doors using the electronic child safety
lock button.
For more details, refer to “Safe Exit Assist
(SEA)” section in chapter 7.
JK1_en_US.book Page 36
5
5-37
Theft-alarm system
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn will sound and
the hazard warning lights will blink
continuously if any of the following occur:
• A door is opened without using the
smart key.
• The liftgate is opened without using the
smart key.
• The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then
the system resets. To turn off the alarm,
unlock the doors with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors
and the liftgate. For the system to
activate, you must lock the doors and the
liftgate from outside the vehicle with the
smart key or by touching the touch sensor
on the outside of the door handle with the
smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate the
system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the liftgate, or the hood without
using the smart key will cause the alarm
to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the
hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully
closed. If the system will not set, check
the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are
fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it.
Information
• Do not lock the doors until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the vehicle
when the system is armed, the alarm
will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
smart key, open the doors by using the
mechanical key and start the engine by
directly pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking
the vehicle, but neither a door or the
liftgate is opened within 30 seconds,
the doors will re-lock and the system
will rearm automatically.
• It is not recommended to install any
secondary aftermarket theft-alarm
systems into the vehicle factory
electrical system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 37
5-38
Convenience Features
Advanced Rear Occupant
if equipped
Alert (ROA)
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert is
provided to prevent a driver from leaving
a vehicle with a passenger left in the
vehicle.
Advanced Rear Occupant
Alert Settings
To use Rear Occupant Alert, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Convenience > Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA)
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Information
Deselect ‘Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)’
from the settings menu to turn the system
off.
Advanced Rear Occupant
Alert Operation
• First alert
When you turn off the engine and open
the driver’s door after opening and
closing the rear door or liftgate, the
‘Check rear seats’ warning message
appears on the cluster.
• Second alert
After the first alert, the second alert
operates when any movement is
detected in the vehicle after the driver’s
door is closed and all the doors are
locked. The horn will sound for
approximately 25 seconds.
Also, a text message is sent to members
of Genesis Connected Services (if
available). If the system continues to
detect a movement, the alert operates
up to 8 times.
Unlock the doors with the smart key to
stop the alert.
• The system detects movement in the
vehicle for 10 minutes after the door is
locked.
JK1_en_US.book Page 38
5
5-39
Information
• The second alert is available for
vehicles equipped with the ROA sensor.
• Rear Occupant Alert also activates
when movement is detected in the
cargo area.
• The second alert is activated only after
the prior activation of the first alert.
• If you do not want to use Rear
Occupant Alert, press the OK button on
the steering wheel when the first alert is
displayed on the cluster. Doing so will
deactivate the second alert one time.
Cluster
OJX1059019L
Steering wheel
OJX1059021
• If the vehicle is started remotely (if
equipped with Remote Start), inside
movement detection will stop.
Advanced Rear Occupant
Alert Precautions
Sensor
OJK050009
• Make sure that all the windows are
closed. If the window is open, the alert
may operate by the sensor detecting an
unintended movement (for example,
wind or bugs).
• The alert may operate if movement in
the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
• If the doors are locked with a passenger
inside the vehicle, the alert may
operate.
• An alert can occur if there is an impact
on the vehicle.
• If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
passengers. Or, the alert may operate if
the boxes or objects fall off.
• The alert may operate when the vehicle
is pushed or shaken, or while washed,
or by surrounding noise or vibration
after the vehicle is locked.
• The alert may operate when there are
metallic or liquid objects in the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 39
5-40
Convenience Features
WARNING
Even if your vehicle is equipped with
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert (ROA),
always make sure to check the rear seats
or cargo area before you leave the
vehicle.
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
may not operate when:
• Movement does not continue for a
certain period of time or the movement
is small.
• A child is not seated in a child restraint
system.
• The detection signal is weak because
the signal is obscured by seat or CRS
(for example, child is restrained in the
forward-facing CRS).
• Movement is detected in areas other
than the rear seats.
• The rear passenger is covered with a
fabric containing metallic substance
such as a blanket.
• An object in the vehicle blocks the
sensor.
• The sensor is contaminated by foreign
material.
• An animal at the rear seat or luggage
compartment is not large enough to be
detected by the sensor or there is
hardly any movement.
• Attaching objects or modifying the
interior ceiling, or the interior ceiling is
deformed or damaged.
• There are electronic interference
around the vehicle.
• Other environmental reasons that may
affect the system.
Declaration of Conformity
The radio frequency components (ROA
Radar Sensor) complies:
• For USA
OANATEL323
• For Canada
OANATEL324
JK1_en_US.book Page 40
5
5-41
Integrated memory
system
OJK050006
The IMS, or Integrated Memory System,
for the driver’s seat is provided to store
and recall the following memory settings
with a simple button operation.
• Driver’s seat position
• Steering wheel position (power
adjustment)
• Side view mirror position
• Head-Up Display (HUD) position (if
equipped)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the integrated
memory system while the vehicle is
moving.
This could result in loss of control, and an
accident causing death, serious injury, or
property damage.
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If the integrated memory system does
not operate normally, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Storing Memory Positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat position, side
view mirror position, steering wheel
position and head-up display height to
the desired position.
3. Press the SET button. The system will
beep once and notify you ‘Press button
to save settings’ on the cluster LCD
display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or
2) within 4 seconds. The system will
beep twice when the memory has been
successfully stored.
5. ‘Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved’ will
appear on the cluster LCD display. The
message appears only for the driver’s
seat position memory setting.
JK1_en_US.book Page 41
5-42
Convenience Features
Recalling Memory Positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or
2). The system will beep once, and then
the driver’s seat position, side view
mirror position, steering wheel position
and head-up display height will
automatically adjust to the stored
positions.
3. ‘Driver 1 (or 2) settings applied’ will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
Information
• Note that while the memory settings
are being recalled, if you press the SET
button or the corresponding IMS
memory button (1 or 2) for which the
settings are being recalled, the IMS will
temporarily deactivate. If you select the
alternate IMS memory button (1 or 2),
the IMS will activate according to the
settings of the alternate button.
For example, if you press the SET
button or the number 1 button with the
number 1 setting in operation, the IMS
will temporarily deactivate.
If you press the number 2 button, then
the IMS memory settings according to
number 2 will activate.
• If you adjust the driver’s seat, side view
mirror, steering wheel or head-up
display while the IMS is recalling the
stored positions, the memory settings
will not be applied.
Resetting the System
Follow the below procedures to reset the
Integrated Memory System (IMS) if it is
not operating properly:
Resetting integrated memory
system
1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver’s
door with the vehicle shifted to P (Park).
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and seatback to
the foremost position.
3. Press the SET button and push forward
the driver’s seat switch simultaneously
(about two seconds).
4. Release the SET button and the driver’s
seat switch when a beep sounds.
While resetting integrated memory
system
1. Resetting starts with a notification
sound.
2. The driver’s seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position with
the notification sound.
3. The driver’s seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notification
sound.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notification
sound may stop.
• The memory button is pressed.
• The seat control switch is operated.
• The gear is shifted out of P (Park)
• The driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3
km/h).
• The driver’s door is closed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 42
5
5-43
NOTICE
• While integrated memory system is
being reset, if the resetting and
notification sound stops incompletely,
restart the resetting procedure again.
• Make sure that there are no objects
around the driver’s seat in advance of
resetting the integrated memory
system.
• After resetting the integrated memory
system, the adjustment for the driver
seat must be stored again to recall the
memory position.
Seat Easy Access
Seat easy access will move the driver’s
seat and steering wheel automatically as
follows:
• Exiting the vehicle:
The driver’s seat, steering wheel and
seat bolster will move as follows when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position with the gear in P (Park)
and the driver’s door open.
- Driver seat: Moves rearward
depending on the distance selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system.
- Steering wheel: Moves upward
- Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted
to the default position.
However, the driver’s seat may not
move rearward if there is not enough
space between the driver’s seat and the
rear seats.
Also, on a regular basis, the steering
wheel will also move forward to adjust
its location by itself.
• Entering the vehicle:
The driver’s seat, steering wheel and
seat bolster will move as follows when
the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ACC, ON or START position or
while carrying the smart key, the
driver’s door is closed with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF position.
- Driver seat: Moves back to its original
position.
- Steering wheel: Moves back to its
original position.
- Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted
to the default position.
• You can set the Seat Easy Access
function from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
- Driver seat
Setup > Vehicle > Seat > Seating
Easy Access > Driver Seat Easy
Access > Normal/Extended/Off
- Steering wheel
Setup > Vehicle > Seat > Seating
Easy Access > Steering wheel easy
access
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 43
5-44
Convenience Features
Smart posture care
if equipped
system
The Smart Posture Care system
automatically helps provide a healthy
posture (position) for the driver’s back,
and sets the steering wheel, side view
mirrors, head-up display positions
according to the driver’s body
measurements.
Information
If the Seat Posture Care system does not
operate normally, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OJK051217N
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park) while
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
2. Select ‘Setup > Vehicle > Seat > Smart
Posture Care > Enter Driver’s
Information’ from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system.
Or press the SET button on the driver's
door. With a beep sound the Smart
Posture Care menu will be displayed on
the infotainment system screen.
3. Enter information (Height, Sitting
height, Weight) on the infotainment
system screen.
4. After entering the driver’s information,
select ‘Posture Analysis > Adjust
Posture > Save Current Posture’. The
driver’s seat, steering wheel, side view
mirror and head-up display will be
adjusted.
5. Save the adjusted seat position in
‘Settings 1’ or ‘Settings 2’.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 44
5
5-45
Steering wheel
Motor Driven Power Steering
(MDPS)
The system assists you with steering the
vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the
power steering system becomes
inoperative, you may still steer the
vehicle, but it will require increased
steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
CAUTION
If Motor Driven Power Steering does not
operate normally, the warning light
and the message ‘Check motor driven
power steering’ will illuminate on the
instrument cluster. You may steer the
vehicle, but it will require increased
steering efforts. Take the vehicle to an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products and have the system checked as
soon as possible.
Information
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
This happens as the system performs
the MDPS system diagnostics. When
the diagnostics are completed, the
steering wheel effort will return to its
normal condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
may have to put more steering effort.
However, it is a temporary condition so
that it will return to normal condition
after charging the battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
MDPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
speed.
• When you operate the steering wheel in
low temperatures, abnormal noise may
occur. If the temperature rises, the
noise will disappear. This is a normal
condition.
• When an error is detected from MDPS,
the steering effort assist function will
not be activated in order to prevent
accidents. Instrument cluster warning
lights may be on or the steering effort
may be high. If these symptoms occur,
drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon
as it is safe to do so. Have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
JK1_en_US.book Page 45
5-46
Convenience Features
Tilt/Telescopic Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to a
comfortable position, adjust the steering
wheel so that it points toward your chest,
not toward your face. Make sure you can
see the instrument cluster warning lights
and gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to be
certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the steering
wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Manual adjustment
OJK050007L
To adjust the steering wheel angle and
height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
angle (2) and distance forward/back
(3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not
engage completely. This may occur when
the gears of the locking mechanism do
not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull
down on the lock-release lever, readjust
the steering wheel again, and then pull
back up on the release lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Power adjustment
OJK050007
To change the steering wheel angle and
height:
• Push the switch (1) up and down to
adjust the angle (2).
• Push the switch forward or rearward to
adjust the height (3).
NOTICE
Do not adjust the steering wheel longer
than necessary when the engine is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
JK1_en_US.book Page 46
5
5-47
Resetting steering wheel power adjustment
If adjustment is no longer possible within
the operable range while adjusting the
steering wheel position (angle or height),
reset as follows.
1. From the position the steering wheel
has stopped, push the control switch (1)
for 10 seconds in the direction you were
adjusting the steering wheel. The
steering wheel will move in the
direction the control switch is pushed.
2. Continue pushing the switch (1) for at
least 2 seconds after the steering wheel
has stopped. Resetting will be
complete after the operational range is
recognized.
If the adjustment is still not possible
after resetting the steering wheel
power adjustment, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Horn
OJX1059025
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The horn
will operate only when this area is
pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely or hit it
with your fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
Heated Steering Wheel
OJK050008L
While the engine is running, touch the
heated steering wheel icon to warm the
steering wheel.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you touch the icon, the
temperature setting of the steering
wheel changes as follows:
Table_text_Arrow_3-21
• Automatic temperature control
The heated steering wheel starts to
automatically control the steering
wheel temperature after being
manually turned ON.
- When HIGH ( ) is manually
selected:
The heated steering wheel
automatically changes to the LOW
position after 30 minutes. You can
turn off the heated steering wheel by
touching the icon to the OFF position.
- When LOW ( ) is manually
selected:
The heated steering wheel will not be
controlled manually.
OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )
JK1_en_US.book Page 47
5-48
Convenience Features
• The heated steering wheel defaults to
the OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory on
the steering wheel. The cover or
accessory could cause damage to the
heated steering wheel system.
Mirrors
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to see
that your inside rearview mirror is
properly positioned. Adjust the inside
rearview mirror so that the view through
the rear window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
head restraint(s) which could interfere
with your vision through the rear window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an
accident or deployment of the air bag, do
not modify the inside rearview mirror and
do not install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving.
This may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror as this may cause
the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
JK1_en_US.book Page 48
5
5-49
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with
if equipped
HomeLink® system
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with
an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce inside
rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
ORG3050208N
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety™
if equipped
(NVS®) Mirror
The NVS® Mirror automatically helps
reduce glare by monitoring light levels in
the front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
object that obstructs either light sensor
will degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
For more information regarding NVS®
mirrors and other applications, please
refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon
detecting glare from the vehicles
traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control
System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System
provides a convenient way to replace up
to three hand held radio-frequency
transmitters used to activate compatible
devices such as gate operators, garage
door openers, entry door locks, security
systems, and home lighting.
NOTICE
HomeLink® operates while the ignition
switch is in the ACC or ON position for
safety reasons. It is to prevent
unintentional security problems from
happening when the vehicle is parked
outside the garage.
JK1_en_US.book Page 49
5-50
Convenience Features
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink® to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure people and objects are out of
the way of the device to prevent potential
harm or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage door opener
that lacks the safety stop and reverse
features required by U.S. federal safety
standards (this includes any garage door
opener model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect
an object - signaling the door to stop and
reverse - does not meet current U.S.
federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
For more information, contact
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or call
Home-Link customer support at
1-800-355-3515.
It is also recommended that a new battery
be replaced in the handheld transmitter
of the device being trained to HomeLink®
for quicker training and accurate
transmission of the radio frequency.
1. Programming HomeLink®
The following steps show how to program
HomeLink. If you have any questions or
are having difficulty programming your
HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink
website or call the HomeLink customer
support toll-free number. Do this, before
going back to the dealer who sold you the
car.
• Visit the HomeLink website at:
www.homelink.com. Then at the top of
the page, choose your vehicle make.
Then watch the You Tube video, and/or
access additional website information.
• If you choose to access the website via
your cell phone, scan the QR code.
ODL3A040519
• Or, call HomeLink customer support at
1-800-355-3515 (Please have the
vehicle make/model AND the opener
device make/model readily available.)
1) Programming Preparation
OJX1050293N
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the vehicle
outside of the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new battery
be placed in the handheld transmitter
of the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
3. Place the ignition switch to the ACC
(Accessory) position for programming
of HomeLink.
JK1_en_US.book Page 50
5
5-51
2) Programming a New HomeLink®
OJX1050294N
1. Press and release the HomeLink button
(1), (2) or (3), you would like to program.
The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
flash orange slowly (if not, perform the
steps of “Erasing HomeLink Buttons”
section, and start over).
OJX1050295N
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away from
the HomeLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and hold the
hand-held remote button. Continue
pressing the handheld remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green.
You may now release the handheld
remote button.
4. Wait until your garage door comes to a
complete stop, regardless of position,
before proceeding to the next steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink button
you are programming and observe the
indicator light.
• If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your device
operates, programming is complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the HomeLink
button up to three times in a row
slowly to complete the programming
process. Do not press the HomeLink
button rapidly. At this point if your
device operates, programming is
complete. If the device does not
operate, continue with step 6.
6.At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
“Learn”, “Smart”, “Set” or “Program”
button. This can usually be found where
the hanging antenna wire is attached to
the motor-head unit (see the device’s
manual to identify this button). The
name and color of the button may vary
by manufacturer.
ODL3A040504
* A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the “Learn”,
“Smart”, “Set” or “Program” button.
You now have up to 30 seconds in
which to complete the next step.
JK1_en_US.book Page 51
5-52
Convenience Features
8.Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release, the
HomeLink button up to three times in a
row slowly. Do not press the HomeLink
button rapidly. As soon as you see the
garage door start to move, stop
pressing any buttons until a few
seconds after the garage door has
come to a complete stop, regardless of
position. At this point, programming is
complete and your device should
operate when the HomeLink button is
pressed and released.
3) Two-Way Communication
Programming (For select garage door
openers)
If your garage door opener has the ‘myQ’
logo on its side, your opener likely has
Two-Way Communication capability.
HomeLink has the capability to establish
Two-Way Communication with your
garage door opener. HomeLink can
receive and display “closing” or
“opening” status messages from
compatible garage door openers. At any
time, Home-Link can also recall and
display the last recorded status
communicated by the garage door
opener to indicate your garage door
being “closed” or “opened”.
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-w
ay-Communication. If your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror appear while the garage
door is opening/closing, then no further
steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is already
complete. However, if your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, use the
following instructions to enable this
functionality.
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
seconds, then release. Confirm that the
garage door is moving. AFTER it stops,
you will have one minute to complete
the following steps:
* A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
2. On your garage door opener in your
garage, locate the “Learn” button
(usually near where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the garage
door opener). If there is difficulty
locating this button, reference the
device’s owner’s manual.
3. Press and release the “Learn” button.
4. A light on your garage door opener may
flash, and your Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) in
your vehicle may flash, confirming
completion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and release the programmed
HomeLink button to activate your
garage door. The Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) flash
in orange when the door is moving. Do
not make any additional button presses
until AFTER the garage door has come
to a complete stop.
6.Your Two-Way Communication
programming is now complete.
Information
If your garage door opener has Two-Way
Communication functionality, it is possible
for HomeLink to stop functioning the
garage door shortly after initial
programming, IF the Two-Way
Communication Programming wasn’t
properly completed. This usually happens
after the first 10 times a programmed
HomeLink button is pressed. If you
experience this, completing the
“Programming a New HomeLink Button”
and “Two-Way Communication
Programming” will restore door operation.
JK1_en_US.book Page 52
5
5-53
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter remote signals to “time-out”
(or quit) after a couple seconds of
transmission, which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the
signal during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the
programming procedures, replace
“Programming a New HomeLink Button”
step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and release
(“cycle”) your device’s handheld remote
every two seconds until the HomeLink
indicator light (7) changes from orange to
green. You may now release the
hand-held remote button. Then proceed
with “Programming a New HomeLink
Button” step 4.
2. Operating HomeLink®
1) Operating HomeLink®
OJX1050294N
1. Press and release the desired
programmed HomeLink button (1, 2 or
3).
Information
The HomeLink indicator (7) should light
green, solid or flashing, and your
programmed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not
successful, and you’ll need to reprogram
the button.
2) Two-Way Communication Display
Behavior
ORG3050212N
1. Press and release one of the
programmed HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or
3).
OJX1050296N
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below, if your garage door opener has
Two-Way Communication
functionality.
JK1_en_US.book Page 53
5-54
Convenience Features
• If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange, it
indicates that the garage door is
“Closing”.
• The indicator (4) turns solid green once
the garage door has closed.
• If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange, it
indicates that the garage door is
“Opening”.
• The indicator (6) turns solid green once
the garage door has fully opened.
• If the indicator (4) or (6) does not turn to
green, it indicates that the last status of
garage door was not received properly.
The HomeLink mirror tries to receive
the last known status of the garage
door for a few seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way
Communication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated device,
press the buttons “1 and 2” OR “2 and 3”
simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) appears solid Green,
it indicates that the last activated
device was “closed” properly.
• If the indicator (6) appears solid Green,
it indicates that the last activated
device was “open” properly.
3. Erasing HomeLink® Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single
HomeLink® Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid green. Release the
button as soon as the HomeLink
indicator light (7) begins to flash
orange, usually about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the
“Programming a New HomeLink
Button” section.
Information
If you do not complete the
re-programming of a new device to the
button, it will revert to the previously
stored programming.
2) The following instructions will erase
ALL HomeLink® programming from ALL
buttons:
OJX1050297N
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid Orange for about 10
seconds.
3. Release the buttons once the
HomeLink indicator light (7) changes to
Green and flashes rapidly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 54
5
5-55
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons (1), (2)
and (3) are cleared of any
programming.
Information
HomeLink® and the HomeLink® House
logo are registered trademarks of Gentex
Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trademark of
The Chamberlain Group, Inc.
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules part
15 and Innovation, Science, and
Economic Development Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference that may be
received including interference that may
cause undesired operation. WARNING:
The transmitter has been tested and
complies with FCC and ISED rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
This equipment complies with FCC and
ISED radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. End
Users must follow the specific operating
instructions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance. This transmitter must be at
least 20cm from the user and must not be
co-located or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter.
FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme aux reglements
de la FCC, section 15, et au CNR-210
d’Innovation, Sciences et
Dhveloppement economique Canada. Le
fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux
conditions suivantes: (1) cet appareil ne
doit pas causer d’interferences nuisibles
et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
interference recue, y compris celle qui
pourrait entrainer un dysfonctionnement.
MISE EN GARDE : L’emetteur a subi des
tests et est conforme aux reglements de
la FCC et d’ISDE. Les changements ou
modifications non approuves
explicitement par la partie responsable de
la conformite pourraient rendre caduque
l’autorisation de l’utilisateur de se servir
du dispositif.
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux radiations de la FCC et
d’ISDE etablies pour un environnement
non controle. Les utilisateurs finaux
doivent respecter les instructions
d’utilisation specifiques pour satisfaire
aux exigences de conformite aux
expositions de RF. L’emetteur doit se
trouver a 20 cm au minimum de
l’utilisateur et ne doit pas etre situe au
meme endroit que tout autre emetteur ou
antenne ni fonctionner avec un autre
emetteur ou antenne.
Mejico
La operacion de este equipo esta sujeta a
las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es
posible que este equipo o dispositivo
pueda no causar interferencia danina, y
(2) este dispositivo o dispositivos deben
aceptar cualquier interferencia, que
incluye la interferencia que puede causar
su operacion no deseada.
JK1_en_US.book Page 55
Convenience Features
5-56
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
OOS040475N
JK1_en_US.book Page 56
5
5-57
Side View Mirrors
OJK050010
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted with
the mirror adjustment control switch. The
side view mirrors can be folded to help
prevent damage when going through an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Use the inside rear view mirror or look
back directly to determine the actual
distance of other vehicles prior to
changing lanes.
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors
to your desired position before you begin
driving.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors
while driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
this may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not
adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
• Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 57
5-58
Convenience Features
Adjusting the side view mirrors
OJX1059028
Adjusting the side view mirrors:
1. Press either the L (Left side) or R (Right
side) button (1) to select the side view
mirror you would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch (2) to position the selected
mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, press both L and R
button off (indicator light off) to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angles,
but the motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than necessary,
because this can damage the motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side view
mirrors by hand, because this can
damage the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
OJK051215N
Manual type
To fold the side view mirror, grasp the
housing of the mirror and then fold it
toward the rear of the vehicle.
OJX1059029
Electric type
The side view mirrors can be folded or
unfolded by pressing the button.
JK1_en_US.book Page 58
5
5-59
Infotainment system setting
• Enable on door unlock
If ‘Setup > Vehicle > Welcome
Mirror/Light > Enable on Door Unlock’
is selected from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system,
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
smart key.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
touch sensor on the outside door
handle.
• Enable on driver approach
If ‘Setup > Vehicle > Welcome
Mirror/Light > Enable on Driver
Approach’ is selected from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system, the
mirror will unfold when the vehicle is
approached with the smart key in
possession.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
NOTICE
The electric type side view mirror
operates even though the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
However, to prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the mirrors
longer than necessary while the engine is
not running.
NOTICE
Do not fold the electric type side view
mirror by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
if equipped
Reverse Parking Aid
OJK050014
When the gear is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s)
will rotate downwards to aid with driving
in reverse.
The state of the side view mirror button (1)
determines whether or not the mirrors
will move:
How it works
• When the L or R button (1) is pressed
(indicator lights ON), both side view
mirrors will move.
• If the L and R buttons (1) are not pressed
(indicator lights OFF), both outer side
view mirrors will not move.
The side view mirrors will automatically
revert to their original positions if any of
the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to either the OFF position or the ACC
position.
• The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
• The side view mirror adjustment button
is not selected.
JK1_en_US.book Page 59
5-60
Convenience Features
Reverse parking aid user settings
mode
You may change the angle of the side
view mirror if it is difficult to see the rear
view with the basic downward mirror
angle provided when reversing.
When the vehicle is first delivered, the set
downward angle of the left and right side
view mirror are different to ensure driver
visibility.
1. Make sure the vehicle is stopped.
2. Depress the brake pedal and shift the
gear to R (Reverse). When L (Left) or R
(Right) button is pressed, both side
view mirror angle will move downward
to the basic set position.
3. Press either L or R button to select the
side view mirror you would like to
adjust. Then press “ , , , ” switch
to adjust the side view mirror to the
desired angle.
4. After adjusting the angle to save the
adjusted side view mirror angle, shift
the gear to another position other than
R (Reverse), or change the L and R
buttons to the neutral position (L and R
buttons are not pressed).
5. Set the opposite side view mirror
following the above procedure 1 to 4.
Resetting reverse parking aid user settings
mode
To change the side view mirror angle back
to the basic angle, shift the gear to R
(Reverse), and adjust the mirror angle
higher than when the gear is in P (Park), N
(Neutral) and D (Drive).
NOTICE
When changing the angle of both side
view mirrors, it is recommended to
change the angle one side at a time
following the procedure 1 to 4.
JK1_en_US.book Page 60
5
5-61
Windows
Front/Rear
Table_text_main_OJK050064
(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
JK1_en_US.book Page 61
5-62
Convenience Features
Power Windows
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in
the ON position to be able to raise or
lower the windows. Each door has a
Power Window switch to control that
door’s window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock button which can block the
operation of rear passenger windows. The
power windows will operate for
approximately 3 minutes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF
position, as long as the front doors remain
closed.
If the front doors are opened, battery
power is turned OFF and the Power
Windows will not operate.
Window opening and closing
OJX1059031
To open:
Press the window switch down to the first
detent position (5). Release the switch
when you want the window to stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window
switch when you want the window to
stop.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers or lifts the
window even when the switch is released.
To stop the window at the desired
position while the window is in operation,
pull up or press down and release the
switch.
WARNING
• Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the window,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not extend your head, arms or any
other body parts or objects outside the
window while driving to avoid serious
injury.
Resetting the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling
up on the power window switch for at
least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn’t
activate while resetting the power
window system.
Make sure body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before closing the
windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
JK1_en_US.book Page 62
5
5-63
Automatic reverse
OJK050015
If a window senses any obstacle while it is
closing automatically, it will stop and
lower approximately 12 in. (30 cm) to
allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled up
continuously again within 5 seconds after
the window is lowered by the automatic
window reverse feature, the automatic
window reverse will not operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the “Auto Up” feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch to the
second detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before closing the
windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automatic reverse
window and the window will not stop and
reverse direction.
Power window lock button
OJX1059017
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passenger doors by
pressing the power window lock button.
When the power window lock button is
pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not be
able to operate the rear passenger
power window.
• Note that the front passenger control is
still able to operate the front passenger
window, and that the driver master
control can still operate all the power
windows.
JK1_en_US.book Page 63
5-64
Convenience Features
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s door
power window lock button in the LOCK
position. Serious injury or death can result
from unintentional window operation by
a child.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open or
close two windows or more at the same
time. This will also ensure the longevity
of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main switch on
the driver’s door and the individual
door window switch in opposite
directions at the same time. If this is
done, the window will stop and cannot
be opened or closed.
if equipped
Remote window opening function
Type A
OJK051219N
Type B
OJK051220N
You can still control the window
movement with the engine turned off.
Press the Door Unlock button (1) for more
than 3 seconds. The window moves down
after the doors are unlocked, as long as
you press the door unlock button. The
window movement stops, when you
release the door unlock button.
JK1_en_US.book Page 64
5
5-65
WARNING
If you stay on the function after operating
the Remote window opening function, it
is likely to cause a theft. In addition,
please use caution there might be a
malfunction due to the inflow of water
while raining.
Information
• The remote window opening function
may abruptly stop, when you move
away from your vehicle during
operation. Stay in close proximity from
your vehicle, while monitoring the
window movement.
• One of the windows may stop
operating, when the window is
interrupted by certain force. However,
the other windows will keep operating.
Thus, you should make sure that all
windows are opened.
• Please be aware that the doors unlock
when the windows are opened using
the remote window opening function.
if equipped
Panoramic sunroof
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,
you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the
sunroof switch located on the overhead
console.
OJK052231C
The sunroof can only be operated when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front door is
open, the sunroof cannot be operated
even within the 3 minute period.
WARNING
• Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle stops. This could result in
loss of control and an accident that may
cause injury, or property damage.
• Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
JK1_en_US.book Page 65
5-66
Convenience Features
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or when
there is luggage on the roof.
Power Sunshade
OJK052232C
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to the
first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically slides open.
• Push the sunroof switch forward to the
first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically closes.
However, if the sunroof glass is open,
the glass will close first.
To stop the power sunshade at any point,
push the sunroof switch in any direction.
NOTICE
Do not pull or push the power sunshade
by hand as such action may damage the
power sunshade or cause it to
malfunction.
Information
Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade
are normal due to material characteristic.
Tilt Open/Close
OJK052065C
• Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open. However, if the
power sunshade is closed, the
sunshade will open first.
• Push the sunroof switch upward or
forward when the sunroof glass is tilt
opened, the sunroof glass
automatically closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
JK1_en_US.book Page 66
5
5-67
Slide Open/Close
OJK052066
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to the
first detent position, the sunroof glass
opens. However, if the power sunshade
is closed, the power sunshade will open
first.
Push the sunroof switch forward to the
first detent position, the sunroof glass
closes. However, if the sunroof glass is
closed, the power sunshade will close.
• Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent position,
the power sunshade and sunroof glass
operate automatically (auto slide
feature).
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Automatic Reversal
ODH043039
If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
senses any obstacle while it is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction
then stop at a certain position.
The auto reverse function may not work if
an object thin or soft is caught between
the sliding power sunshade or sunroof
glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
• Make sure heads, hands, arms or any
other body parts or objects are out of
the way before operating the sunroof.
Body parts or objects may get caught
causing injuries or vehicle damage.
• Never deliberately use your body parts
to test the automatic reversal function.
The power sunshade or sunroof glass
may reverse direction, but there is a risk
of injury.
JK1_en_US.book Page 67
5-68
Convenience Features
NOTICE
• Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully opened,
closed, or tilted. Damage to the sunroof
motor could occur.
• Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
• Dust accumulated between the sunroof
and roof panel can make noise Open
the sunroof and remove dust regularly
using a clean cloth.
• Do not try to open the sunroof when the
temperature is below freezing or when
the sunroof is covered with snow or ice.
The sunroof may not work properly and
may break if opened by force.
• Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet the
interior of the vehicle.
• Do not extend any luggage outside the
sunroof while driving. Vehicle damage
may occur if the vehicle suddenly
stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof while
driving. Injuries may occur if the vehicle
suddenly stops.
Resetting the Sunroof
OJK051216N
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be required
include:
• When the 12-volt battery is either
disconnected or discharged
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not
functioning properly
JK1_en_US.book Page 68
5
5-69
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the reset
procedure with the vehicle engine
running. Start the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are open, push the switch
forward until the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the power
sunshade and sunroof glass are fully
closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass move
slightly. Then release the switch.
5. Once again push and hold the sunroof
switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass slide open
and close. Do not release the switch
until the operation is completed.
If you release the switch during
operation, start the procedure again
from step 2.
Information
If the sunroof does not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown,
the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof Open Warning
OJK040002
If the driver turns off the engine when the
sunroof is not fully closed, the warning
chime will sound for several seconds and
the sunroof open warning will appear on
the cluster LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof
is left open, rain or snow may wet the
interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the
sunroof open when the vehicle is
unattended may invite theft.
JK1_en_US.book Page 69
5-70
Convenience Features
Exterior features
Hood
Opening the hood
OJK050017L
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking
brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
OJK050018
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push up the secondary
latch (1) inside of the hood center and
lift the hood (2).
After the hood has been lifted halfway,
it will raise completely by itself.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and
around the engine compartment to
ensure the following:
• Any tools or other loose objects are
removed from the engine room area
or hood opening area
• All gloves, rags, or other combustible
material is removed from the engine
compartment
• All filler caps are tightly and correctly
installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 in. (30 cm) from the
closed position) and push down to
securely lock in place. Then double
check to be sure the hood is secure. If
the hood can be raised slightly, it is not
securely locked. Open it again and
close it with more force.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure all
obstructions are removed from around
the hood opening.
• Always double check to be sure that the
hood is firmly latched before driving
away. Check there is no hood open
warning light or message displayed on
the instrument cluster. Driving with the
hood opened may cause a total loss of
visibility, which might result in an
accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with the hood
in the raised position, as vision is
obstructed, which might result in an
accident, and the hood could fall or be
damaged.
JK1_en_US.book Page 70
5
5-71
Power Liftgate
Power liftgate operating conditions
The power liftgate operates when the
gear is in P (Park) with the engine running.
However, the power liftgate will operate
regardless of the gear position when the
engine is off. Also, the liftgate can be
opened only when vehicle speed is below
1.8 mph (3 km/h).
For safety, before attempting to open or
close the liftgate, make sure the vehicle is
in P (Park).
WARNING
• Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. Children
may operate the power liftgate. Doing
so can result in injury to themselves or
others and can damage the vehicle.
• Make sure that there are no people or
objects in the path of the power liftgate
or smart liftgate prior to use. Serious
injury, damage to the vehicle or
damage to surrounding objects (for
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.)
may result if contact with the liftgate
occurs.
OJK051218N_1
NOTICE
• Do not close or open the liftgate
manually. This may cause damage to
the power liftgate. If it is necessary to
close or open the liftgate manually
when the battery is discharged or
disconnected, do not apply excessive
force.
• Do not operate the power liftgate more
than 10 times continuously when the
engine is not running. Use the power
liftgate with the engine running when
the power liftgate is used repeatedly to
prevent battery discharge.
• Do not leave the power liftgate open for
a long period of time. This may drain the
battery.
• Do not apply excessive force when the
power liftgate is operating. Doing so
could result in vehicle damage.
• Do not grab or hold on to the liftgate
support struts at any time. Damage to
the liftgate support struts could result.
Deformation of the liftgate support
struts may cause vehicle damage and
personal injury may occur.
OJK051088N
• Do not modify or repair any part of the
power liftgate by yourself. This must be
done by an authorized distributor of
Genesis Brandedproduct.
JK1_en_US.book Page 71
5-72
Convenience Features
• Do not operate the power liftgate under
the following conditions. The power
liftgate may not operate properly.
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire
- Parking on an uneven road such as a
slope, etc.
• Close the liftgate completely and lock
all doors and liftgate using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
• Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power liftgate outside
open/close button. The liftgate may
open unintentionally.
Information
• If the liftgate is not fully closed and
vehicle speed is at or above 3 km/h (1.8
mph), a warning will sound 10 times.
Immediately park the vehicle at a safe
place, close the liftgate, and check that
the liftgate open warning on the
instrument cluster is turned off.
• In cold and wet climates, the outside
power liftgate open/close button may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions. If this occurs, remove the
ice before using the outside power
liftgate open/close button or use the
power liftgate open/close button on
the smart key or the instrument panel.
• Operating the power liftgate more than
5 times continuously could cause
damage to the operating motor. If this
occurs, the power liftgate will not
operate to prevent the motor from
overheating. If any of the power liftgate
buttons are pressed to try to open the
liftgate, the chime will sound 3 times,
but the liftgate will remain closed.
Allow the power liftgate system to cool
for about 1 minute before operating the
system again.
Operating the power liftgate
Type A/Type B
OJX1059043
OJK050020L
Power liftgate open/close button (Smart
key, Instrument panel)
Press the power liftgate open/close
button for 1 second. The liftgate opens or
closes with a warning sound.
While the liftgate is opening or closing,
press the button to stop liftgate
operation.
If the smart key is not within operation
range (approximately 10 m) from the
vehicle, liftgate operation will stop with a
warning sound for 5 seconds.
JK1_en_US.book Page 72
5
5-73
OJK051021N
Power liftgate open/close button (Outside
the power liftgate)
When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button to open
the liftgate.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
liftgate open/close button with the smart
key in your possession.
If the liftgate is unlocked, the liftgate will
open or close with a warning sound when
the power liftgate open/close button is
pressed without carrying the smart key.
OJK051026N
Power liftgate open/close button (Inside the
power liftgate)
Press the power liftgate open/close
button. The liftgate opens or closes with a
warning sound.
OJK051027N
Power liftgate lock button (Inside the
power liftgate)
Press the power liftgate lock button while
carrying the smart key. The liftgate closes
and locks with a warning sound.
Additionally, all doors will lock.
The liftgate can be closed and locked, and
all doors locked only when the button is
pressed while the engine is off.
Automatic reverse
During power liftgate operation if the
power liftgate senses any obstacle, the
liftgate will stop or will fully open. The
automatic reverse feature may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The automatic reverse feature may not
detect the resistance if the detected
resistance is below a certain level, or if
the liftgate is almost fully closed near
the latched position.
• The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 73
5-74
Convenience Features
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or
part of your body in the path of the power
liftgate to make sure the automatic
reverse feature operates. Serious injury,
or damage to the vehicle or object may
occur.
Information
The power liftgate may stop operating if
the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting to
open or close the liftgate. If this occurs,
carefully open or close the liftgate
manually, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power liftgate automatically
again.
Setting the power liftgate
To use each feature, you must select the
opening speed or opening height from
the settings menu. Deselect the settings
when you do not want to use the feature.
Power liftgate opening speed
To adjust the power liftgate speed, select
‘Setup > Vehicle > Door/Liftgate > Power
Liftgate Opening Speed > Fast/Slow’ in
the infotainment system. (Default setting
is ‘Fast’.)
Power liftgate opening height
To adjust the power liftgate opening
height, select ‘Setup > Vehicle >
Door/Liftgate > Power Liftgate Opening
Height > Full Open/Level 3/Level
2/Level 1/User Height Setting’ in the
infotainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
User height setting
1. Position the liftgate manually to the
height you prefer.
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
button located inside the liftgate for
more than 3 seconds.
If ‘User Height Setting’ is selected for
the power liftgate opening height, the
power liftgate will automatically open
to the height manually set by you.
Information
• If the power liftgate opening height has
not been manually set, the power
liftgate will fully open when ‘User
Height Setting’ from the infotainment
system is selected.
• If one of the height setting (Full
Open/Level 3/Level 2/Level 1) is
selected from the settings menu in the
infotainment system, and then ‘User
Height Setting’ is selected, the liftgate
will open to the height manually set by
you.
• The power liftgate opening speed and
opening height settings change
according to the linked User Profile. If
the User Profile is changed, power
liftgate opening speed and opening
height settings will change accordingly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 74
5
5-75
Resetting the power liftgate
In some circumstances resetting the
power liftgate operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the power liftgate may be
required include:
• When the 12-volt battery is recharged
• When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
• When the related fuse is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
OJK051031N
1. With the engine off or running, put the
gear in P (Park).
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
inner button (A) and outer button (B)
simultaneously until a chime sounds.
3. Slowly close the liftgate manually.
4. Press the power liftgate open/close
outer button. The power liftgate will
open with a chime sound.
Wait until the liftgate fully opens to
complete resetting. If the liftgate stops
before it is fully open, resetting cannot
be completed.
Information
If the power liftgate does not operate
properly after the above procedure, have
the system inspected by an authorized.
Emergency liftgate safety release
OJK051033N
To unlock and open the liftgate manually
from inside the luggage compartment,
perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the cover at the bottom of the
liftgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate.
3. Push the liftgate to open.
WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully aware of the
location of the emergency liftgate
safety release latch in the vehicle and
how to open the liftgate if you are
accidentally locked in the luggage
compartment.
• No one, including animals, should be
allowed to occupy the luggage
compartment of the vehicle at any
time. The luggage compartment is a
very dangerous location in the event of
an accident.
• Use the release latch for emergencies
only. Use extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
JK1_en_US.book Page 75
5-76
Convenience Features
Smart Liftgate
OJK051034N
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened with
hands-free activation using the smart
liftgate system.
WARNING
OJK051218N
Make sure that there are no people or
objects in the path of the smart liftgate
prior to use. Serious injury, damage to the
vehicle or damage to surrounding objects
may result if contact with the smart
liftgate occurs.
Using smart liftgate
The hands-free smart liftgate system can
be opened automatically when the
following conditions are met:
• The smart liftgate option is enabled in
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
• The smart liftgate is activated and
ready 15 seconds after all the doors are
closed and locked.
• The smart liftgate will open when the
smart key is detected in the area behind
the vehicle for 3 seconds.
Information
The smart liftgate will NOT operate when:
• A door is not locked or closed.
• The smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked.
• The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed and
locked, and within 60 in. (1.5 m) from
the front door handles. (for vehicles
equipped with Welcome Light).
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Settings
To use smart liftgate, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Door/Liftgate >
Smart Liftgate
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 76
5
5-77
2. Detect and Alert
The smart liftgate detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 in.
(50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you
are positioned in the detecting area and
are carrying the smart key, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the chime
will sound to alert you that the smart
liftgate will open.
Information
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning
lights and chime starts to operate,
move away from the area behind the
vehicle with the smart key. The liftgate
will remain closed.
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink
and the chime sounds 6 times, the
smart liftgate will open.
Deactivating smart liftgate
Type A/Type B
OJX1059215
(1) Door lock
(2) Door unlock
(3) Liftgate open/close
(4) Panic
If you press any button on the smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
smart liftgate will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the smart liftgate for
emergency situations.
• If you press the door unlock button (2),
the smart liftgate will be deactivated
temporarily. But, if you do not open any
door for 30 seconds, the smart liftgate
will be activated again.
• If you press the liftgate open button (3)
for more than 1 second, the liftgate
opens.
• The smart liftgate will still be activated
if you press the door lock button (1) or
liftgate open/close button (3) on the
smart key as long as the smart liftgate is
not already in the Detect and Alert
stage.
• In case you have deactivated the smart
liftgate by pressing the smart key
button and opened a door, the smart
liftgate can be activated again by
closing and locking all doors.
JK1_en_US.book Page 77
5-78
Convenience Features
Detecting area
OJK051035N
• The smart liftgate detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 in.
(50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you
are positioned in the detecting area and
are carrying the smart key, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the chime
will sound for about 3 seconds to alert
you that the liftgate will open.
• The alert stops once the smart key is
moved outside of the detecting area
within the 3 second period.
Information
• Smart liftgate may not operate properly
if any of the following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a mobile phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• Smart liftgate detecting area may
change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline or
slope.
- One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite side.
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
OJX1059052
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the driver’s door is unlocked.
3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3
o’clock position.
OJX1059053L
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to
access the fuel tank cap.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it
counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside the
tank equalizes.
6.Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
JK1_en_US.book Page 78
5
5-79
Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the ice
and release the door. Do not pry on the
door. If necessary, spray around the door
with an approved deicer fluid (do not use
radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
Information
The fuel filler door will not close if the
driver’s door is locked. If you lock the
driver’s door while fueling, unlock it
before closing the fuel filler door.
WARNING
Gasoline fuel is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these
guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings posted at
the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of
the Emergency Gasoline Fuel Shut-Off,
if available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate the potential build-up
of static electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other
gas source, with your bare hand.
• Do not use mobile phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle once you
have begun refueling. You can generate
a buildup of static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding against any
item or fabric capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. If you must re-enter the
vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away from the
fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
• When using an approved portable fuel
container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact
between your bare hand and the
vehicle should be maintained until the
filling is complete.
• Use only approved portable plastic fuel
containers designed to carry and store
gasoline.
• When refueling, always shift the gear to
the P (Park) position, set the parking
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position. Sparks
produced by electrical components
related to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and do
not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station, especially
during refueling.
JK1_en_US.book Page 79
5-80
Convenience Features
• Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle
tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling,
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
immediately contact the manager of
the gas station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow any safety
instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and thus
subject you to the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if
you hear a hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely
removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel Requirements”
section in suggested in chapter 1.
NOTICE
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces
of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled
on painted surfaces may damage the
paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
Genesis cap or the equivalent specified
for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler
cap can result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission control
system.
if equipped
Head-Up Display (HUD)
OJK052052N
The Head-Up Display is an optional
feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a transparent
screen while still keeping your eyes on the
road ahead while driving.
Head-Up Display Settings
OJK050087L
• Head-up display can be enabled from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
- Setup > Vehicle > Head- Up Display
> Enable Head-Up Display
• After turning on the head-up display,
you can change the settings of ‘Display
Control’ and ‘Content Selection’ of the
Head-Up Display.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 80
5
5-81
Head-Up Display Information
ORG3051266N
(1) Turn by Turn (TBT) navigation
(2) Traffic signs or speed limit
(3) Speedometer
(4) SCC set speed
(5) SCC vehicle distance
(6) Lane Following Assist
(7) Lane Safety
(8) Blind-Spot Safety
(9) Highway Auto Speed Change
(10)Highway Driving Assist
(11) Surrounding vehicles
Precautions While Using the
Head-Up Display
• It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the Head-Up Display in
the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned in
the driver’s seat
- The driver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses
- An object is located above the
Head-Up Display cover
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there is
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
- The driver wears glasses
- The driver wears contact lenses
When it is difficult to read the Head-Up
Display information, adjust the image
height or brightness level from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
• For your safety, make sure to stop the
vehicle before adjusting the settings.
• Do not tint the front windshield glass or
add other types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the Head-Up Display image
may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on the
crash pad or attach any objects on the
windshield glass.
• When replacing the front windshield
glass, replace it with a windshield glass
designed for Head-Up Display
operation. Otherwise, duplicated
images may be displayed on the
windshield glass.
JK1_en_US.book Page 81
5-82
Convenience Features
WARNING
The warning information of Blind-Spot
Safety on the Head-Up Display are
supplemental. Do not solely depend on
them to change lanes. Always take a look
around before changing lanes.
Information
Head-up Display includes GPL, LGPL,
MPL and other open source license
softwares. All license notices including
related source code are provided at
http://www.mobis.co.kr/opensource/list.
do.
If the driver requests on-board software
open source code via
[email protected].kr within
3 years after buying this product, a
CD-ROM or other storage device will be
sent with the minimum cost covering
storage device cost and delivery cost.
Lighting
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the
end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
OJX1059057
(1) OFF
(2) AUTO headlight
(3) Position lamp
(4) Headlight
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset. The
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) should be
illuminated whenever you are driving
during daylight hours. The DRL system
will be ON when the headlight switch is in
the OFF or the AUTO position (when
daylight is detected) and the Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB) is released.
The DRL system will turn off when:
• The headlights are ON.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The vehicle is turned off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 82
5
5-83
OJX1059059
AUTO headlight
The position lamp and headlight will be
turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of daylight as
measured by the ambient light sensor (1)
at the upper end of the windshield glass.
Even with the AUTO headlight feature in
operation, it is recommended to manually
turn ON the headlights when driving at
night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or
when you enter dark areas, such as
tunnels and parking facilities.
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on the
sensor (1) located at the upper end of
the windshield glass.
• Do not clean the sensor using a window
cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light
film which could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or other
types of metallic coating on the front
windshield, the AUTO headlight system
may not work properly.
OJX1059058
Position lamp ( )
The position lamp, license plate lamp and
instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
OJX1059060
Headlight ( )
The headlight, position lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are
turned ON.
Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in
the ON position to turn on the headlight.
JK1_en_US.book Page 83
5-84
Convenience Features
High beam operation
OJX1059062
To turn on the high beam headlight, push
the lever away from you. The lever will
return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched
on.
To turn off the high beam headlight, pull
the lever towards you. The low beams will
turn on.
OJX1059061
To flash the high beam headlight, pull the
lever towards you, then release the lever.
The high beams will remain ON as long as
you hold the lever towards you.
Turn signals and lane change signals
OJX1059065
To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a left turn or up for a right turn in
position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not flash
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out and will
require replacement.
One touch turn signal
To use One Touch Turn Signal push the
turn signal lever up or down to position
(B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
times.
You can enable the One Touch Turn
Signal function or choose the number of
blinking by selecting ‘Setup > Vehicle >
Lights > One Touch Turn Signal (or
One-touch indicator) > 3 flashes/5
flashes/7 flashes/Off’ in the infotainment
system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 84
5
5-85
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to help
prevent the battery from being
discharged. The system automatically
turns off the position lamp when the
driver turns the vehicle off and opens the
driver-side door.
With this feature, the position lamps will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is opened
if the headlight switch is turned to the
position lamp OFF (O) or AUTO (if
equipped) position after the engine is
turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on turn
the position lamps OFF and ON again
using the headlight switch on the steering
column after the engine is turned off.
Headlight delay function
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC position or the OFF position with the
headlights ON, the headlights (and/or
position lamps) remain on for about 5
minutes. However, if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlights are
turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the
vehicle off if the driver’s door is opened
and closed, the headlights (and/or
position lamps) are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlights (and/or position lamps)
can be turned off by pressing the lock
button on the smart key twice or turning
the headlight switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
You can enable the headlight delay
function by selecting ‘Setup > Vehicle >
Lights > Headlight Delay (or Headlight
time-out)’ in the infotainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver door, the
battery saver function does not operate
and the headlight delay function does not
turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge.
To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the
headlights manually from the headlight
switch before exiting the vehicle.
Headlight moisture removal
function
When moisture fogs up inside of the
headlight with the headlight on for a
certain period of time, the fan circulates
air inside the headlight to remove
moisture. If moisture is not removed,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 85
5-86
Convenience Features
Interior Lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driving
in the dark. The interior lights may
obscure your view and cause an accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for extended
periods when the vehicle is turned off or
the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO off
The interior lamps will automatically go
off approximately 20 minutes after the
vehicle is turned off and the doors are
closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will
go off 25 minutes after the vehicle is
turned off. If the doors are locked by the
smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm system,
the lamps will go off five seconds later.
Front lamps
OJX1050201N
Front map lamp ( ):
Touch either icons to turn the map lamp
on or off. This light produces a spot beam
for convenient use as a map lamp at night
or as a personal lamp for the driver and
the front passenger.
Door lamp ( ):
The front or rear room lamps come on
when the front or rear doors are opened.
When doors are unlocked by the smart
key, the front and rear lamps come on for
approximately 30 seconds as long as any
door is not opened. The front and rear
room lamps go out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds when the door
is closed. However, if the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position or
all doors are locked, the front and rear
lamps will turn off. If a door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position or the OFF position, the
front and rear lamps will stay on for about
5 minutes.
Room lamp ( )
Press the button to turn ON the room
lamp for the front/rear seats.
JK1_en_US.book Page 86
5
5-87
Rear lamps
Room lamp (without sunroof)
OJX1059202
• :
Touch the icon to turn either lamp on or
off.
• :
Touch the icon to turn the mood lamp
on or off.
Personal lamp (with sunroof)
OJX1059224
• :
Press the button to turn the lamp on or
off.
Vanity mirror lamp
OHI048428
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will
automatically turn on the mirror lamp.
Glove box lamp
OJK050073
The glove box lamp turns on when the
glove box is opened.
JK1_en_US.book Page 87
5-88
Convenience Features
Door handle lamp/Mood lamp/Door
if equipped
courtesy lamp
OJK050019
• Door handle lamp (1):
The lamp turns on when the position
lamps are on.
• Mood lamp (2):
The lamp turns on when ‘Setup >
Vehicle > Lights > Ambient Light’ is
selected from the infotainment system.
• Door courtesy lamp (3):
The lamp turns on when a door is open
and turns off when the door is closed.
Luggage compartment lamp
OJK051023N
The lamp turns on when the liftgate is
opened.
Puddle lamp
OJK051024N
Welcome light
When all doors (and liftgate) are closed
and locked, the puddle lamp will turn on
for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by
the smart key or when you put your hand
in the outside door handle with the smart
key in possession.
For more details, refer to “Welcome
System” in this chapter.
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position and the driver’s door is
opened, the puddle lamp will turn on for
30 seconds. If the driver’s door is closed
within the 30 second period, the puddle
lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the
driver’s door is closed and locked, the
puddle lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn on
only the first time the driver’s door is
opened after the engine is turned off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 88
5
5-89
if equipped
Interior Lights Always On
The Interior Lights Always On function
turns on the interior button lights
regardless of the day or night condition.
You can enable the Interior Lights Always
On function by selecting ‘Setup > Vehicle
> Lights > Interior Lights Always On’ in
the infotainment system.
After the function is enabled, the Interior
button lights are turned on or off in the
following situations:
• When all doors are closed and locked, if
you unlock the door, the interior button
lights will illuminate for approximately
5 minutes.
• When the vehicle is turned off, the
interior button lights are turned on for
approximately 5 minutes. At this time, if
you open and close the door or lock the
doors, the interior button lights are
turned off immediately.
Welcome System
OJK051016N
Welcome system helps keep the driver
visible by turning on vehicle lights when
the driver approaches the vehicle.
Puddle lamp and door handle lamp
When all the doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp and
door handle lamp will turn on for
approximately 15 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is pressed
on the smart key.
• When you put your hand in the outside
door handle with the smart key in
possession.
• If ‘Setup > Vehicle > Convenience >
Welcome Mirror/Light > Enable on
Driver Approach’ is selected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system, the lamps will turn on when the
vehicle is approached with the smart
key in possession.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 89
5-90
Convenience Features
Headlight and position lamp
When the light switch is ON, and all the
doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked,
the headlight and position lamp will turn
on for approximately 15 seconds if the
door unlock button is pressed on the
smart key. Note that if the light switch is
in the AUTO position, the headlight and
position light will turn on only when it is
dark outside.
Select ‘Setup > Lights > Headlight Delay’
from the Settings menu to turn on this
function.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the
position and all doors (and liftgate)
are closed and locked, the room lamp will
come on for 30 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is pressed
on the smart key.
• When you put your hand in the outside
door handle while carrying the smart
key.
At this time, if you press the door lock or
unlock button on the smart key the lamps
will turn off immediately.
High Beam Assist (HBA)
OJX1059063
High Beam Assist will automatically
adjust the headlight range (switches
between high beam and low beam)
depending on the brightness of detected
vehicles and certain road conditions.
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
(1) front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
JK1_en_US.book Page 90
5
5-91
NOTICE
• Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of High Beam Assist.
• For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
High Beam Assist Settings
Setting features
OJK050092L
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Lights > High Beam
Assist’ from the Settings menu to turn on
High Beam Assist and deselect to turn off
the function.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings after
parking the vehicle at a safe location.
High Beam Assist Operation
Display and control
• After selecting ‘High Beam Assist’ in the
Settings menu, High Beam Assist will
operate by following the procedure
below.
- Place the headlight switch in the
AUTO position and push the
headlight lever towards the
instrument cluster. The High Beam
Assist ( ) indicator light will
illuminate on the cluster and High
Beam Assist will be enabled.
- When High Beam Assist is enabled,
high beam will turn on when vehicle
speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
When vehicle speed is below 15 mph
(25 km/h), high beam will not turn on.
- The High Beam ( ) indicator light
will illuminate on the cluster when
high beam is on.
• When High Beam Assist is operating, if
the headlight lever or switch is used,
High Beam Assist operates as follow:
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
off, the high beam will turn on
without High Beam Assist canceled.
When you let go of the headlight
lever, the lever will move to the
middle and the high beam will turn
off.
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
on by High Beam Assist, low beam
will be on and High Beam Assist will
turn off.
- If the headlight switch is placed from
AUTO to another position
(headlight/position/off), High Beam
Assist will turn off and the
corresponding lamp will turn on.
JK1_en_US.book Page 91
5-92
Convenience Features
• When High Beam Assist is operating,
high beam switches to low beam if any
of the following conditions occur:
- When the headlight of an oncoming
vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlight or tail lamp of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light
is bright enough that high beams are
not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
High Beam Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
High Beam Assist malfunction
OJK050059L
When High Beam Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check High Beam Assist
(HBA) system’ warning message will
appear and warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Limitations of High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist may not work properly
in the following situations:
• Light from an oncoming or front vehicle
is not detected because of lamp
damage, or because it is hidden from
sight, etc.
• Headlight of an oncoming or front
vehicle is covered with dust, snow or
water.
• A front vehicle’s headlights are off but
the fog lamps are on, etc.
• There is a lamp that has a similar shape
as a vehicle’s lamp.
• Headlights have been damaged or not
repaired properly.
• Headlights are not aimed properly.
• Driving on a narrow curved road, rough
road, uphill or downhill.
• Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
• There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
• There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
• The road conditions are bad such as
being wet, iced or covered with snow.
• A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
• The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or is
being towed.
• Light from an oncoming or front vehicle
is not detected due to obstacles in the
air such as exhaust fume, smoke, fog,
snow, or water spay or blizzard on the
road, or fogging in the lamp, etc.
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
Front View Camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in chapter 7.
JK1_en_US.book Page 92
5
5-93
WARNING
• At times, High Beam Assist may not
work properly. High Beam Assist is for
your convenience only. It is the
responsibility of the driver for safe
driving practices and always check the
road conditions for your safety.
• When High Beam Assist does not
operate normally, change the headlight
position manually between high beam
and low beam.
Wipers and washers
OJX1059066
Front Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever upward and release. The
wipers will operate continuously if the
lever is held in this position.
• OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
• AUTO : The rain sensor located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the proper
interval. The more it rains, the faster the
wiper operates. When the rain stops,
the wiper stops. To vary the speed
setting, turn the speed control knob.
• LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
• HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or
ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice
before using the wiper and washer, it may
damage the wiper and washer system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 93
5-94
Convenience Features
AUTO wiper control
OJK050074
The rain sensor located on the upper end
of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wiping
cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be
automatically controlled depends on
rainfall.
When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the
sensitivity control knob.
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the wiper will operate
once to perform a self-check of the
system. Set the wiper to the OFF position
when the wiper is not in use.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury from the
windshield wipers, when the engine is
running and the windshield wiper switch
is placed in the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the windshield
glass.
NOTICE
• When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to stop
the auto wiper operation. The wiper
may operate and be damaged if the
switch is set in the AUTO mode while
washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system components could
occur and may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
• Because of using a photo sensor,
temporary malfunction could occur
according to sudden ambient light
change made by stone and dust while
driving.
JK1_en_US.book Page 94
5
5-95
Front Windshield Washers
OJX1059067
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles. The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever. If the
washer does not work, you may need to
add washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
Recirculating air when washer fluid
is used
When washer fluid is used, in order to
reduce any objectionable scent of the
washer fluid from entering the cabin,
recirculation mode and air conditioning
are automatically activated depending on
the outside temperature. If you select
fresh mode while the function is
operating, the function will resume after a
certain amount of time. It may not work in
some conditions such as cold weather or
engine OFF.
For more details, refer to “Climate control
additional features” section in this
chapter.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below
freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield
using the defroster to help prevent the
washer fluid from freezing on the
windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and
serious injury or death.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use
anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter
season or cold weather.
JK1_en_US.book Page 95
5-96
Convenience Features
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer
OJX1059270L
The rear window wiper and washer switch
is located at the end of the wiper and
washer switch lever. Turn the switch to
the desired position to operate the rear
wiper and washer.
• HI - High wiper speed
• LO - Low wiper speed
• OFF - Off
OJX1059068
Push the lever away from you to spray
rear washer fluid and to run the rear
wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper
operation will continue until you release
the lever.
Auto rear wiper
The rear wiper will operate while the
vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper
ON by selecting the function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Convenience > Auto
Rear Wiper (in R)
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 96
5
5-97
Automatic climate control system
Front seat control
OJK051103N
Front seat control
(1) Driver’s temperature control
(2) Passenger’s temperature control
(3) Fan speed control
(4) Driver’s mode selection
(5) Passenger’s mode selection
(6) AUTO (automatic control)
(7) OFF (system off)
(8) Front windshield defroster
(9) Air intake control
(10)SYNC
(11) Rear window defroster
(12)A/C (air conditioning)
(13)Rear temperature control
JK1_en_US.book Page 97
Convenience Features
5-98
Front seat/Rear seat control and display mode
OJK051104N
Rear seat control
(1) Temperature control
(2) Mode selection
(3) AUTO
(4) OFF (system off)
(5) Climate control information screen
Information
Use a clean soft microfiber cloth to gently wipe any finger prints off the touch screen.
JK1_en_US.book Page 98
5
5-99
Rear seat (if equipped)/Rear seat control
OJK051100N
(1) Fan speed control
(2) Temperature control
(3) OFF (system off)
(4) AUTO (automatic control)
(5) Mode selection
Information
Temperature and Mode selection (air flow direction) can be controlled from the rear seat.
However, if ‘Setup > Vehicle Settings > Climate > Climate Features > Lock the Rear
Climate Control’ is selected, the rear climate control can be operated only from the front
seat. Deselect ‘Lock the Rear Climate Control’ before using it from the rear seats.
JK1_en_US.book Page 99
5-100
Convenience Features
Automatic Temperature
Control Mode
The Automatic Climate Control System is
controlled by setting the desired
temperature.
1. Select AUTO.
The mode selection, fan speed, air
intake and air-conditioning will be
controlled automatically by the
temperature setting you select.
2. When the climate control system is
being automatically controlled, fan
speed range can be selected
(Low/Medium/High).
OJX1059246
• High: Use when quick heating or
cooling is preferred with higher fan
speed capability.
• Medium: Use when medium fan
speed is preferred for cooling or
heating with moderate fan speed
capability.
• Low: Use when low fan speed is
preferred for cooling or heating with
lower fan speed capability.
3. Turn the temperature control knob to
the desired temperature. If the
temperature is set to the lowest setting
(Lo), the air conditioning system will
operate continuously. After the interior
has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob
to a higher temperature set point
whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any function of the following:
• Front windshield defroster (Press the
button one more time to deselect the
front windshield defroster function. The
‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate on the
climate information screen once
again.)
• Fan speed control
• A/C (air conditioning)
The selected function will be controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the
operating efficiency of the climate
control, use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72°F (22°C).
To change the temperature unit from °F
to °C or °C to °F:
Select ‘Setup > General > Units >
Temperature Unit > °C/°F’ from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
Information
OJK050074
Never place anything near the ambient
light/solar sensor to ensure better control
of the heating and cooling system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 100
5
5-101
Manual Temperature Control
Mode
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by selecting
functions other than AUTO. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of the functions selected.
When selecting any other functions
except AUTO while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected will
be controlled automatically.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating
and cooling, select the mode according
to the following:
• Heating:
• Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh or
Recirculation mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired
speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn the air
conditioning system on.
7. Select AUTO to revert back to full
automatic control of the system.
The climate control system settings will
be maintained, even when the vehicle is
turned off. However, the climate control
system settings will be initialized when
the battery has been discharged, or when
the cables have been disconnected.
In this case, adjust the climate control
system settings again.
When starting the vehicle in cold weather
using manual temperature control,
operate the system in the following
method to improve heating.
• Turn off or lower the blower, right after
starting the engine.
• Allow the engine to warm up during this
time since the air flow from the heater
is still cold.
• During this time, operate the seat and
steering wheel warmer (if equipped) to
provide additional heating if needed.
• After a few minutes of engine warm up,
turn on or set the fan to a higher level
and adjust the temperature setting to
hot.
JK1_en_US.book Page 101
5-102
Convenience Features
Mode selection
Front seat/Front seat control
OJK050105L
Front seat/Rear seat control
OJK051106N
Front seat mode selection
• Touch the air flow direction on the
climate control information screen to
select air flow direction.
• Touch SYNC and when the SYNC
indicator light turns off, the air flow
direction of the driver’s seat, passenger
seat, and rear seat can be controlled
individually.However, passengers and
rear seats cannot select .
• Touch REAR to control the rear seat
mode selection from the front seats.
• You may select 2~3 modes at the same
time.
Rear seat
OJK050101
Rear seat mode selection
• Press the button to select the direction
of the air flow to the desired position.
• You may select 2 modes at the same
time.
JK1_en_US.book Page 102
5
5-103
OJK050102
Air flow direction
The mode selection Icon or button controls the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
• Front seat
JK1_en_US.book Page 103
5-104
Convenience Features
Defrost (A, D)
btn_WJX1-014
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield.
Face-level (B, D, E)
btn_W7-65
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
Floor-level (A, C, F)
btn_W7-67
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air being
directed to the windshield and side
window defrosters.
• Rear seat
Face-level (E)
btn_W7-65
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face.
Floor-level (F)
btn_W7-67
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor.
Information
Two to three air flow modes can be
selected at the same time.
Front windshield defroster
OJK050107
Defrost-level (A, D)
Press the button, and the indicator light
will illuminate and the windshield
defroster indicator will appear on the
climate control information screen.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
When Defogging logic is enabled, Fresh
mode is selected and air conditioning is
selected according to outside
temperature.
Press the button, the indicator light will
turn off and the previous settings will be
selected.
JK1_en_US.book Page 104
5
5-105
Instrument panel vents
Front seat
OJK050124
Rear seat
OJK050125
The instrument panel vent air flow can be
directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
The air flow can also be CLOSED using the
vent adjustment lever.
Move the lever away horizontally from the
seat to close until the levers click and
lock. Slightly move the lever toward the
sitting position to unlock and open.
Temperature control
Front seat/Front seat control
OJX1050163N
Front seat/Rear seat control
OJK051110N
Rear seat
OJK051136N
Turn the knob to the right to increase the
temperature. Turn the knob to the left to
decrease temperature.
Also, touch the or icon to select
the temperature for rear seats from the
front seats.
JK1_en_US.book Page 105
5-106
Convenience Features
The temperature can be increased or
decreased by increments of 1°F (0.5°C)
for each incremental location. When set
to the lowest temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continuously to
quickly cool the interior of the vehicle
initially. After interior temperature has
been cooled down sufficiently, select
AUTO and set the temperature to 72 °F (22
°C).
SYNC
OJK050108
Adjusting the temperature and air flow
direction equally
Press SYNC (indicator light ON), the rear
seat’s temperature and air flow direction
will be adjusted same as the driver’s
control. You can also turn the SYNC
function on or off by touching the air flow
direction of the driver’s seat and the
passenger seat at the same time on the
front climate control information screen.
Adjusting the temperature and air flow
direction individually
Press SYNC (indicator light OFF), the front
and rear seat’s temperature and air flow
direction will be adjusted individually.
Air intake control
OJK050109
Air intake control is used to select either
Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation
mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
WTM-500
When Recirculation mode is selected, air
from the passenger compartment will be
recirculated through the system and
heated or cooled according to the
function selected.
Fresh mode
WTM-501
When Fresh mode is selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and is heated or
cooled according to the function
selected.
JK1_en_US.book Page 106
5
5-107
Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh
mode is recommended. Use
Recirculation mode temporarily only
when needed. Prolonged operation of the
heater in Recirculation mode and without
the air conditioning ON can cause
fogging of the windshield. In addition,
prolonged use of the air conditioning ON
in Recirculation mode may result in
excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
cabin and may promote formation of
musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode for a prolonged period of time
may cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This may lead to
loss of vehicle control which may lead
to an accident.
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode with the air conditioning OFF
may allow humidity to increase inside
the cabin. This may cause
condensation to accumulate on the
windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain
parked in your vehicle with the
windows up and either the heater or the
air conditioning ON for prolonged
periods of time. Doing so may increase
the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious injury or
death.
Fan speed control
Front seat/Front seat control
OJK050111L
Rear seat
OJK050127
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by touching the or icon, or
by turning the fan speed control knob.
More air is delivered with higher fan
speeds.
Pressing the OFF icon or button turns off
the fan.
JK1_en_US.book Page 107
5-108
Convenience Features
Information
To help improve microphone voice input
sound, fan speed may automatically slow
down for a couple of minutes when you
activate voice recognition or hands free.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF position
could cause the battery to discharge.
Operate the fan when the engine is
running.
Air conditioning
OJK050112L
Touch the A/C icon to manually turn the
air conditioning on (indicator light ON)
and off.
OFF mode
Front seat/Front seat control
OJK050115
Front seat/Rear seat control
OJK051114N
Rear seat
OJK050116
Touch the OFF icon or press the OFF
button to turn the climate control system
off. You can still operate mode selection
and air intake control as long as the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
JK1_en_US.book Page 108
5
5-109
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level ( ) mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh or
recirculation mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired
speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level ( ) mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh or
recirculation mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired
speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the Front
Defrost ( ) mode.
Operation Tips
• To help keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculation
mode. Return the control to the Fresh
mode when the unpleasant air outside
has diminished. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and the
fan speed to the desired position, turn
on the air conditioning system, and
adjust the temperature control to the
desired temperature.
Air conditioning
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle air
conditioning system is filled with
R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When
the desired temperature in the cabin is
reached, change the air intake control
back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the lowest
position, then set the fan speed control to
the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the engine temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in heavy
traffic when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in high
outside ambient temperatures can cause
engine overheating. Continue to use the
fan, but turn the air conditioning system
off if the engine temperature gauge
indicates engine overheating.
JK1_en_US.book Page 109
5-110
Convenience Features
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from
Recirculation mode to Fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the
vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system every
month only for a few minutes to ensure
maximum system performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between the
temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this case, set
the mode selection to the position
and fan speed control to the lowest
speed.
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
Table_OHI048581L
[A] Outside air
[B] Recirculated air
[C] Climate control air filter
[D] Blower
[E] Evaporator core
[F] Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind the
glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle through
the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the maintenance
schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent cabin air filter
inspections and changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 110
5
5-111
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning
system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found,
have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air
conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
NOTICE
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
The refrigerant system should be serviced
in a well-ventilated place.
The air conditioning evaporator (cooling
coil) shall never be repaired or replaced
with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle and new replacement
MAC evaporators shall be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
mark_COOL-LAB-all
Since the refrigerant is mildly flammable
and operated at high pressure, the air
conditioning system should only be
serviced by trained and certified
technicians. It is important that the
correct type and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with
proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals and
environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
JK1_en_US.book Page 111
5-112
Convenience Features
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
OJK051032N
You can find out which air conditioning
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.
OHYK059001
Each symbol and specification on the air
conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as below:
(1) Classification of refrigerant
(2) Amount of refrigerant
(3) Classification of compressor lubricant
(4) Caution
(5) Flammable refrigerant
(6) To require qualified technician to
service air conditioning system
Windshield Defrosting
and Defogging
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the position during cooling
operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature
of the outside air and that of the
windshield could cause the outer surface
of the windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility could cause an accident
resulting in serious injury or death. In this
case, set the mode selection to the
position and fan speed control to a lower
speed.
• For maximum defrost performance, set
the temperature control to the highest
temperature setting and the fan speed
control to the highest setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window, side
view mirrors, and all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve
heater and defroster efficiency and to
reduce the probability of fogging up the
inside of the windshield.
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold after
starting, then a brief engine warm up
period may be required for the vented air
flow to become warm or hot.
JK1_en_US.book Page 112
5
5-113
To Defog Inside Windshield
OJK051134N
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected
automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control
is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control
indicator light is illuminated, press the
button once to enable Fresh mode
(indicator light OFF).
If the position is selected, the fan
speed is automatically increased.
To Defrost Outside
Windshield
OJK051135N
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot
(HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected
automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control
is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control
indicator light is illuminated, press the
button once to enable Fresh mode
(indicator light OFF).
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 113
5-114
Convenience Features
Defogging Logic
To reduce the probability of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air intake
or air conditioning are controlled
automatically according to certain
conditions such as positions. To
cancel or reset the defogging logic, do
the following.
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ) or ( ).
3. While touching the A/C icon, press the
air intake control button at least 5 times
within 3 seconds.
The air intake control indicator will blink 3
times to indicate that the defogging logic
has been disabled. Repeat the steps again
to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
Rear Window Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the rear window
defroster conducting elements bonded to
the inside surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to clean the
window.
OJK050119
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while the engine is running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
located in the center control panel. The
indicator on the rear window defroster
illuminates when the defroster is on.
• To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after
approximately 20 minutes or when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the side
view mirror defrosters, they will operate
at the same time you turn on the rear
window defroster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 114
5
5-115
Climate control
additional features
Auto Defogging System
OJK050074
Auto defogging helps reduce the
possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.
Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
btn_WDH7-69
When the Auto Defogging System
operates, the indicator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected in
the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System
will be enabled. The following steps will
be performed automatically:
Step 1) Air conditioning will turn ON.
Step 2) Air intake control will change to
Fresh mode.
Step 3) Mode will change to defrost to
direct airflow to the windshield.
Step 4) Fan speed will be set to MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or
recirculation mode is manually selected
while Auto Defogging System is ON, the
Auto Defogging System indicator will
blink 3 times to signal that the manual
operation has been canceled.
JK1_en_US.book Page 115
5-116
Convenience Features
Turning the Auto Defogging System
On or off
Climate control system
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
turned off, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on
the climate control information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is
turned on, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
6 times without a signal.
Infotainment system
Auto Defogging System can be turned on
and off by selecting ‘Setup > Vehicle >
Climate > Defog/Defrost Options > Auto
Defog’ from the infotainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Information
• When the air conditioning is turned on
by Auto Defogging System, if you try to
turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select Recirculation
mode while the system is operating.
• When Auto Defogging System is
operating, fan speed adjustment,
temperature adjustment, and air intake
control selection are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur and
may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
if equipped
Auto Dehumidify
To increase cabin air quality and reduce
windshield misting, recirculation mode
switches off automatically after about 5
to 30 minutes, depending on the outside
temperature, and the air intake will
change to fresh mode.
Turning Auto Dehumidify On or off
Climate control system
To turn the Auto Dehumidify feature on or
off, select Face level ( ) mode and press
the air intake control ( ) button at
least five times within three seconds.
When Auto Dehumidify is turned on, the
air intake control button indicator will
blink 6 times. When turned off, the
indicator will blink 3 times.
Infotainment system
Auto Dehumidify can be turned on and off
by selecting ‘Setup > Vehicle > Climate >
Automatic Ventilation > Auto
Dehumidify’ from the infotainment
system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 116
5
5-117
Recirculating Air When
Washer Fluid Is Used
Recirculation mode automatically
activates to reduce any objectionable
scent of the washer fluid from entering
the cabin when the windshield washer is
used.
Turning Activate upon Washer Fluid
Use On or off
Climate control system
To turn the ‘Activate upon Washer Fluid
Use’ feature on or off, select Floor level
( ) mode, and then press the air intake
control ( ) button four times within
two seconds while pressing the A/C icon.
When ‘Activate upon Washer Fluid Use’ is
turned on, the air intake control button
indicator will blink 6 times. When turned
off, the indicator will blink 3 times.
Infotainment system
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use can be
turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup >
Vehicle > Climate > Recirculate Air >
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use (or
Interlocking washer fluid)’ from the
infotainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
However, in cold weather to help prevent
the windshield from fogging up, the
recirculation mode may not be selected.
Sunroof Inside Air
if equipped
Recirculation
When the sunroof is opened, fresh mode
will be automatically selected. At this
time, if you press the air intake control
button, recirculation mode will be
selected but will change back to fresh
mode after 3 minutes. When the sunroof
is closed, the air intake position will return
to the original position that was selected.
Scheduled Ventilation Control
The Scheduled Ventilation Control
releases hot air in the vehicle to lower
cabin temperature before getting in the
vehicle.
Depending on the outside ambient
temperature, the blower is operated for 5
to 15 minutes while the vehicle is parked.
Turning Schedule Ventilation
Control On or Off
The Schedule Ventilation Control can be
turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup >
Vehicle > Automatic Ventilation >
Scheduled Ventilation Control’ from the
infotainment system. Also, the starting
time can be set within 24 hours. Schedule
Ventilation Control operates only once
when the feature is set.
JK1_en_US.book Page 117
5-118
Convenience Features
Storage compartment
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
covers closed securely while driving.
Items inside your vehicle are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items may fly out of the compartment and
may cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.
Center Console Storage
OJK050037
To open:
Press the button.
Glove Box
OJX1059075
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door can cause serious
injury to the passenger in an accident,
even if the passenger is wearing a seat
belt.
JK1_en_US.book Page 118
5
5-119
Sunglass Holder
OJX1050203N
To open:
Push and release the cover and the holder
will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in
the compartment door with the lenses
facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is closed
while driving.
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except sunglasses
inside the sunglass holder. Such
objects can be thrown from the holder
in the event of a sudden stop or an
accident, possibly injuring the
passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder while
the vehicle is moving. The rear view
mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by
an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly into a
sunglass holder. It may cause personal
injury if you try to open it forcibly when
the glasses are jammed in holder.
Mobile Phone Holder
OJK050043L
Store your phone or other small items
while driving.
NOTICE
The item you have stored such as a
mobile phone may not fit in the mobile
phone holder depending on the size or
shape of the item. Do not forcibly push
items into the holder and close the cover.
The mobile phone holder may not open,
or it may damage the stored item. In
addition, do not forcibly open the mobile
phone storage cover, when it is jammed
with a stored item inside.
JK1_en_US.book Page 119
5-120
Convenience Features
Interior features
Cup Holder
Front
OJK050038L
Rear
OJK050067
Cups or small beverages cups may be
placed in the cup holders.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking when
the cup holder is in use to prevent
spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a burn to the
driver could cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result
in the event of a sudden stop or
collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light
and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It
may explode.
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to
prevent spilling your drink. If liquid
spills, it may get into the vehicle’s
electrical/electronic system and
damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do not
use hot air to blow out or dry the cup
holder. This may damage the interior.
JK1_en_US.book Page 120
5
5-121
Sunvisor
OHI048444
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from
the side window, pull it rearward, release
it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2) towards the window.
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward
(4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and
return the sunvisor to its original position
after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror
on the sunvisor can be used for toll road
tickets or self parking tickets. Use caution
when inserting tickets into the ticket
holder to avoid damage. Refrain from
putting several tickets in the ticket holder
as this could also damage the retaining
tab.
Power Outlet
Front
OJK050047
Luggage compartment
OJK050070
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 180 watts with the engine
running.
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your
fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a
power outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
JK1_en_US.book Page 121
5-122
Convenience Features
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the power outlets:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods of
time with the engine off could cause
the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12 volts electric accessories
which are less than 180 watts in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to
the lowest operating level when using
the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle’s power outlet. These
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other
electronic systems or devices used in
your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug may
overheat and the fuse may be damaged
or blown.
• Plug in battery equipped
electrical/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The current
from the battery may flow into the
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and cause system malfunction.
USB Charger
Front
OJK050040L
Rear
OJK053042N
The USB charger is designed to recharge
batteries of small size electrical devices
using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON or START position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
port after use.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may get
warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 122
5
5-123
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging method,
may not be properly re-charged. In this
case, use an exclusive charger of your
device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON an
audio or to play media In the
infotainment system.
NOTICE
• Use the USB charger when the engine is
running. Using the USB charger for
prolonged periods of time with the
engine off could cause the battery to
discharge.
• To prevent damage to the USB charger:
- Do not insert foreign objects or spill
liquid into the outlet. The USB
charging terminal may be damaged.
- Do not use devices with current
consumption exceeding 2,100 mA
(2.1 A).
if equipped
AC Inverter
OJK051044N
The AC inverter supplies 115 volts (150
watts) electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipment.
Information
OJX1070288L
• Rated voltage : AC 115 volts
• Maximum electric power : 150 watts
• In order to avoid an electrical system
failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to
read owner’s manual before use.
• Be sure to close the cover except the
time of use.
WARNING
To reduce a risk of serious or fatal injuries:
• Do not use a heated electric device
such as a coffeepot, toaster, heater,
iron, etc.
• Do not insert foreign objects into the
outlet and do not touch the outlet as
you may get shocked.
• Do not let children touch the AC
inverter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 123
5-124
Convenience Features
NOTICE
• To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the AC inverter
while the engine is not running.
• When not using the AC inverter, make
sure to close the AC inverter cover.
• After using an electric accessory or
equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving
the accessory or equipment plugged in
for a long time may cause battery
discharge.
• Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment the power consumption of
which is greater than 220 volts/200
watts.
• Some electric accessories or
equipment can cause electronic
interference. It may cause excessive
audio noise and malfunctions in other
electric systems or devices in the
vehicle.
• Do not use broken electric accessories
or equipment with power consumption
greater than 220 volts/200 watts.
• Do not use two or more electric
accessories or equipment at the same
time. It may cause damage to the
electrical systems of the vehicle.
• When the input voltage is lower, outlet
LED will blink and the AC inverter will
turn off automatically. If the input
voltage goes up to normal, the AC
inverter will turn on again.
Wireless Smart Phone
Charging System
OJK050041L
[A] Indicator light
[B] Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle comes
equipped with a wireless smart phone
charger.
The system is available when all doors are
closed, and when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or START position.
Charging smart phone
The wireless smart phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
smart phones ( ). Read the label on the
smart phone accessory cover or visit your
smart phone manufacturer’s website to
check whether your smart phone
supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled smart phone
on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging
unit. If not, the wireless charging
process may be interrupted. Place the
smart phone on the center of the
charging pad.
2. The indicator light is orange when the
smart phone is charging. The indicator
light will turn blue when phone
charging is complete.
JK1_en_US.book Page 124
5
5-125
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
charging function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system.
Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Convenience >
Wireless Charging
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
If your smart phone is not charging:
• Slightly change the position of the
smart phone on the charging pad.
• Make sure the indicator light is orange.
The indicator light will blink orange for 10
seconds if there is a malfunction in the
wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the charging
process, and re-attempt to charge your
smart phone again.
The system warns you with a message on
the LCD display if the smart phone is still
on the wireless charging unit after the
vehicle is turned OFF and the front door is
opened.
For some manufacturer’s smart phones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smart phone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the smart
phone and not a malfunction of the
wireless charging.
NOTICE
• The wireless smart phone charging
system may not support certain smart
phones, which are not verified for the
Qi specification ( ).
• When placing your smart phone on the
charging pad, position the phone in the
middle of the mat for optimal charging
performance. If your smart phone is off
to the side, the charging rate may be
less and in some cases the smart phone
may experience higher heat
conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless charging
may stop temporarily when the smart
key is used, either when starting the
vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors,
etc.
• When charging certain smart phones,
the charging indicator may not change
to blue when the smart phone is fully
charged.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop, when temperature
abnormally increases inside the
wireless smart phone charging system.
The wireless charging process restarts,
when temperature falls to a certain
level.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop when there is any
metallic item, such as a coin, between
the wireless smart phone charging
system and smart phone.
• When charging some smart phones
with a self-protection feature, the
wireless charging speed may decrease
and the wireless charging may stop.
• If the smart phone has a thick cover, the
wireless charging may not be possible.
• If the smart phone is not completely
contacting the charging pad, wireless
charging may not operate properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit cards,
phone cards or rail tickets may be
damaged if left with the smart phone
during the charging process.
• When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a metallic
object is placed on the charging pad, a
small noise may sound. This small
sound is due to the vehicle discerning
compatibility of the object placed on
the charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smart phone in any
way.
JK1_en_US.book Page 125
5-126
Convenience Features
Information
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position, the charging also stops.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
Clock
The clock can be set from the
infotainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock while
driving. Doing so may result in distracted
driving which may lead to an accident
involving personal injury or death.
Coat Hook
OJX1059087
These hooks are not designed to hold
large or heavy items.
WARNING
OJX1059088
Do not hang other objects such as
hangers or hard objects except clothes.
Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothes pockets. In an
accident or when the curtain air bag is
inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or
personal injury.
JK1_en_US.book Page 126
5
5-127
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet keep
the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners
over the floor mats. If using All Weather
mats, remove the carpeted floor mats
before installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the anchors.
WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure to remove a protective film
attached on the carpet before
attaching a floor mat on the front floor
carpet. Otherwise, the floor mat may
move freely on the protective film and it
could result in unintentional braking or
accelerating.
• Ensure that the floor mats are securely
attached to the vehicle’s floor mat
anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s floor
mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (for example, all-weather
rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat should be
installed in each position.
NOTICE
Your vehicle was manufactured with
driver’s side floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the floor mat in
place. To avoid any interference with
pedal operation, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that the Genesis floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle be
installed.
if equipped
Rear Side Window Sunshades
Use the rear side window sunshade to
block external light coming through the
rear window glass.
Manual sunshades
OJK050069
1. Lift the sunshade by the handle (1).
2. Hang the sunshade on both sides of the
hook (2). If the sunshade is hung on one
side of the hook, the sunshade may be
wrinkled.
JK1_en_US.book Page 127
5-128
Convenience Features
NOTICE
• Do not hang any other object except
the rear side window sunshade on the
hooks.
• If you pull the rear side window
sunshade or apply force to return the
sunshade to its original position after
use, you may find the sunshade
wrinkled or out of shape. To lower the
sunshade, be sure to put the handle
downward and slowly return the
sunshade to its original position.
• Sunshades may not work properly if
foreign objects (coins, toys, cookies,
etc.) are stuck in the door. Be careful
that the foreign objects do not get into
the door.
if equipped
Cargo Net Holder
OJK050075
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located in
the luggage board to attach a cargo net.
Make sure the cargo net is securely
attached to the holders in the luggage
board.
If necessary, contact your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products to
obtain a cargo net.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the
cargo net. ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the cargo net’s recoil path.
DO NOT use the cargo net when the strap
has visible signs of wear or damage.
Use the cargo net to keep only light items
from shifting in the cargo area.
JK1_en_US.book Page 128
5
5-129
if equipped
Cargo Security Screen
OJK051203N
Use the cargo security screen to cover
items stored in the cargo area.
Using the cargo security screen
OJK051204N
1. Pull the cargo security screen towards
the rear of the vehicle by the handle (1).
2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the guide
(3).
Information
Pull out the cargo security screen with the
handle in the center to prevent the guide
pin from falling out of the guide.
When the cargo security screen is not in
use:
1. Pull the cargo security screen rearward
and up to release it from the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will
automatically slide back in.
Information
The cargo security screen may not
automatically slide back in if the cargo
security screen is not fully pulled out. Pull
the cargo screen out all the way and then
slowly allow the screen to retract back in.
NOTICE
Since the cargo security screen may be
damaged or malformed, do not put
luggage on it when it is used.
WARNING
• Do not place objects on the cargo
security screen. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle and
possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
luggage compartment. It is designed
for luggage only.
• Maintain the balance of the vehicle and
locate the weight as forward as
possible.
JK1_en_US.book Page 129
5-130
Convenience Features
Removing the cargo security screen
OJK051205N
1. Push one side of the cargo screen
inward to compress the spring and
release the screen from the vehicle.
2. While the spring is compressed, pull out
the cargo security screen.
3. Open the luggage tray and keep the
cargo security screen in the tray.
Removing the cargo security screen
from the luggage tray
OJK050208L
1. Pull up the screen board.
OJK050095L
2. Push in the guide pin.
OJK050209L
3. While pushing the guide pin, pull out
the cargo security screen.
JK1_en_US.book Page 130
5
5-131
Exterior features
Roof Side Rails
OJK050076
If your vehicle comes with roof side rails,
then roof side rails crossbars can be
installed on top of your vehicle.
The roof side rails crossbars are an
accessory and are available at your local
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,
be sure not to position cargo onto the roof
side rails in such a way that it could
interfere with sunroof operation.
NOTICE
• When carrying cargo on the roof side
rails, take the necessary precautions to
make sure the cargo does not damage
the roof of the vehicle.
• When carrying large objects on the roof
side rails, make sure they do not exceed
the overall roof length or width.
WARNING
• The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be loaded
onto the roof side rails. Distribute the
load as evenly as possible onto the roof
side rails and secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of
the specified weight limit on the roof
side rails may damage your vehicle.
• The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded onto the
roof side rails. Avoid sudden starts,
braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers
or high speeds that may result in loss of
vehicle control or rollover resulting in
an accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof side rails. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden upward
pressure on items loaded on the roof
side rails. This is especially true when
carrying large, flat items such as wood
panels or mattresses. This could cause
the items to fall off the roof side rails
and cause damage to your vehicle or
others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently before
or while driving to make sure the items
on the roof side rails are securely
fastened.
ROOF SIDE
RAILS
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
JK1_en_US.book Page 131
5-132
Convenience Features
Infotainment System
NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID head
lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic devices may not function
properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner,
and air freshener from contacting the
interior parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
USB Port
OJK050077L
You can use an USB cable to connect
audio devices to the vehicle USB port.
Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the portable audio device’s power
source.
Antenna
OJK050133L
The shark fin antenna will receive AM, FM
broadcast and SXM channel signals and
transmit data.
JK1_en_US.book Page 132
5
5-133
Steering Wheel Remote
Controls
Type A
OJX1059093
Type B
OJK053228N
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1)
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll up to
increase volume.
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll down to
decrease volume.
Information
You can set the volume level of each
source (FM, AM, SXM, USB, BT, etc.)
individually by adjusting the VOLUME
scroll. Then the infotainment system
saves the last volume level of each source
in the system sound settings.
If you change the source, the volume will
revert to the previously set volume for
that source.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down and held for 0.8 second or more,
it will function in the following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select
button. It will SEEK until you release the
button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down, it will function in the following
modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN
button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle through
Radio mode.
MUTE ( ) (4)
Press the MUTE ( ) button to mute or
activate the sound.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 133
5-134
Convenience Features
Infotainment System
OJK050068
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Voice Recognition
Type A
OJX1059094
Type B
OJK053230N
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
Type A
OJX1059095
Type B
OJK053229N
OJX1050207N
(1) Call / Answer / Call end button
(2) Microphone
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
JK1_en_US.book Page 134
5
5-135
CAUTION
To avoid driver distractions, do not
excessively operate the device while
driving the vehicle which may lead to an
accident.
Lexicon Premium Sound
if equipped
System
CAUTION
Lexicon premium sound system is
equipped with door speaker grills made
of stainless steel. The grill surface can be
heated when the vehicle is exposed to hot
weather for a long period of time. Keep
away from the speaker grill when it is hot.
JK1_en_US.book Page 135
JK1_en_US.book Page 136
6
6. Driving Your Vehicle
Before Driving..................................................................................................................6-5
Before Entering the Vehicle ........................................................................................6-5
Before Starting .............................................................................................................6-5
Engine Start/Stop Button................................................................................................6-6
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions............................................................................ 6-7
Starting the Engine ......................................................................................................6-8
Turning Off the Engine ................................................................................................6-9
Remote Start ................................................................................................................6-9
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off ................................................................................................... 6-10
Operating Conditions ................................................................................................ 6-10
Deactivating Conditions............................................................................................ 6-10
System Operation ....................................................................................................... 6-11
Automatic Transmission ................................................................................................6-12
Automatic Transmission Operation...........................................................................6-12
LCD Display Messages (Cluster)................................................................................6-17
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) ......................................................................... 6-19
Good Driving Practices..............................................................................................6-20
Braking System...............................................................................................................6-21
Power-Assist Brakes ...................................................................................................6-21
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator .......................................................................................6-22
High Performance Brake ...........................................................................................6-22
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) .................................................................................6-22
Auto Hold....................................................................................................................6-26
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)..................................................................................6-29
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............................................................................. 6-31
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).......................................................................6-33
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ..................................................................................6-34
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)...................................................................................6-35
Good Braking Practices .............................................................................................6-38
All Wheel Drive (AWD)...................................................................................................6-38
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation .............................................................................6-39
Emergency Precautions ............................................................................................ 6-41
Electronic Limited Slip Differential ..............................................................................6-42
Drive Mode Selection ................................................................................................6-42
Warning Messages.....................................................................................................6-43
Electronic Control Suspension .....................................................................................6-43
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
6
System Malfunction .................................................................................................. 6-43
Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview ......................................... 6-44
System Malfunction .................................................................................................. 6-45
Limitations of the System......................................................................................... 6-45
Launch Control.............................................................................................................. 6-45
Prerequisite for Activation ........................................................................................ 6-45
Launch Control Activation ........................................................................................ 6-45
Limited Use of Launch Control................................................................................. 6-47
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) .................................................................................................. 6-47
ISG System Operation ............................................................................................... 6-48
ISG System Off........................................................................................................... 6-49
Forced to Restart Engine .......................................................................................... 6-50
ISG Malfunction......................................................................................................... 6-50
Calibrating the Battery Sensor ................................................................................. 6-50
Coasting.......................................................................................................................... 6-51
Coasting Setting ......................................................................................................... 6-51
Coasting Operating Conditions................................................................................ 6-52
Coasting Release Conditions.................................................................................... 6-52
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ...................................................................... 6-53
Drive Mode................................................................................................................. 6-53
Active Sound Design..................................................................................................... 6-56
Special Driving Conditions ........................................................................................... 6-56
Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................................................................. 6-56
Rocking the Vehicle ...................................................................................................6-57
Smooth Cornering......................................................................................................6-57
Driving at Night ..........................................................................................................6-57
Driving in the Rain ..................................................................................................... 6-58
Driving in Flooded Areas........................................................................................... 6-58
Highway Driving ........................................................................................................ 6-58
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ............................................................................... 6-59
Winter Driving ...............................................................................................................6-60
Snow or Icy Conditions .............................................................................................6-60
Winter Precautions.................................................................................................... 6-63
Trailer Towing................................................................................................................ 6-64
If You Decide to Pull a Trailer?.................................................................................. 6-65
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
6
6. Driving Your Vehicle
Trailer Towing Equipment ........................................................................................ 6-66
Driving with a Trailer..................................................................................................6-67
Maintenance When Towing a Trailer....................................................................... 6-69
Vehicle Load Limit .........................................................................................................6-70
The Loading Information Label..................................................................................6-71
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
Driving Your Vehicle
6-4
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil
or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive
over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system
checked as soon as possible by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle,
be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set
to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan
control set to high.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components
found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In
addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain
or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm.
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
6
6-5
Before Driving
Before Entering the Vehicle
• Be sure all windows, side view
mirror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven wear
and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of
leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
• Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outer side view
mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seat belt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their seat
belts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in the
instrument panel and the messages on
the instrument display when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying
are stored properly or fastened down
securely.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted
whenever the vehicle is moving. For
more information, refer to “Seat Belts”
section in chapter 3.
• Always drive defensively. Assume other
drivers or pedestrians may be careless
and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of driving.
Driver distraction can cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between you and
the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is
dangerous and may result in an accident
and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death toll each
year. Even a small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and
judgment. Just one drink can reduce your
ability to respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reaction time
gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs
is as dangerous as or more dangerous
than driving under the influence of
alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or take drugs
and drive. If you are drinking or taking
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride with a
driver who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver or call
a taxi.
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
6-6
Driving Your Vehicle
Engine Start/Stop Button
OJK060020
Whenever the front door is opened, the
Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate
and will go off 30 seconds after the door
is closed.
WARNING
To turn the vehicle off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than two seconds OR
Rapidly press and release the Engine
Start/Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the vehicle without depressing the
brake pedal by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the gear in the N
(Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will result
in the vehicle turning off and loss of
power assist for the steering and brake
systems. This may lead to loss of
directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat, always
make sure the gear is in the P (Park)
position, set the parking brake, press
the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, and take the Smart Key with
you. Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions are not
followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the Engine Start/Stop button
or any other control while the vehicle is
in motion. The presence of your hand or
arm in this area may cause a loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
6
6-7
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions
Information
To prevent vehicle battery discharge, the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the OFF
position when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position with the gear in
P (Park) for a certain period of time. When the function operates, the tail lamps will turn
off. To use the tail lamps again, turn the headlight switch located on the steering column
to the OFF and ON position again.
Button Position Action Notes
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).If the
Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the vehicle shifted to
D (Drive), R (Reverse), or N
(Neutral), the gear automatically
shifts to P (Park).
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop
button when the button is in the
OFF position without depressing
the brake pedal.Some of the
electrical accessories are usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position for more
than one hour, the battery power
will turn off automatically to
prevent the battery from
discharging.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop
button while it is in the ACC
position without depressing the
brake pedal.The warning lights
can be checked before the engine
is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when the
engine is not running to prevent
the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/ Stop button with the gear
shifted to the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position.For your safety,
start the engine with the gear
shifted to the P (Park) position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop
button without depressing the
brake pedal, the engine does not
start and the Engine Start/Stop
button changes as follows:
OFF > ACC > ON > OFF or ACC
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
6-8
Driving Your Vehicle
Starting the Engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots,
sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move which can lead to
an accident.
• Wait until the engine RPM is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if the
brake pedal is released when the RPM is
high.
Information
• The vehicle will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
and when it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC or ON position, if any door is
open, the system checks for the smart
key. When the smart key is not in the
vehicle, the “ ” indicator will blink
and the warning 'Key not in vehicle' will
come on. When all doors are closed, the
chime will also sound for about 5
seconds. Keep the smart key in the
vehicle.
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the gear is shifted to P (Park)
by pressing the P button.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.
• Always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming it
up.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to shift the gear
to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the gear in N (Neutral)
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the Engine Start/Stop button in
an attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to start
the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
6
6-9
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button
for more than 10 seconds except when
the stop lamp fuse is blown.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you
cannot normally start the engine. Replace
the fuse with a new one. If you are not
able to replace the fuse, you can start the
engine by pressing and holding the
Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds
with the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position.
For your safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the vehicle.
Emergency starting
OJK060001
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, you
can start the vehicle by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button with the smart
key in the direction of the picture above.
Turning Off the Engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake
pedal fully.
2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position and apply the parking
brake.
Remote Start
Type A
OJX1069054
Type B
OJX1069053
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button of the smart key.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
6-10
Driving Your Vehicle
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button within 32 ft.
(10 m) from the vehicle.
2. Press the remote start ( ) button for
over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after
locking the doors. The hazard warning
lights will blink.
3. To turn off the remote start function,
press the remote start ( ) button once.
• The remote start ( ) button may not
operate if the smart key is not within 32
ft. (10 m).
• The vehicle will not remotely start if the
engine hood or liftgate is opened.
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you get in the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get in
the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
If your vehicle is parked and the engine is
left on for a long period of time, the
engine will turn off automatically to help
reduce fuel consumption and prevent
accidents caused by carbon dioxide
poisoning.
Operating Conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer operates
when all the following conditions are
satisfied:
• Vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3
km/h), and the gear is shifted to P (Park)
• The brake pedal and accelerator pedal
are not depressed
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened
• The passenger seat is empty
• The infotainment system is not being
updated
Deactivating Conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer turns off
when one of the situation occur:
• Vehicle speed is above 1.8 mph (3
km/h)
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral)
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
depressed
• The driver’s seat belt is fastened
• A passenger is in the passenger’s seat
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
6
6-11
System Operation
OJK041087N
When all the conditions are satisfied, the
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off operates and turns
the engine off automatically after 60
minutes.
A timer appears on the instrument cluster
30 minutes before vehicle shut off.
Resetting cluster timer
To reset the cluster timer, do one of
following:
• Release the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal after Vehicle Auto-Shut Off is
complete.
• Press the OK button on the steering
wheel while the timer appears on the
instrument cluster.
CAUTION
Do not leave a passenger or a pet in the
vehicle in hot weather since the air
conditioning system turns off when the
engine is off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
Driving Your Vehicle
6-12
Automatic Transmission
OJK060002L
Depress the brake pedal whenever rotating the shift dial to change gear or shifting P.
[A] Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial)
[B] Park button
[C] P release cap-cover
Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
6
6-13
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before shifting a vehicle into D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always
make sure the vehicle is shifted to the P
(Park) position, then apply the parking
brake, then press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are not
followed.
• When using the paddle shifter (manual
shift mode), do not use engine braking
(shifting from a high gear to lower gear)
rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle
may slip causing an accident.
Rotary shifter/Rotary gear shift dial
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
OJK060003
To shift the gear to P (Park), press the P
button while depressing the brake pedal.
If you turn the engine off in R (Reverse), N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the gear will
automatically shift to P (Park).
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion may cause you to lose control
of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the vehicle is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline, shift the
gear to P (Park) and apply the parking
brake to prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill.
Automatic gear shift to P (Park)
The gear is shifted to P (Park)
automatically for safety reasons under
the following conditions:
• When the engine is turned off with the
gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
• When the driver’s door is open with the
engine running, the gear in R (Reverse),
D (Drive) or N (Neutral), the seat belt
unfastened and the vehicle at a
standstill.
• When the driver’s or front passenger’s
door is open with the gear in N (Neutral)
and the vehicle is off.
In situations in which the gear must be in
P (Park), always check if the gear is shifted
to P (Park) by checking the cluster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
6-14
Driving Your Vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
rearward.
OJK060004
To shift the gear to R (Reverse), rotate the
shift dial counterclockwise while
depressing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the R
(Reverse) position, if you open the driver's
door with the seat belt unfastened, the
gear will automatically shift to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you shift
into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
OJK060005
To shift the gear to N (Neutral), rotate the
shift dial clockwise from R (Reverse) or
counterclockwise from D (Drive) while
depressing the brake pedal.
Always depress the brake pedal when you
are shifting from N (Neutral) to another
gear.
If you turn the engine off in N (Neutral),
the gear will automatically shift to P
(Park).
However, if you need to stay in N
(Neutral) with the engine off, refer to “To
stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF”.
CAUTION
The engine can be started with the gear in
N (Neutral), but for you safety, be sure to
start the engine with the gear in P (Park).
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
6
6-15
To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is
OFF
OJX1069009L
OJX1069008
If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the
engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the
following.
1. Turn off Auto Hold and release
Electronic Parking Brake when the
engine is running.
2. Rotate the shift dial to N (neutral) while
depressing the brake pedal.
3. When you take your foot off the brake
pedal, the message ‘Press and hold OK
button to stay in Neutral when vehicle
is Off’ will appear on the cluster LCD
display.
4. Press and hold the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second.
5. When the message ‘Vehicle will stay in
(N). Change gear to cancel’ appears on
the cluster LCD display, press the
Engine Start/Stop button while
depressing the brake pedal.
If you wish to cancel, change gear to P
(Park), D (Drive) or R (Reverse), or N
(Neutral) will stay engaged when the
vehicle is Off.
Also, if you open the driver's door, the
gear will automatically shift to P (Park)
and the Engine Start/Stop button will
change to the OFF position.
NOTICE
With the gear in N (Neutral) the Engine
Start/Stop button will be in the ACC
position. In the ACC position, the doors
cannot be locked. The battery may
discharge if left in the ACC position for a
long time.
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
6-16
Driving Your Vehicle
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically shift
through an 8-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
accelerator pedal further until you feel
the transmission downshift to a lower
gear.
OJK060006
To shift the gear to D (Drive), rotate the
shift dial clockwise while depressing the
brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the D
(Drive) position, if you open the driver's
door with the seat belt unfastened, the
gear will automatically shift to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
CAUTION
When you start after stopping on a steep
incline, even if the gear is in D (Drive), if
you do not depress the accelerator or
brake pedal, the vehicle may roll
backwards, which can cause an accident.
When the battery is discharged
You cannot shift gears, when the battery
is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to shift
the gear to N (Neutral) on a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from another battery
to the jump-starting terminals inside
the engine compartment.
For more details, refer to "Jump
Starting" section in chapter 8.
2. Release the Electronic Parking Brake
with the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
OJK060049L
4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and press the
button (2) while depressing the brake
pedal.
Then, the gear will change to the N
(Neutral) position. The button must be
pressed within 3 minutes after the
engine is turned off. The button (2)
operates only for 20 seconds to change
the gear between P (Park) and N
(Neutral) from the time when the
button (2) is first pressed.
Information
In situations when the gear needs to be
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position, refer to step 4.
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
6
6-17
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift gear while depressing the brake
pedal.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear to P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position. Take the Key
with you when leaving the vehicle.
WARNING
• When you stay in the vehicle with the
engine running, be careful not to
depress the accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep away from
the exhaust system components.
• Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper or
leaves. They may ignite and cause a
fire.
LCD Display Messages
(Cluster)
Press brake pedal to change gear
OJK060052L
This message is displayed when the brake
pedal is not depressed while shifting the
gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift
the gear.
Shift to P after stopping
OJK060053L
This message is displayed when the gear
is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is
moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
6-18
Driving Your Vehicle
Shifting conditions not met
OJK060054L
This message is displayed when engine
RPM is too high, or when driving speed is
too fast to shift the gear.
Decrease vehicle speed or slow down
before shifting the gear.
Shifter system malfunction
OJK060057L
This message is displayed when the
transmission or the shift button does not
properly operate in the P (Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Check shifter dial
OJK060061L
This message is displayed when there is a
malfunction with the shift dial.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Check P button
OJK060063L
This message is displayed when there is a
problem with the P button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
6
6-19
Rotary shifter stuck
OJK060064L
This message is displayed when the shift
dial does not return back to it’s normal
position after rotating it.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Vehicle Power limited due to high
transmission temperature
OIK060065L
This message is displayed when the
transmission oil temperature is high.
Drive at steady speed or stop the vehicle
at a safe place with the engine on. When
the oil temperature returns to normal, the
message will disappear.
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift
Mode)
OJX1069011
The paddle shifter allows the driver to
shift gears without taking one’s hands off
the steering wheel.
The paddle shifter operates as follows.
• Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic shift
mode to manual shift mode.
• To change back to automatic shift
mode from manual shift mode, do one
of the following:
- Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more
than one second.
- Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7
km/h).
- Gently depress the accelerator pedal
for more than 6 seconds.
However, if SPORT mode, SPORT+
mode, or CUSTOM mode is selected,
the paddle shifter will not change to
automatic shift mode from manual
shift mode.
- Rotate the shift dial to the D (Drive)
position to return to automatic shift
mode.
Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
at the same time, gear shift may not
occur.
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
6-20
Driving Your Vehicle
Good Driving Practices
• Never shift the gear from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to any other position with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. If the gear is shifted to N
(Neutral) while driving, the vehicle
loses the ability to provide engine
braking. Doing so may increase the risk
of an accident.
Also, shifting the gear back to D (Drive)
while the vehicle is moving may
severely damage the transmission.
• When driving uphill or downhill, always
shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or
shift to R (Reverse) for driving
rearwards. After selecting D (Drive) or R
(Reverse), check the gear position
indicated on the cluster before driving.
If the vehicle moves in the opposite
direction of the selected gear, the
engine may turn off and affect braking
performance that may lead to a serious
accident.
• Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear and
possibly even brake failure.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an
abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly increased
if you lose control of your vehicle at
highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway and
the driver over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead,
slow down before pulling back into the
travel lanes.
• Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends
you to follow all posted speed limits.
NOTICE
Kickdown mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point. The automatic transmission will
shift to a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
6
6-21
Braking System
Power-Assist Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
In the event of a vehicle power failure, the
power assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle, but it will
require greater force and increased pedal
travel than normal. The stopping
distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
Information
• When the brake pedal is depressed
under certain driving conditions or
weather conditions, you may
temporarily hear a noise. This is normal
and does not indicate a problem with
your brakes.
• While driving on a road with deicing
chemicals, brake noise or abnormal tire
wear may occur due to deicing
chemicals. In a safe traffic condition,
additionally apply the brakes to remove
deicing chemicals on the brake discs
and pads.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. This will create
abnormal high brake temperatures,
excessive brake lining and pad wear,
and increased stopping distances.
• When descending down a long or steep
hill, use the paddle shifter and manually
downshift to a lower gear in order to
control your speed without using the
brake pedal excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will cause the
brakes to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the vehicle
may also pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying the brakes
lightly will indicate whether they have
been affected in this way. Always test
your brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the brakes,
lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up
the brakes while maintaining a safe
forward speed until brake performance
returns to normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes function
correctly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
6-22
Driving Your Vehicle
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front or
rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
continue to drive with worn brake pads.
Information
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.
High Performance Brake
For vehicles equipped with the High
Performance Brake (large diameter
monoblock brakes with enhanced
braking performance), noise such as a
squeal, squeak or groan is generated
while braking. This is normal and the
friction may create circle patterns on the
disc surface. This is also a normal
condition which does not affect braking
performance.
WARNING
Frequent braking may deform
components and wear the disc brake
causing vibration when braking. Observe
the speed limit to prevent brake damage
from excessive braking.
Brake wear, noise, vibration from
excessive braking or deformation of the
brakes caused by repeatedly braking in
high speed, racing on tracks, etc. may not
be covered under warranty.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
OJK060081L
To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning light
comes on.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be
automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the vehicle off while
Auto Hold is operating.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake pedal
while driving, emergency braking is
possible by pulling up and holding the
EPB switch. Braking is possible only while
you are holding the EPB switch. However,
braking distance will be longer than
normal.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the
vehicle is moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the brake
system and lead to an accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
6
6-23
Information
During emergency braking, the Parking
Brake warning light will illuminate to
indicate that the system is operating.
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used for
emergency braking, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Releasing the parking brake
OJK060009L
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake):
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON or START position.
2. Press the EPB switch while depressing
the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning light
goes off.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
automatically:
• Gear in P (Park)
With the engine running depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Gear in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress the
brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral)
to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Satisfy the following conditions
1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and the
doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
2. With the engine running, depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to
R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift
mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning
light goes off.
Information
• For your safety, you can engage EPB
even though the Engine Stop/Start
button is in the OFF position (only if
battery power is available), but you
cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when you
drive downhill or when backing up the
vehicle.
NOTICE
• If the Parking Brake warning light is still
on even though the EPB has been
released, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not drive your vehicle with EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
JK1_en_US.book Page 23
6-24
Driving Your Vehicle
Warning messages
OJK061066N
To release EPB, close the doors, hood and
liftgate and fasten the seatbelt
• If you try to drive with EPB applied, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is unfastened
and the engine hood or liftgate is
opened, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a
warning may sound and a message may
appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the brake
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
EPB switch.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the brake
pedal.
Shift the gear into P (Park), pull the EPB
switch, and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position. Take the
Key with you when leaving the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk for
moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the EPB
switch. If EPB is released
unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
• Only release EPB when you are seated
inside the vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is engaged. If
you depress the accelerator pedal with
EPB engaged, a warning will sound and
a message will appear. Damage to the
parking brake may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake on can
overheat the braking system and cause
premature wear or damage to brake
parts. Make sure EPB is released and
the Parking Brake warning light is off
before driving.
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB. These
conditions are normal and indicate that
EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a parking
attendant or assistant, make sure to
inform him/her how to operate EPB.
JK1_en_US.book Page 24
6
6-25
OIK060067L
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
OIK060069L
Parking brake automatically engaged
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
EPB malfunction
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning
light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position and
goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the
system is operating normally.
If the EPB warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not come
on when the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ON position, this indicates
that the EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The EPB warning light may illuminate
when the ESC indicator comes on to
indicate that ESC is not working properly,
but it does not indicate a malfunction of
EPB.
NOTICE
• If the EPB warning light is still on, have
the system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the Parking Brake warning light does
not illuminate or blinks even though the
EPB switch was pulled up, EPB may not
be applied.
• If the Parking Brake warning light blinks
when the EPB warning light is on, press
the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat
this one more time. If the EPB warning
does not go off, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 25
6-26
Driving Your Vehicle
Parking brake warning light
btn_W-128
Check the Parking Brake warning light by
pressing the Engine Stop/Start button to
the ON position.
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the Engine
Stop/Start button in the START or ON
position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is released and the Parking Brake warning
light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake warning light remains
on after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there may be
a malfunction in the brake system.
Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle
immediately. If that is not possible, use
extreme caution while operating the
vehicle and only continue to drive the
vehicle until you can reach a safe
location.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products by loading the vehicle
on a flatbed tow truck and have the
system checked.
Auto Hold
Auto Hold helps maintain the vehicle in a
standstill even though the brake pedal is
not depressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
the brake pedal.
To apply:
OJK060010
1. With the driver's door and engine hood
closed, depress the brake pedal and
then press the AUTO HOLD switch. The
white AUTO HOLD indicator will come
on and the system will be in the standby
position.
OJK060011L
2. When you stop the vehicle completely
by depressing the brake pedal, Auto
Hold maintains the brake pressure to
hold the vehicle stationary. The
indicator changes from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary even
if you release the brake pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
JK1_en_US.book Page 26
6
6-27
To release:
If you depress the accelerator pedal with
the gear in D (Drive), R (Reverse) or
Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle
will start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to white.
WARNING
When Auto Hold is automatically released
by depressing the accelerator pedal,
always take a look around your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a
smooth start.
To cancel:
OJK060012
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press the AUTO HOLD switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your
foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto
Hold before you:
• Drive downhill.
• Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
• Park the vehicle.
Information
• The Auto Hold does not operate when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more
than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
In these cases, the Parking Brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green to
white, and a warning sound and a
message will appear to inform you that
EPB has been automatically engaged.
Before driving off again, depress the
brake pedal, check the surrounding
area near your vehicle and release the
parking brake manually with the EPB
switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to
yellow, Auto Hold is not working properly.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 27
6-28
Driving Your Vehicle
WARNING
• Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
when you start the vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel Auto Hold when
you drive downhill, back up the vehicle
or park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the driver's
door or engine hood open detection
system, Auto Hold may not work properly.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Warning messages
OIK060069L
Parking brake automatically engaged
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
OIK060067L
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, Auto
Hold and EPB may not operate. For your
safety, depress the brake pedal.
OIK060071L
JK1_en_US.book Page 28
6
6-29
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO
HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when
you release Auto Hold by pressing the
AUTO HOLD switch, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
OIK060072L
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.Close
door and hood.
When you press the AUTO HOLD switch, if
the driver's door and engine hood are not
closed, a warning will sound and a
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display.
Press the AUTO HOLD switch after closing
the driver's door and hood.
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system
will not prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control
is improved during emergency braking,
always maintain a safe distance between
you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The braking
distance for vehicles equipped with ABS
or ESC may be longer than for those
without these systems in the following
road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds
during the following conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
The safety features of ABS or ESC
equipped vehicle should not be tested by
high speed driving or cornering. This
could endanger the safety of yourself or
others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows
the driver to steer and brake at the same
time.
JK1_en_US.book Page 29
6-30
Driving Your Vehicle
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your
ABS in an emergency situation, do not
attempt to modulate your brake pressure
and do not try to pump your brakes.
Depress your brake pedal as hard as
possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes, or
feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance
it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
as trying to take a corner too fast or
making a sudden lane change. Always
drive at a safe speed for the road and
weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping distance
than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
The ABS ( ) warning light will stay on
for several seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
During that time, ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
you may have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the ABS ( ) warning light is on and
stays on, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Your power brakes will work
normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply
your brakes continuously, ABS will be
active continuously and the ABS ( )
warning light may illuminate. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and turn the
vehicle off.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light is off, then your ABS system is
normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with
your ABS system. Contact an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
Information
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
( ) warning light may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of the
low battery voltage. It does not mean
your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the
battery recharged before driving the
vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 30
6
6-31
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
OJK060038L
Electronic Stability Control helps to
stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going. ESC
applies braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the
engine management system to assist the
driver with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Always adjust your
speed and driving to the road conditions.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions when cornering. ESC will not
prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can result in severe accidents.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, ESC and the ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for
approximately three seconds. After both
lights go off, ESC is enabled.
When operating
btn_WAE-207
When ESC is in operation, the ESC
indicator light blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means
your ESC is active.
• When ESC activates, the engine may
not respond to the accelerator as it
does under routine conditions.
• When moving out of the mud or driving
on a slippery road, the engine RPM
(revolutions per minute) may not
increase even if you press the
accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.
JK1_en_US.book Page 31
6-32
Driving Your Vehicle
ESC OFF condition
btn_WAE-208
To cancel ESC operation:
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC
OFF indicator light and/or message
'Traction Control disabled' will illuminate.
In this state, the traction control function
of ESC (engine management) is disabled,
but the brake control function of ESC
(braking management) still operates.
ESC OFF state 1 will be automatically set
and the ESC OFF indicator light and/or
message will illuminate on the cluster
when SPORT+ mode is selected for Drive
mode.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds.
The ESC OFF indicator light and/or
message 'Traction & Stability Control
disabled' illuminates and a warning chime
sounds. In this state, both the traction
control function of ESC (engine
management) and the brake control
function of ESC (braking management)
are disabled.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle,
ESC will automatically turn on again.
Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
btn_WAE-207
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
btn_WAE-208
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ON position, the ESC
indicator light illuminates, then goes off if
the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating.
If the ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with the
ESC system. When this warning light
illuminates, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When ESC is blinking, this indicates ESC is
active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate. NEVER turn ESC off while the
ESC indicator light is blinking or you may
lose control of the vehicle resulting in an
accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC system
to malfunction. Before replacing tires,
make sure all four tires and wheels are the
same size. Never drive the vehicle with
different sized wheels and tires installed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 32
6
6-33
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping
operation of ESC, to maintain wheel
torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS,
and Parking Brake warning lights are
displayed. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do not spin
the wheel(s) excessively while these
lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure ESC is turned
off (ESC OFF light illuminated).
Information
Turning ESC off does not affect ABS or
standard brake system operation.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
Vehicle Stability Management is a
function of the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle
stay stable when accelerating or braking
suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four tires
can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Vehicle Stability Management:
• ALWAYS check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. VSM is
not a substitute for safe driving
practices.
• Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. VSM will not prevent
accidents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, on slippery and uneven roads
can result in severe accidents.
VSM operation
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate ESC, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
VSM is active.
Information
VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• The MDPS (Motor Driven power
steering) warning light ( ) is on or
blinks.
JK1_en_US.book Page 33
6-34
Driving Your Vehicle
VSM OFF condition
To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC
OFF button. ESC OFF ( ) indicator light
will illuminate.
To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light will go
out.
WARNING
If the ESC ( ) indicator light or MDPS
( ) warning light stays illuminated or
blinks, your vehicle may have a
malfunction with the VSM system. When
the warning light illuminates have the
vehicle checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the VSM system
to malfunction. Before replacing tires,
make sure all four tires and wheels are the
same size. Never drive the vehicle with
different sized tires and wheels installed.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent the
vehicle from rolling backwards when
starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The
system operates the brakes automatically
for approximately 2 seconds (maximum
of 5 seconds when the accelerator pedal
is slightly depressed during HAC
operation) and releases the brake after 2
seconds or when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting off an
incline. Hill-Start Assist Control activates
only for approximately 2 seconds
(maximum of 5 seconds when the
accelerator pedal is slightly depressed
during HAC operation).
Information
• Hill-Start Assist Control does not
operate when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) or N (Neutral).
• Hill-Start Assist Control activates even
when the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off. However, it does not
activate, when ESC does not operate
normally.
JK1_en_US.book Page 34
6
6-35
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
OJK060013L
Downhill Brake Control assists the driver
to descend down a steep hill without
having to depress the brake pedal.
The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain vehicle speed below a
certain speed and allows the driver to
concentrate on steering the vehicle down
hill.
The system is turned off whenever the
engine is turned off.
Press the button to turn on the system
and press the button again to turn it off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 35
Driving Your Vehicle
6-36
System operation
Mode Indicator Description
Standby
btn_WOS-201
Green light on
Press the Downhill Brake Control button when vehicle
speed is under 37 mph (60 km/h). Downhill Brake
Control will turn on and enter the standby mode. The
system does not turn on if vehicle speed is over 37 mph
(60 km/h).
Activated
btn_WOS-201
Green light blink
In the standby mode, Downhill Brake Control will
activate under the following conditions:
• The hill is steep enough.
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is not depressed.
• Vehicle speed is within 2-25 mph (4-40 km/h) range
(within 2-5 mph (4-8 km/h) when reversing).
Within the activation speed range 2-25 mph (4-40km/h),
the driver can control the vehicle speed by depressing
the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
Deactivated
btn_WOS-201
Green light off
Downhill Brake Control will turn off under the following
conditions:
• The Downhill Brake Control button is pressed again.
• Vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
btn_WOS-201
Green light on
Downhill Brake Control will be deactivated but maintain
the standby mode under the following conditions:
• The hill is not steep enough.
• Vehicle speed is between 18-37 mph (30-60 km/h).
System
malfunction
btn_WOS-201
Yellow light on
The yellow warning light illuminates when the system
may have malfunctioned or may not work properly
during activation. If this occurs, Downhill Brake Control
is deactivated. Have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
JK1_en_US.book Page 36
6
6-37
OJK060067L
Downhill Brake Control disabled. Control
vehicle speed
When Downhill Brake Control is not
working properly this warning message
will appear on the cluster LCD display and
you will hear a warning sound. If this
occurs, control vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal.
WARNING
Always turn off Downhill Brake Control on
normal roads. The system might activate
inadvertently from the standby mode
when driving through speed bumps or
making sharp curves.
Information
• Downhill Brake Control may not
deactivate on steep inclines even
though the brake pedal or accelerator
pedal is depressed.
• Downhill Brake Control may not always
maintain vehicle speed at a certain
speed.
• Downhill Brake Control does not
operate when:
- The gear is in P (Park).
- ESC is activated.
• Noise or vibration may occur from the
brakes when Downhill Brake Control is
activated.
• The rear stop light comes on when
Downhill Brake Control is activated.
JK1_en_US.book Page 37
6-38
Driving Your Vehicle
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking,
always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear to the P (Park) position, then
apply the parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake
not applied or not fully engaged may roll
inadvertently and may cause injury to the
driver and others. ALWAYS apply the
parking brake before exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes
may get wet if the vehicle is driven
through standing water or if it is washed.
Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the
vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly
until the braking action returns to normal.
If the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so
and call an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
if equipped
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
All Wheel Drive (AWD) delivers engine
power to front and rear wheels for
maximum traction. AWD is useful when
extra traction is required, such as when
driving on, muddy, wet, or snow-covered
roads.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased
if you lose control of your vehicle at
highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway and
the driver over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead,
slow down before pulling back into the
travel lanes.
JK1_en_US.book Page 38
6
6-39
NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the water level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once you
are out of mud or water. Depress the
brake pedal several times as you move
slowly until you feel normal braking
condition is returned.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance
interval if you drive in off-road
conditions such as sand, mud or water
(see "Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" section in chapter 9).
• Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off road use, especially the
bottom of the vehicle.
• Be sure to equip all four tires with the
correct size and type.
• Make sure that a full time AWD vehicle
is towed by a flat bed tow truck.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Operation
Auto AWD mode (Normal diving)
If the AWD system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the engine's
driving power is distributed to all four
wheels automatically.
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are wearing
seat belts.
• Sit upright and closer to the steering
wheel than usual. Adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for you
to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Apply engine braking during
deceleration by using the paddle shifter
(manual shift mode) and manually
selecting a lower gear.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent skids.
Information
When using Snow Tires, mount them on
all four wheels.
When using tire chains, install them on
the rear tires. However, driving speed
must be below 20 mph (30 km/h) and
minimize the driving distance.
High-speed or long-term driving with tire
chains installed may malfunction or
damage the AWD system.
For more details on Snow Tires and Tire
Chains, refer to “Winter Driving” section
later in this chapter.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
• Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent getting stuck.
JK1_en_US.book Page 39
6-40
Driving Your Vehicle
NOTICE
When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand or
mud, place a nonslip material under the
drive wheels to provide traction OR slowly
spin the wheels in forward and reverse
directions which causes a rocking motion
that may free the vehicle.
However, avoid running the engine
continuously at high RPM, doing so may
damage the AWD system.
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving
downhill.
- Drive slowly using engine braking
while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution driving up or
down steep hills. The vehicle may flip over
depending on the grade, terrain, water
and mud conditions.
WARNING
Do not drive across the contour of steep
hills. A slight change in the wheel angle
can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable
vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle
stops its forward motion. Your vehicle
may roll over and lead to a serious injury
or death.
Driving through water
• Try to avoid driving in deep standing
water. It may stall your engine and clog
your exhaust pipes.
• Do not change gear while driving in
water.
CAUTION
Always drive slowly in water. If you drive
too fast, water may get into the engine
compartment and wet the ignition system
causing your vehicle to suddenly stop.
Additional driving conditions
• Become familiar with the off-road
conditions before driving.
• Always pay attention when driving
off-road and avoid dangerous areas.
• Drive slowly when driving in heavy
wind.
• Reduce vehicle speed when cornering.
The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is
higher than conventional 2WD vehicles,
making them more likely to roll over
when you rapidly turn corners.
• Always hold the steering wheel firmly
when you are driving off-road.
WARNING
Do not grab the inside of the steering
wheel when you are driving off-road. You
may hurt your arm by a sudden steering
maneuver or from steering wheel
rebound due to an impact with objects on
the ground. You could lose control of the
steering wheel which may lead to serious
injury or death.
JK1_en_US.book Page 40
6
6-41
Emergency Precautions
Tires
When replacing tires, be sure to equip all
four tires with the same size, type, tread
patterns, brand and load-carrying
capacity.
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with different
size and type from the one originally
installed on your vehicle. It can affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could lead to steering failure or
rollover causing serious injury.
In an emergency situation, a compact
spare tire (if equipped) or Tire Mobility Kit
(if equipped) may be used. But, do not use
the compact spare tire continuously.
Repair or replace the original tire as soon
as possible to avoid failure of the
differential or AWD system.
WARNING
OJK061015N
Never start or run the engine while an
AWD vehicle is raised on a jack. The
vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing
serious injury or death to you or those
nearby.
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground. For more details, refer to
“Towing” section in chapter 8.
Vehicle inspection
• If the vehicle needs to be operated on a
vehicle lift do not attempt to stop any of
the four wheels from turning. This could
damage the AWD system.
• Never engage the parking brake while
running the engine on a car lift. This
may damage the AWD system.
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
OJK062019N
[A] Roll tester (Speedometer)
[B] Temporary free roller
An AWD vehicle should not be tested on a
2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester must
be used, perform the following
procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures recommended
for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll tester
for a speedometer test as shown in the
illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the
temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
JK1_en_US.book Page 41
6-42
Driving Your Vehicle
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the vehicle
while the vehicle is in gear on the
dynamometer. The vehicle can jump
forward and cause serious injury or death.
AWD malfunction
If the AWD ( ) warning light stays on
the instrument cluster, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the AWD system.
Whenever the AWD ( ) warning light
illuminates we recommend that the
vehicle be inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
Electronic Limited Slip
if equipped
Differential
Electronic Limited Slip Differential
controls the differential functions of the
wheels to help:
• Improve steering performance when
circling at high speed.
• Improve launching performance.
• Prevent slipping on rainy or snowy
roads due to dissimilar friction of the
left and right wheels.
WARNING
Never run the wheels with one of wheels
lifted on a jack. It is extremely dangerous
for a vehicle equipped with Electronic
Limited Slip Differential.
Drive Mode Selection
The characteristic of Electronic Limited
Slip Differential varies according to which
drive mode is selected by using the DRIVE
MODE.
For more details, refer to “Drive Mode
Integrated Control System” section in this
chapter.
Selected mode
Characteristic
of e-LSD
DRIVE
ECO COMFORT
COMFORT COMFORT
SPORT SPORT
SPORT+ SPORT
JK1_en_US.book Page 42
6
6-43
Warning Messages
Electronic Limited Slip Differential
temporarily disabled due to
overheating
Overheating of related parts will
temporarily disable Electronic Limited
Slip Differential. Wait until the vehicle
cools down.
Limited-slip differential disabled.
Tire diameter mismatch
If your vehicle is equipped with different
tires (size, type, etc.), the message will
appear. To use Electronic Limited Slip
Differential, equip the vehicle with the
same tires.
Check Limited Slip Differential
When Electronic Limited Slip Differential
is not working properly, this warning
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display. If this occurs, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Control
if equipped
Suspension
Electronic Control Suspension controls
the vehicle suspension automatically
using vehicle sensors to maximize driving
comfort by taking into account the
driving conditions such as speed, surface
of the road, cornering, stopping
requirements and acceleration.
System Malfunction
OIK060073L
Check Electronic Suspension
When Electronic Control Suspension is
not working properly, this warning
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display. If this occurs, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 43
6-44
Driving Your Vehicle
Electronically Controlled
Suspension with Road
if equipped
Preview
Electronically Controlled Suspension with
Road Preview will help control the vehicle
suspension automatically using the front
view camera and vehicle sensors to
maximize driving comfort by taking into
account the driving conditions such as
speed, surface of the road, cornering,
stopping requirements and acceleration.
Front View Camera
OJK071239N
The Front View Camera is a sensor that
detects the front road. If the windshield or
the front view camera is covered with
snow, rain or foreign matters, the data
collected by the camera is limited due to
the degradation of the camera’s
performance. Always keep the front view
camera clean.
NOTICE
• NEVER install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield, or tint
the front windshield.
• NEVER place any reflective objects (for
example, white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection may
prevent the system from functioning
properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera dry.
• Never disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact on the
camera assembly.
Information
We recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The front view camera or cover gets
damaged or replaced.
JK1_en_US.book Page 44
6
6-45
System Malfunction
OIK060073L
Check Electronic Suspension
When Electronically Controlled
Suspension with Road Preview is not
working properly, this warning message
will appear on the cluster LCD display. If
this occurs, have the system inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
If the battery level is high or low,
Electronically Controlled Suspension with
Road Preview may not work temporarily
to protect the system. If this occurs,
‘Check Electronic Suspension’ warning
message will appear.
Limitations of the System
Electronically Controlled Suspension with
Road Preview always operates while
driving according to the vehicle’s
movement, and the preview function
starts to work when the front view camera
detects road conditions such as speed
bumps. Therefore, the preview function is
limited when there is an extreme
condition that the front view camera may
not work normally. In this case, the
electronic control suspension function
operates without the preview function in
accordance with vehicle movement.
Launch Control
The Launch Control system controls the
vehicle to help reduce wheel spin or slip
on a hard acceleration from a standing
start.
Prerequisite for Activation
The Launch Control gets ready to be
activated, when the following prereq-
uisites are satisfied.
• The engine is warmed up.
• Malfunction warning lights related to
the engine and ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) are off.
CAUTION
For safety purposes, check the following
conditions before using Launch control.
• The driver's seat belt is fastened.
• All doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• Align the steering wheel straight.
Launch Control Activation
To activate Launch Control:
1. Select SPORT or SPORT+ mode using
the drive mode selection switch. SPORT
or SPORT+ indicator will illuminate on
the instrument cluster LCD display.
2. Turn off ESC by pressing the ESC OFF
button for more than 3 seconds. The
ESC OFF indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
3. Shift to the D (Drive) position.
JK1_en_US.book Page 45
6-46
Driving Your Vehicle
OJK060047L
4. Depress the brake pedal firmly with
your left foot, while depressing the
accelerator pedal down fully with your
right foot. Then, the engine RPM will
reach an optimized level.
The message ‘Launch Control Ready’
will appear on the instrument cluster
LCD display.
5. Within 4 seconds, a smooth and quick
release of the brake pedal, while
maintaining full depression of the
accelerator pedal will initiate launching
of the vehicle.
OJK060048L
6.During vehicle launching, continue to
depress the accelerator pedal to keep
the Launch Control system active until
desired duration.
The message ‘Launch Control Active’
will appear on the cluster LCD display.
To deactivate (end) Launch Control,
release the accelerator pedal.
Information
Launch Control is available again after
cooling down by driving the vehicle for at
least 3 minutes.
CAUTION
• Launch Control system is intended for
use at a closed race track and not
intended for use on public roads. It will
not compensate for driver's who are
inexperienced or lack familiarity with
the race track.
• Do not use Launch Control during
break-in period of the vehicle.
NOTICE
Constant use of Launch Control can put
enormous stress on the vehicle resulting
in premature wear of related
components.
JK1_en_US.book Page 46
6
6-47
Limited Use of Launch Control
OJK061091N
Transmission temperature too high.
Launch control not available
A warning message will pop up on the
cluster LCD display if the transmission
fluid temperature is above a certain level
while using Launch Control. Also, Launch
Control will be automatically deactivated.
If this occurs, the driver should cool down
the transmission fluid temperature by
driving the vehicle at a constant speed
over 37 mph (60 km/h).
if equipped
Idle Stop and Go (ISG)
Idle Stop and Go helps reduce fuel
consumption by automatically shutting
down the engine, when the vehicle is at a
standstill (for example, red stop light,
stop sign, and traffic jam) subject to
certain prerequisite conditions being
satisfied as listed below.
The engine is automatically started upon
satisfying the starting conditions.
ISG system is always active, when the
engine is running.
Information
When the engine is automatically
stopped by ISG system, warning lights
(for example, ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS,
and parking brake warning light) may
illuminate for a few seconds due to low
battery voltage.
However, it does not indicate a
malfunction with ISG system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 47
6-48
Driving Your Vehicle
ISG System Operation
Prerequisite for activation
ISG system operates in the following
situations.
• The driver's seatbelt is fastened
• The driver's door and hood are closed
• The brake vacuum pressure is adequate
• The battery sensor is activated and the
battery is sufficiently charged
• Outside temperature is not too low or
too high
• The vehicle is driven over a constant
speed and stops
• The climate control system satisfies the
conditions
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
• ISG related parts are working properly
• The incline is gradual
• The steering wheel is turned less than
180 degrees and then the vehicle stops
• The drive mode is not set to SPORT+ or
multi terrain mode
Information
ISG system is not activated, when the
prerequisites to activate the ISG system
are unsatisfied.
Auto stop
When ISG is on the engine will be stopped
automatically when both of the following
occurs:
1. Vehicle speed decreases to 0 mph (0
km/h) full stop condition.
2. Brake pedal is depressed and gear is in
D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The Auto Stop ( ) indicator illuminates
in green on the instrument cluster, when
the engine stops.
Information
Idle stop cannot reoccur again until the
vehicle speed goes above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and then returns again to the automatic
stop conditions as previously mentioned.
In the Auto Stop mode, if the engine hood
is opened, ISG system will be deactivated.
When the system is deactivated, the ISG
off button indicator will illuminate and a
message ‘Auto Stop error. Shift to P or N
to start engine manually’ appears on the
cluster LCD display with a warning sound.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal and
restart the engine manually.
Auto start
When the engine stops automatically by
ISG, the engine will restart if one of the
following is done.
• Release the brake pedal.
• When Auto Hold is activated, take your
foot off the brake pedal and then
depress the accelerator pedal.
• While depressing the brake pedal, shift
the gear from N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to
R (Reverse) or P (Park).
• While depressing the brake pedal, shift
the gear from N (Neutral) to D (Drive).
JK1_en_US.book Page 48
6
6-49
LCD display messages
The messages are displayed on the
instrument cluster to help use ISG
system.
OJK060068L
Auto stop error. Shift to P or N to start
engine manually
When the system is deactivated, the ISG
off button indicator will illuminate and a
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display with a warning sound in the
following situations.
• When the engine hood is opened.
• When ISG system is not working
normally.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal and
restart the engine manually. For your
safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park)
position.
OJK060043
AUTO STOP elapsed time
AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by the Idle Stop and
Go system.
You may check AUTO STOP elapsed time
in the Utility view on the instrument
cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in chapter
4.
ISG System Off
OJK060016L
Press the ISG OFF button to turn off ISG
system. The ISG OFF button indicator will
illuminate. To use the system, press the
ISG OFF button again.
JK1_en_US.book Page 49
6-50
Driving Your Vehicle
Forced to Restart Engine
The engine is automatically restarted in
the following situations.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low
• The engine has stopped for about 5
minutes
• The air conditioning is ON with the fan
speed set to a certain high level
• The front defroster is ON
• The battery is weak
• The cooling and heating performance
of the climate control system is
unsatisfactory
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or R
(Reverse)
• The door is opened or the seatbelt is
unfastened
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto
Hold is activated
The Auto Stop ( ) indicator blinks in
green for 5 seconds on the instrument
cluster when the engine is restarted.
WARNING
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode, the
engine may restart without the driver
taking any action. Before leaving the
vehicle or working on the engine
compartment, turn off the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
ISG Malfunction
ISG system may not operate when there is
a malfunction with the ISG sensors or ISG
system.
The following will occur, when there is a
malfunction with the ISG system:
• The Auto Stop ( ) indicator will
illuminate in yellow on the instrument
cluster.
• The light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG system will not operate
immediately. If you want to use the
system, the battery sensor needs to be
calibrated following the below procedure.
OJX1069041L
[A] Battery sensor
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect all electronic devices that
were additionally installed after the
vehicle was delivered, such as
navigation, dashcam, etc.
3. After 4 hours with the engine off, turn
the engine on and off 3 to 4 times.
JK1_en_US.book Page 50
6
6-51
Information
The ISG system may not operate in the
following situations.
• There is a malfunction with the ISG
system.
• The battery is weak.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
• Use only a genuine Genesis ISG battery
for replacement. If not, the ISG system
may not properly operate.
• Do not recharge the ISG battery with a
general battery charger. It may damage
or explode the ISG battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap. The
battery electrolyte, which is harmful to
the human body, may leak out.
if equipped
Coasting
When certain conditions are met, the
engine is automatically decoupled from
the transmission while gear remains in D
(Drive). When Coasting is operating, the
engine stays at idling speed to reduce fuel
consumption and increase coasting
distance.
Coasting Setting
OJK060017L
• The Coasting function must be turned
ON from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
- Setup > Vehicle > Drive Mode >
Coasting
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
• When Coasting is turned ON and the
conditions are met, the function
operates with a ‘Coasting’ message
illuminated on the instrument cluster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 51
6-52
Driving Your Vehicle
Coasting Operating
Conditions
Coasting function will operate when the
accelerator pedal is depressed and
released under the following conditions.
• The battery should be fully charged
(State of Charge = 75% or higher).
• ECO is selected for driving mode
• ECO or Smart is selected for Powertrain
in the CUSTOM menu (if equipped)
from the infotainment system. If Smart
is selected, driver acceleration should
be mild
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• Smart Cruise Control button is OFF
• Smart Cruise function is in standby
• The accelerator or brake pedal is not
depressed
• The vehicle’s speed is within 30~100
mph (50~160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is within -5~+5%
range
Information
• If the front radar for Smart Cruise
Control cannot operate normally, the
inter-vehicle distance and relative
speed condition are automatically
ignored.
• The Coasting function works after the
engine is turned on, the transmission is
warmed up, and the engine sensor
self-diagnosis is completed.
• Depending on the driving situation,
Coasting operation may be temporarily
delayed even if the above conditions
are met.
Coasting Release Conditions
The Coasting function will be
automatically released when the
following conditions are met.
• COMFORT, SPORT, or SPORT+ mode is
selected for driving mode
• The driver uses the paddle shifter
• Smart Cruise Control is activated (Set
speed appears on the cluster)
• The vehicle’s speed exceeds 30~100
mph (50~160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is under -5% or over
+5%
• If the distance between the vehicle
ahead is too close or the relative speed
changes momentarily in Smart mode
• If lane change is predicated in Smart
mode (for example, the turn signal is
turned ON or a LKA warning appears
due to steering wheel control, etc.)
Information
It is recommended to turn off the
Coasting function if you are driving under
frequently stop-and-go condition.
Change the drive mode to Comfort or
Sport or deselect Coasting from the
infotainment system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 52
6
6-53
NOTICE
• If the accelerator pedal is pressed
quickly for accelerating with the
Coasting function in operation,
acceleration may occur after the
engagement of the clutch inside the
transmission. In turn, the driver may
continue to feel acceleration even after
the system is turned off.
• Driving with the Coasting function off
may be required in some cases since
the engine brake is not applied while
the Coasting function is operating.
• Operating the infotainment system to
activate or deactivate the Coasting
function while driving may be
dangerous as the driver’s attention is
distracted.
Drive Mode Integrated
Control System
OJK060018
Drive mode may be selected according to
the driver's preference or road condition.
Drive Mode
The mode changes whenever the driver
pushes the DRIVE MODE switch up or
down.
if equipped
SNOW mode
WDH-203
SNOW mode offers special traction
tuning for snow optimizing available
traction in adverse conditions. Snow
mode adjusts the left and right wheel slip
control, engine torque, and shift patterns
according to available traction levels.
• When the SNOW mode is selected, the
SNOW indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SNOW mode is
desired, re-select SNOW mode.
612:
JK1_en_US.book Page 53
6-54
Driving Your Vehicle
ECO mode
btn_WIK-209
ECO mode helps improve fuel efficiency
for eco-friendly driving.
Fuel efficiency varies according to the
driver's driving habit and road condition.
• When ECO mode is selected, the ECO
indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• When ECO mode is activated:
- The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
- The air conditioner performance may
be limited.
- The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
- Engine noise may be louder at some
automatic transmission shifts as
down-shift requires pressing down
more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is
activated to help improve fuel
efficiency.
Limitations of ECO mode
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though there is
no change in the ECO indicator.
• When coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine
performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle in manual
shift mode using the paddle shifter.
The system will be limited according to
the shift location.
COMFORT mode
COMFORT mode provides smooth driving
and comfortable riding.
SPORT mode
btn_WIK-208
SPORT mode provides sporty but firm
riding.
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
• When SPORT mode is selected, the
SPORT indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
JK1_en_US.book Page 54
6
6-55
if equipped
SPORT+ mode
btn_WIK-212
SPORT+ mode provides sporty but firm
riding.
In SPORT+ mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
• When SPORT+ mode is selected, the
SPORT+ indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT+ mode is
desired, re-select SPORT+ mode.
• When SPORT+ mode is activated:
- RPM increase while idling
- The engine RPM will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
- ESC OFF state 1 will be automatically
set
NOTICE
• In SPORT or SPORT+ mode, the fuel
efficiency may decrease.
• ISG and Smart Cruise Control are
deactivated in SPORT+ mode.
if equipped
CUSTOM mode
btn_WIK-210
In CUSTOM mode, the driver can select
separate modes for each items in the
infotainment system.
• Powertrain
Standard model:
ECO/Comfort/Sport/Smart
Sport model:
ECO/Comfort/Sport/Sport +/Smart
• Steering wheel: Comfort/Sport
• Suspension: Comfort/Sport
(if equipped with ECS)
• AWD: ECO/Comfort/Sport (if equipped
with AWD system)
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
• When CUSTOM mode is selected, the
CUSTOM indicator will illuminate on
the instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If CUSTOM mode is
desired, re-select CUSTOM mode.
JK1_en_US.book Page 55
6-56
Driving Your Vehicle
Active Sound Design
• Active Sound Design is a function that
provides enhanced virtual engine
sound when the driver is depressing the
accelerator pedal.
• You can activate or deactivate Active
Sound Design function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
- Setup > Vehicle > Active Sound
Design > Strong/Normal/Soft/Off,
or
- Setup > Sound > Active Sound
Design > Strong/Normal/Soft/Off
• Any unauthorized replacement of the
vehicle’s speaker and amplifier may
cause Active Sound Design to
malfunction.
Special Driving
Conditions
Hazardous Driving Conditions
When hazardous driving elements are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud and sand, take the following
precautions:
• Drive cautiously and maintain a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,
mud, or sand, use second gear.
Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary
wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other
non-slip materials under the wheels to
provide additional traction while the
vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or
mud.
WARNING
Using the paddle shifters to downshift to
a lower gear while driving on slippery
surfaces can cause an accident. The
sudden change in tire speed could cause
the tires to skid. Be careful when
downshifting on slippery surfaces.
JK1_en_US.book Page 56
6
6-57
Rocking the Vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free
it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the
steering wheel right and left to clear the
area around your front wheels. Then, shift
back and forth between R (Reverse) and a
forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal while the transmission
is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
forward and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel
spin occurs, the temperature in the tires
can increase very quickly. If the tires
become damaged, a tire blow out or tire
explosion can occur. This condition is
dangerous - you and others may be
injured. Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly
causing an engine compartment fire or
other damage. Try to avoid spinning the
wheels as much as possible to prevent
overheating of either the tires or the
engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin
the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).
Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the
vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage to
the transmission, and tire damage. See
“Towing” section in chapter 8.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration.
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards than
driving in the daylight. Here are some
important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may not
be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other drivers’ headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlights will make it much
more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You could be
temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to
readjust to the darkness.
JK1_en_US.book Page 57
6-58
Driving Your Vehicle
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or on
slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
distance. A heavy rainfall makes it
harder to see and increases the
distance needed to stop your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if
equipped)
• Replace your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough tread. If
your tires do not have enough tread,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to an
accident. See “Tire Replacement”
section in chapter 9.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be wet,
apply them lightly while driving until
normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may have
little or no contact with the road surface
and actually ride on the water. The best
advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is
wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the
depth of tire tread decreases, refer to
“Tire Replacement” section in chapter 9.
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no higher
than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive
through any water slowly. Allow adequate
stopping distance because brake
performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or damage
the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires,
which may reduce traction or fail the
braking operation.
Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified
on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway
consumes more fuel and is less efficient
than driving at a slower, more moderate
speed. Maintain a moderate speed in
order to conserve fuel when driving on
the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant
level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
JK1_en_US.book Page 58
6
6-59
Reducing the Risk of a
Rollover
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
SUV’s have higher ground clearance and
a narrower track to make them capable of
performing in a wide variety of off-road
applications. The specific design
characteristics give them a higher center
of gravity than ordinary vehicles making
them more likely to roll over if you make
abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. Due to this risk,
driver and passengers are strongly
recommended to buckle their seat belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can make to
reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with
heavy cargo on the roof, and never
modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you
would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
maneuvers.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way
that you would raise the center of
gravity.
• Keep tires properly inflated.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
WARNING
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. Make sure all
passengers are wearing their seat belts.
JK1_en_US.book Page 59
Driving Your Vehicle
6-60
Winter Driving
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems.
To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause
the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire
chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include
tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper
cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle’s standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
We recommend that you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F (7°C).
Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for your vehicle.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same Inflation pressure as
the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s handling
in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as
high as your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum
speed recommendations.
Standard tire Recommended snow tire
Tire size Wheel size Tire size Wheel size
235/55R19 8.0J X 19
235/55R19 8.0J X 19
255/40R21 9.0J X 21
255/40R21 9.0J X 21
235/55R19 8.0J X 19
255/40R21 9.0J X 21
JK1_en_US.book Page 60
6
6-61
if equipped
Summer tires
• Summer tires are used to maximize the
driving performance on dry roads.
• If the temperature is below 44.6°F or
you are driving on snowy or icy roads,
the summer tires lose their brake
performance and traction as the tire
grip weakens significantly.
• If the temperature is below 44.6°F or
you are driving on snowy or icy roads,
mount snow tires or all-season tires of
the same size with your vehicle’s
standard tire for safe driving. Both
snow and all-season tires have M+S
markings.
• When using the M+S tires, use tires with
the same tread produced by the same
manufacturer for safe driving.
• When driving with the M+S tires with
the lower maximum allowable speed
than that of the vehicle’s standard
summer tire, be careful not to exceed
the speed allowed for the M+S tires.
Tire chains
OJK061046N
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner than other types of tires, they may
be damaged by mounting some types of
tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of
snow tires is recommended instead of tire
chains. If tire chains must be used, use
genuine Genesis/Hyundai parts and
install the tire chain after reviewing the
instructions provided with the tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not covered by
your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
Information
• Install tire chains only in pairs and on
the rear tires. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tires will
provide a greater driving force, but will
not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without first
checking local and municipal
regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
JK1_en_US.book Page 61
6-62
Driving Your Vehicle
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the
chain manufacturer’s recommended
speed limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes,
sharp turns, and other road hazards,
which may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
braking.
Chain Installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions and mount
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until the noise stops. Remove
the tire chains as soon as you begin
driving on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park the
vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency
warning device behind the vehicle (if
available). Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow
chains.
NOTICE
When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, body
and wheels.
• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten the
chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles
(0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If
unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 in. (12
mm) thick to prevent damage to the
chain’s connection.
JK1_en_US.book Page 62
6
6-63
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality
ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system,
lubricates the water pump and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in chapter 9.
Before winter, have your coolant tested to
assure that its freezing point is sufficient
for the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter temperatures affect battery
performance. Inspect the battery and
cables, as specified in chapter 9. The
battery charging level can be checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or in a service station.
Change to “winter weight” oil if
necessary
In some regions during winter, it is
recommended to use the “winter weight”
oil with lower viscosity In addition,
replace the engine oil and filter if it is
close to the next maintenance interval.
Fresh engine oil ensures optimum engine
operation during the winter months. For
further information, refer to chapter 2.
When you are not sure about a type of
winter weight oil, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in
chapter 9. If necessary, replace them.
Also check all ignition wirings and
components for any cracks, wear-out,
and damage.
To prevent locks from freezing
To prevent the locks from being frozen,
spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin
into key holes. When a lock opening is
already covered with ice, spray approved
de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it.
When an internal part of a lock freezes, try
to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully use
the heated key to avoid an injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze solution in system
To prevent the window washer from
being frozen, add authorized window
washer anti-freeze solution, as specified
on the window washer container.
Window washer anti-freeze solution is
available from an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products, and most
vehicle accessory outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of
anti-freeze solution, to prevent any
damage to the vehicle paint.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position.
This is most likely to happen when there is
an accumulation of snow or ice around or
near the rear brakes or if the brakes are
wet. When there is the risk that your
parking brake may freeze, temporarily
apply it with the gear in P (Park). Also,
block the rear wheels in advance, so the
vehicle may not roll. Then, release the
parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice can
build up under the fenders and interfere
with the steering. When driving in such
conditions during the severe winter, you
should check underneath the vehicle on a
regular basis, to ensure that the front
wheels and the steering components is
unblocked.
JK1_en_US.book Page 63
6-64
Driving Your Vehicle
Carry emergency equipment
In accordance with weather conditions,
you should carry appropriate emergency
equipment, while driving. Some of the
items you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials in the
engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the engine
compartment may cause an engine
failure or combustion, because they may
block the engine cooling. Such damage
will not be covered by the manufacturer’s
warranty.
Drive your vehicle when water vapor
condenses and accumulates inside the
exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter while the engine is running,
water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
Trailer Towing
If you are considering to tow with your
vehicle, you should first check with your
state's Department of Motor Vehicles to
determine legal requirements. Since laws
vary from state to state the requirements
for towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for further details before towing.
Remember that trailering is different than
just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling,
durability, and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering requires correct
equipment, and it has to be used
properly. Damage to your vehicle caused
by improper trailer towing is not covered
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
This section contains many time-tested,
important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your
safety and that of your passengers. Please
read this section carefully before you pull
a trailer.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• If you don’t use the correct equipment
and/or drive improperly, you can lose
control of the vehicle when you are
pulling a trailer. For example, if the
trailer is too heavy, the braking
performance may be reduced. You and
your passengers could be seriously or
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you
have followed all the steps in this
section.
• Before towing, make sure the total
trailer weight, GCW (Gross
Combination Weight), GVW (Gross
Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle
Weight) and trailer tongue load are all
within the limits.
• When you tow a trailer, make sure to
turn off the Idle Stop and Go system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 64
6
6-65
If You Decide to Pull a Trailer?
Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You can
ask a trailer hitch dealer about sway
control.
• Do not do any towing with your vehicle
during its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in
order to allow the engine to properly
break in. Failure to heed this caution
may result in serious engine or
transmission damage.
• When towing a trailer, be sure to
consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for further
information on additional requirements
such as a towing kit, etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at posted
towing speed limit.
• Carefully observe the weight and load
limits provided in the following pages.
• When towing a trailer, be sure to
disable Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist. If towing
and going in reverse the system will
activate as it detects the trailer. Also,
before towing a trailer disable all
Driving Assistance systems as
precaution such as Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist, Lane
Keeping Assist, Smart Cruise Control
and others.
Trailer weight
Tongue Load/Total Trailer Weight
OOSH069129L
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes. But even that can be too heavy. It
depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and how
often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special
equipment that you have on your vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 65
6-66
Driving Your Vehicle
Tongue load
Gross Axle Weight/Gross Vehicle Weight
OOSH069130L
The tongue load is an important weight to
measure because it affects the total Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehicle.
The trailer tongue should weigh a
minimum of 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight, within the limits of the maximum
(15%) trailer tongue load permissible.
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue, separately, to
see if the weights are proper. If they
aren’t, you may be able to correct them
simply by moving some items around in
the trailer.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Never load a trailer with more weight in
the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
equipment. Improper loading can
result in damage to your vehicle and/or
personal injury. Check weights and
loading at a commercial scale or
highway patrol office equipped with
scales.
Reference weight and distance
when towing a trailer
*1 Tongue weight should be between allowable
10-15%
Trailer Towing Equipment
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few
reasons why you’ll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
• Do you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install a
trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to
seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch. If you don’t seal them, carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can
get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and
water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch that does not
attach to the bumper.
• A Genesis Branded Vehicle trailer hitch
accessory is available at an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
ltem
With
trailer
package
Maximum trailer
weight
Ibs. (kg)
With
brake
system
3500
(1588)
Without
brake
system
1653 (750)
Maximum tongue weight
*1
Ibs. (kg)
351 (159)
JK1_en_US.book Page 66
6
6-67
Safety chains
You should always attach chains between
your vehicle and your trailer.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or
trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendation for
attaching safety chains. Always leave just
enough slack so you can turn with your
trailer. And, never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to your
country’s regulations and that it is
properly installed and operating
correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer
brakes loaded, then it needs its own
brakes and they must be adequate. Be
sure to read and follow the instructions
for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to
install, adjust and maintain them
properly. Be sure not to modify your
vehicle’s brake system.
WARNING
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes
unless you are absolutely certain that you
have properly set up the brake system.
This is not a task for amateurs. Use an
experienced, competent trailer shop for
this work.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount
of experience. Before setting out for the
open road, you must get to know your
trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
handling and braking with the added
weight of the trailer. And always keep in
mind that the vehicle you are driving is
now longer and not nearly as responsive
as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.
During your trip, occasionally check to be
sure that the load is secure, and that the
lights and trailer brakes are still working.
Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when driving
your vehicle without a trailer. This can
help you avoid situations that require
heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You will need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to
your lane.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, move your hand to the left. To
move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly
and, if possible, have someone guide you.
JK1_en_US.book Page 67
6-68
Driving Your Vehicle
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
Turn signals
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has
to have a different turn signal flasher and
extra wiring. The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you
signal a turn or lane change. Properly
connected, the trailer lights will also flash
to alert other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signals when,
in fact, they are not. It’s important to
check frequently to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working. You must also
check the lights every time you
disconnect and then reconnect the wires.
WARNING
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle’s lighting system.
Use an approved trailer wiring harness.
Failure to do so could result in damage to
the vehicle electrical system and/or
personal injury. Consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
Driving on hills
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start down a long or steep
downgrade. If you don’t shift to a lower
gear, you may have to use your brakes
excessively and they would overheat and
may not operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift to a lower
gear and reduce your speed to around 45
mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of
engine and transmission overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer
brakes and you have an automatic
transmission, you should drive in D
(Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when
towing a trailer will minimize heat
build-up and extend the life of your
transmission.
NOTICE
To prevent engine and/or transmission
overheating:
• When towing a trailer on steep grades
(in excess of 6%) pay close attention to
the engine coolant temperature gauge
to ensure the engine does not overheat.
If the needle of the coolant
temperature gauge moves towards “H”
(HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so, and allow the engine to
idle until it cools down. You may
proceed once the engine has cooled
sufficiently.
• When towing a trailer, your vehicle
speed may be much slower than the
general flow of traffic, especially when
climbing an uphill grade. Use the right
hand lane when towing a trailer on an
uphill grade. Choose your vehicle
speed according to the maximum
posted speed limit for vehicles with
trailers, the steepness of the grade, and
your trailer weight.
JK1_en_US.book Page 68
6
6-69
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer attached to
your vehicle, you should not park your
vehicle on a hill.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
Turn the steering wheel in the direction
of the curb (right if headed down hill,
left if headed up hill).
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake and shut off the
vehicle.
4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels.
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
6.Reapply the brakes and parking brakes.
7. Shift the gear to P (Park) when the
vehicle is parked on a uphill grade and
in R (Reverse) on a downhill.
8.Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.
WARNING
To prevent serious or fatal injury:
• Do not get out of the vehicle without
the parking brake firmly set. If you have
left the engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You and others could
be seriously or fatally injured.
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal to
hold the vehicle on an uphill.
Driving the vehicle after it has been
parked on a hill
1. With the gear in P (Park), apply your
brakes and hold the brake pedal down
while you:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake
pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance When Towing a
Trailer
Your vehicle will need service more often
when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil,
transmission fluid, axle lubricant and
cooling system fluid. Brake condition is
another important item to frequently
check. If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea
to review these items before you start
your trip. Don’t forget to also maintain
your trailer and hitch. Follow the
maintenance schedule that accompanied
your trailer and check it periodically.
Preferably, conduct the check at the start
of each day’s driving. Most importantly,
all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight.
JK1_en_US.book Page 69
6-70
Driving Your Vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent vehicle damage:
• Due to higher load during trailer usage,
overheating might occur on hot days or
during uphill driving. If the coolant
gauge indicates over-heating, switch
off the air conditioner and stop the
vehicle in a safe area to cool down the
engine.
• Do not switch off the engine while the
coolant gauge indicates over-heating.
(Keep the engine idle to cool down the
engine)
• When towing check transmission fluid
more frequently.
Vehicle Load Limit
Two labels on your driver’s door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the following
terms for determining your vehicle’s
weight ratings, from the vehicle’s
specifications and the Certification
Label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket
equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
JK1_en_US.book Page 70
6
6-71
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
The Loading Information
Label
19 inch/Type A
OJK061085N
19 inch/Type B
OJK061087N
19 inch/Type C
OJK061088N
JK1_en_US.book Page 71
6-72
Driving Your Vehicle
21 inch/Type A
OJK061086N
21 inch/Type B
OJK061089N
21 inch/Type C
OJK061090N
The label located on the driver’s door
sill gives the original tire size, cold tire
pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight
2.5 T-GDI: 1,019 lbs. (462 kg)
3.5 T-GDI: 953 lbs. (432 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your vehicle
is equipped with a trailer, the
combined weight includes the
tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2
persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
With trailer brakes: 3,500 lbs. (1,588
kg)
Without trailer brakes: 1,653 lbs. (750
kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
JK1_en_US.book Page 72
6
6-73
Steps for determining correct load
limit
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
placard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from XXX
lbs. or XXX kg.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the "XXX" amount
equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650
lbs.)
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit, including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry. Overloading
can shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded,
parts on the vehicle can be broken,
and it can change the handling of
your vehicle. These could cause you
to lose control and result in an
accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 73
6-74
Driving Your Vehicle
Example 1
mark_Vehicle_Capacity
≥
mark_OLMB083010_2
+
mark_Weight
Maximum
Load (1400
lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Example 2
mark_Vehicle_Capacity
≥
mark_OLMB083010
+
mark_Weight
Maximum
Load (1400
lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Example 3
mark_Vehicle_Capacity
≥
mark_OLMB083010
+
mark_Weight
Maximum
Load (1400
lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
JK1_en_US.book Page 74
6
6-75
Certification label
Table_OBH059070
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center
pillar and shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum
weight that can be supported by the
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
ratings can affect your vehicle's
handling and braking ability, and
cause an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause
heat buildup in your vehicle's tires
and possible tire failure, increased
stopping distances and poor
vehicle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be
covered by your warranty. Do not
overload your vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 75
6-76
Driving Your Vehicle
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle
(for example, suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else), they are
moving as fast as the vehicle. If you
have to stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they strike
the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of your
vehicle. Try to spread the weight
evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle above the tops of
the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside
the vehicle, secure it.
JK1_en_US.book Page 76
7
7. Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance System Notice ................................................................................... 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) .................................................................... 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings ............................................................ 7-8
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation .........................................................7-11
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations.........................7-20
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)............................................................................................. 7-29
Lane Keeping Assist Settings .................................................................................... 7-29
Lane Keeping Assist Operation..................................................................................7-31
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations .................................................. 7-33
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) .............................................................. 7-35
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings....................................................... 7-38
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation....................................................7-40
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations...................... 7-44
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)..................................................................................................... 7-48
Safe Exit Assist settings............................................................................................. 7-49
Safe Exit Assist Operation ......................................................................................... 7-50
Safe Exit Assist Malfunction and Limitations........................................................... 7-52
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)............................................................................... 7-54
Manual Speed Limit Assist Operation ...................................................................... 7-54
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) ............................................................................ 7-58
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Settings..................................................................... 7-58
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation .................................................................. 7-59
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Malfunction and Limitations ....................................7-61
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) .................................................................................. 7-63
Driver Attention Warning settings ............................................................................ 7-64
Driver Attention Warning operation ......................................................................... 7-65
Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations .......................................... 7-67
Forward Attention Warning (FAW) ............................................................................... 7-70
Forward Attention Warning settings ........................................................................ 7-70
Forward Attention Warning Operation...................................................................... 7-71
Forward Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations .......................................7-72
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ................................................................................... 7-74
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings............................................................................. 7-75
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation.......................................................................... 7-75
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction...................................................................... 7-76
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
7
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)...........................................................................................7-76
Smart Cruise Control Settings ................................................................................... 7-77
Smart Cruise Control Operation............................................................................... 7-84
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations ................................................. 7-90
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC).........................................................7-95
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Settings................................................... 7-96
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Operation................................................ 7-96
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control ......................................... 7-99
Lane Following Assist (LFA)......................................................................................... 7-102
Lane Following Assist Settings ................................................................................ 7-103
Lane Following Assist Operation............................................................................. 7-104
Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations .............................................. 7-106
Highway Driving Assist (HDA).....................................................................................7-106
Highway Driving Assist Settings..............................................................................7-108
Highway Driving Assist Operation .......................................................................... 7-109
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations ............................................. 7-116
Rear View Monitor (RVM).............................................................................................7-118
Rear View Monitor Settings ......................................................................................7-119
Rear View Monitor Operation...................................................................................7-119
Rear View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations ................................................... 7-120
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ..................................................................................... 7-121
Surround View Monitor Settings ..............................................................................7-122
Surround View Monitor Operation .......................................................................... 7-124
Surround View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations ............................................7-125
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ............................................. 7-126
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings .........................................7-127
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation ..................................... 7-129
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations ...... 7-132
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)..................................................................7-137
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings .......................................................... 7-138
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation....................................................... 7-138
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and Precautions ....................... 7-139
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .................................................. 7-141
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings ...........................................7-141
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation ....................................... 7-142
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
7
7. Driver Assistance System
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and Precautions ........7-144
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ....................................................7-146
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings ............................................7-146
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation.........................................7-148
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations ..........7-150
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ..........................................................................7-155
Remote Smart Parking Assist Settings .................................................................... 7-157
Remote Smart Parking Assist Operation.................................................................7-158
Remote Smart Parking Assist Malfunction and Limitations .................................. 7-174
Declaration of conformity............................................................................................ 7-179
Front Radar................................................................................................................7-179
Rear Corner Radar ................................................................................................... 7-180
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
7-4
Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance System
Notice
Due to the infotainment software update,
the description of each function of the
driver assistance system may differ from
the owner's manual. In this case, for
detailed information on updates, scan the
QR code in the separately supplied simple
manual.
Forward
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA)
Basic function
OJK070172
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist helps
detect a vehicle, a powered-two wheeler,
a pedestrian, or a cyclist ahead on the
road and may warn you of a possible
collision with a warning message on the
instrument cluster and a warning sound.
Also, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help reduce collision speed or help avoid
a collision.
In addition, if equipped with front corner
radars, when driving at high speeds,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist helps
detect vehicles in front and adjacent
lanes. If a collision is imminent when
changing lanes, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will apply
emergency braking to help prevent a
collision(if equipped).
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
7
7-5
Junction Turning function
OJK071221N
Junction Turning function helps avoid a
collision with an oncoming vehicle in an
adjacent lane when turning left at a
crossroad with the turn signal on by
applying emergency braking.
if equipped
Junction Crossing function
OJK071222N
Junction Crossing function helps avoid a
collision with oncoming vehicles on the
left or right side when crossing an
intersection by applying emergency
braking.
if equipped
Lane-Change Oncoming function
OJX1070258L
[A] Oncoming vehicle
Lane-Change Oncoming function helps
avoid a collision with an oncoming
vehicle when changing lanes by assisting
the driver’s steering.
if equipped
Lane-Change Side function
OJX1070259L
[A] Front-side vehicle
Lane-Change Side function helps avoid a
collision with the vehicle ahead in the
next lane when changing lanes by
assisting the driver’s steering.
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
7-6
Driver Assistance System
if equipped
Evasive Steering Assist function
OJK073155N
• Driver steering assist
Evasive Steering Assist function helps
avoid a collision with a vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist ahead in the same
lane. When a risk of collision is
detected, Evasive Steering Assist
function will warn the driver and if the
driver steers to avoid the collision it will
assist the driver’s steering.
• Evasive steering assist
Evasive Steering Assist function helps
avoid a collision with a pedestrian or
cyclist ahead in the same lane. When a
risk of collision is detected, Evasive
Steering Assist function will warn the
driver and if there is space to avoid
collision in the lane, it will assist the
driver’s steering.
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
OJK071022N
OJK1071247L
(1) Front view camera
(2) Front radar
(3) Front corner radar (if equipped)
(4) Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
7
7-7
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or cause
any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Never install any accessories or stickers
on the front windshield, or tint the front
windshield.
• Always keep the front view camera dry.
• Never place any reflective objects (for
example, white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard.
• Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard, near the front radar
cover.
• Always keep the front radar and cover
clean and free of dirt and debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water
directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
• If the radar or the area around the radar
has been damaged or impacted in any
way, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate even
though a warning message does not
appear on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Use only genuine Genesis parts to
repair or replace a damaged front radar
cover. Do not apply paint to the front
radar cover.
• Vehicles equipped with front corner
radar and/or rear corner radar
- Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker,
film or a bumper guard, near the front
corner radar or rear corner radar.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly when the
bumper has been replaced, or the
surroundings of the front corner
radar or rear corner radar has been
damaged or paint has been applied.
- If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it
may adversely affect the
performance of the rear corner radar
or Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
7-8
Driver Assistance System
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Settings
Setting features
OJK073001N
Forward Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance > Forward Safety’
from the Settings menu to set whether or
not to use each function.
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the
driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking assist or steering
assist (if equipped) will be applied
depending on the collision risk.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the
driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking and steering (if
equipped) will not be assisted. The
driver must apply the brake pedal or
steer the vehicle if necessary.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off.
The warning light illuminates on the
cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist On/Off status
from the Settings menu. If the warning
light remains on when Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is on, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
OJK073200N
if equipped
Forward Cross-Traffic Safety
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Forward Safety > Forward
Cross-Traffic Safety’ from the Settings
menu to turn on Junction Crossing
function and deselect to turn off the
function.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is selected after
the engine is restarted, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings and
drive safely.
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
7
7-9
CAUTION
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking
and steering (if equipped) are not
assisted.
• The settings for Forward Safety include
‘Basic function’, ‘Junction Turning’,
‘Lane-Change Oncoming’,
‘Lane-Change Side’ and ‘Evasive
Steering Assist’ (if equipped).
• If Forward Safety is set to ‘Off’, Junction
Crossing function will not operate even
when ‘Forward Cross-Traffic Safety’ (if
equipped) is selected.
• Steering wheel vibration can be turned
on or off. Select or deselect ‘Driver
Assistance > Haptic Warning’ from the
Settings menu.
• When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
automatically turns off (if equipped). In
this case, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not functional. Always have
your eyes on the road.
Information
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
turn off when ESC is turned off by
pressing and holding the ESC OFF button.
The warning light will illuminate on the
cluster.
OJK073002N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Timing’ from the Settings menu to
change the initial warning activation time
for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
The warning time can be set to either
‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.
• Use ‘Standard’ in normal driving
conditions. If the Warning Timing
seems sensitive, change it to ‘Late’.
• If ‘Late’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist, warns the
driver more slowly.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
• Even though ‘Standard’ is selected for
Warning Timing, if a detected vehicle in
front suddenly stops, the warning may
seem late.
• Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing when
traffic is light and when driving speed is
slow.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
7-10
Driver Assistance System
Type A
OJK073306N
Type B
OJK073300N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set (Type A) or
adjusted (Type B).
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• Even though 0 is selected for Warning
Volume, Warning Volume will not be
turned off but Warning Volume will
sound as 1.
• When Haptic Warning is selected as 0
while Warning Volume is selected as 0,
Warning Volume will activate and be
selected as 2.
• When Warning Volume is selected as 0
while Haptic Warning is selected as 0,
steering wheel vibration will be
selected as 2.
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
7
7-11
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Operation
Basic function
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is to warn and
help control the vehicle depending on the
collision risk level.
OJK070024L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• If a vehicle is detected in front, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~124 mph (10~200
km/h).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in
front, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately 6~53
mph (10~85 km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
OJK070025L
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• If a vehicle is detected in front, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~47 mph (10~75 km/h).
• If a vehicle is detected in front, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~62 mph (10~100
km/h) (if equipped with front corner
radar).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in
front, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately 6~40
mph (10~65 km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with the
vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead.
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
7-12
Driver Assistance System
OJK070026L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Turning function
Warning and control
Junction Turning function will warn and
help control the vehicle depending on the
collision risk level.
OJK070032L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 6~19 mph
(10~30 km/h) and the oncoming vehicle
speed is between approximately 19~44
mph (30~70 km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
7
7-13
OJK070027L
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 6~19 mph
(10~30 km/h) and the oncoming vehicle
speed is between approximately 19~44
mph (30~70 km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with the
oncoming vehicle.
OJK070026L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
7-14
Driver Assistance System
if equipped
Junction Crossing function
Warning and control
Junction Crossing function will warn and
help control the vehicle depending on
collision risk level.
OJK070028L
OJK070029L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 6~19 mph
(10~30 km/h) and the detected
crossing vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~37 mph (10~60 km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ and 'Forward
Cross-Traffic Safety' are selected,
braking may be assisted.
OJK070031L
OJK070030L
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 6~19 mph
(10~30 km/h) and the detected
crossing vehicle speed is between
approximately 6~12 mph (10~20 km/h).
• In an emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent a collision with
the crossing vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
7
7-15
OJK070026L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
CAUTION
If the collision angle with the crossing
vehicle is beyond a certain range,
Junction Crossing function warning and
control may be late or may not operate.
if equipped
Lane-Change Oncoming function
Warning and control
Lane-Change Oncoming function will
warn and help control the vehicle
depending on collision risk level.
OJK070032L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 25~87 mph
(40~145 km/h) and the detected
oncoming vehicle speed is
approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and the relative speed with your vehicle
is approximately below 124 mph (200
km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
7-16
Driver Assistance System
OJK072185C
Emergency Steering
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 25~87 mph
(40~145 km/h) and the detected
oncoming vehicle speed is
approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and the relative speed with your vehicle
is approximately below 124 mph (200
km/h).
• In an emergency steering situation,
steering is assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist to help
prevent a collision with the oncoming
vehicle.
if equipped
Lane-Change Side function
Warning and control
Lane-Change Side function will warn and
help control the vehicle depending on
collision risk level.
OJK070032L
OJK070134L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 25~87 mph
(40~145 km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
7
7-17
OJK070185L
OJK070186L
Emergency Steering
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 25~87 mph
(40~145 km/h).
• In emergency steering situation,
steering is assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist to help
prevent collision with the front-side
vehicle.
if equipped
Evasive Steering Assist function
Warning and control
Evasive Steering Assist function will help
warn and help control the vehicle with
‘Emergency steering’.
OJK070034L
OJK070035L
Emergency Steering (Driver steering
assist)
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
7-18
Driver Assistance System
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 25~53 mph
(40~85 km/h).
• If there is a risk of collision with a
vehicle, pedestrian, or cyclist in front,
the steering will be assisted to help
prevent collision when the driver steers
the vehicle to avoid collision.
OJK070034L
OJK070035L
Emergency Steering (Evasive steering
assist)
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 40~47 mph
(65~75 km/h).
• If there is high risk of collision with a
pedestrian and cyclist in front, and the
vehicle speed to operate emergency
braking has been exceeded, the
steering will be assisted to help prevent
collision when there is space to avoid
collision in the driving lane.
CAUTION
• The steering wheel may turn
automatically when emergency
steering is operating.
• Emergency steering will automatically
cancel when risk factors disappear. The
driver must steer the vehicle.
• Emergency steering may not operate or
may cancel during operation if the
steering wheel is held tight or steered in
the opposite direction.
• When steering is assisted to avoid
collision with a vehicle, pedestrian and
cyclist, Evasive steering assist will be
canceled if a collision with another
vehicle is expected.
• Evasive steering assist may not operate
if space to avoid collision in the driving
lane is insufficient.
Information
For more details on warning messages,
refer to warning messages mentioned in
“Basic function”.
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
7
7-19
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist:
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• With ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’
selected, when ESC is turned off by
pressing and holding the ESC OFF
button, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will turn off automatically. In this
case, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist cannot be set from the Settings
menu and the warning light will
illuminate on the cluster which is
normal. If ESC is turned on by pressing
the ESC OFF button, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will
maintain the last setting.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations and
cannot avoid all collisions.
• The driver has the responsibility to
control the vehicle. Do not solely
depend on Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
animal, objects, etc. It may cause
serious injury or death.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver depresses
the brake pedal to avoid a collision.
• Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may warn
the driver late or may not warn the
driver.
• During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
• If any other system’s warning message
is displayed or audible warning is
generated, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if
the surroundings are noisy.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may turn off or may not operate
properly or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
WARNING
• Even if there is a problem with Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle’s basic braking will function
normally.
• During emergency braking, braking
control by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will automatically cancel when
the driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal or sharply steers the
vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
7-20
Driver Assistance System
CAUTION
• Depending on the condition of the
vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist in front
and the surroundings, the speed range
to operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may reduce.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may only warn the driver, or it may not
operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate under certain conditions by
judging the risk level based on the
condition of the oncoming vehicle,
driving direction, speed and
surroundings.
• When a collision with a surrounding
vehicle is expected, Lane-Change
Oncoming, Lane-Change Side and
Evasive Steering Assist functions will
only warn the driver (if equipped).
Information
• In a situation where a collision is
imminent, braking may be assisted by
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
when braking is insufficient by the
driver.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
OTM070094N
When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
is not working properly, the ‘Check
Forward Safety system’ warning message
will appear, and the and warning
lights will illuminate on the cluster. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
7
7-21
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
disabled
OJX1079005L
OJX1079212L
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, front radar
cover, bumper or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, it
can reduce the detecting performance
and temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the ‘Forward Safety system
disabled. Camera obscured’ or the
‘Forward Safety system disabled. Radar
blocked’ warning message, and the
and warning lights will illuminate on
the cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate normally when snow, rain or
foreign material is removed.
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate normally after
obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed (including trailer,
carrier, etc., from the rear bumper), have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
• Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain), where any
substance are not detected after
turning ON the engine.
Limitations of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• The temperature around the front view
camera is high or low due to
surrounding environment
• The camera lens is contaminated due to
tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or
the wiper is on
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
7-22
Driver Assistance System
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• Your vehicle is being towed
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as in
a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist is detected
• The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with an unusually shaped
luggage, trailer, etc.
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights, tail
lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lights are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is small or
the vehicle does not look normal, such
as when the vehicle is tilted,
overturned, or the side of the vehicle is
visible, etc.
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
suddenly cuts in front
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar is
out of position
• The temperature around the front radar
is high or low
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very well
on the front radar, such as a guardrail,
nearby vehicle, etc.
• The cyclist in front is on a bicycle made
of material that does not reflect on the
front radar
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly blocked
by an obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or slow
• The vehicle in front steers in the
opposite direction of your vehicle to
avoid a collision
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• You are departing or returning to the
lane
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
• The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected, for example, if the pedestrian
is leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect as a pedestrian or
cyclist
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
7
7-23
OADAS044
The illustration above shows the image
the front view camera and front radar are
capable of detecting as a vehicle,
pedestrian and cyclist.
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is short
or is posing a low posture
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving intersected with the driving
direction
• There is a group of pedestrians, cyclists
or a large crowd in front
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similar shaped
structure in the surroundings
• You are driving by a pedestrian, cyclist,
traffic sign, structure, etc., near the
intersection
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a tollbooth,
construction area, unpaved road,
partial paved road, uneven road, speed
bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved road,
etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees or
streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as driving
in an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
Junction Crossing, Lane-Change
Oncoming, Lane-Change Side, Evasive
if equipped
Steering Assist function
• The temperature around the front
corner radar or rear corner radar is high
or low
• A trailer or carrier is installed around the
rear corner radar
• The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt,
etc.
• The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is covered
with objects, such as a bumper sticker,
bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
• The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is impacted,
damaged or the radar is out of position
• The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is blocked by other vehicles, walls
or pillars
• Driving on a highway ramp
• Driving on a road where the guardrail or
wall is in double structure
JK1_en_US.book Page 23
7-24
Driver Assistance System
• A vehicle drives very close behind your
vehicle, or a vehicle passes by your
vehicle in close proximity
• The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
• Your vehicle passes by another vehicle
• Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and has
accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves two
lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
lane next to you
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A large vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
• A small moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
• The lane is difficult to see due to foreign
material, such as rain, snow, dust, sand,
oil and water puddles
• The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road
• There are markings on the road near the
lane or the markings on the road that
looks similar to the lane markings
• A shadow is casted on the lane marking
by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise
barriers, etc.
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
• There are more than two lane markings
on the road
• The lane markings are complicated or a
structure substitutes for the lines, such
as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as zigzag
lanes, crosswalk markings and road
signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection
• The lane is very wide or narrow
• There is a curb or road edges without a
lane
• The vehicle in front is driving with one
side on the lane marking
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely close
JK1_en_US.book Page 24
7
7-25
WARNING
• Driving on a curved road
OADAS014
OADAS016
OADAS018
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles,
pedestrians or cyclists in front of you
when driving on curved roads adversely
affecting the performance of the
sensors. This may result in no warning,
braking assist or steering assist (if
equipped) when necessary.
When driving on a curved road, you
must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer the vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
OADAS015
OADAS017
OADAS019
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect a vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist in the next lane or outside the
lane when driving on a curved road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 25
7-26
Driver Assistance System
If this occurs, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake or steering wheel (if
equipped). Always check the traffic
conditions around the vehicle.
• Driving on an inclined road
OADAS012
OADAS010
OADAS011
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles,
pedestrians or cyclists in front of you
while driving uphill or downhill
adversely affecting the performance of
the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warning,
braking assist or steering assist (if
equipped), or no warning, braking
assist or steering assist (if equipped)
when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
JK1_en_US.book Page 26
7
7-27
• Changing lanes
OADAS030
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle when
the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In
this case, you must maintain a safe
braking distance, and if necessary,
steer your vehicle and depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
OADAS031
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Lane changing vehicle
[C] Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
JK1_en_US.book Page 27
7-28
Driver Assistance System
• Detecting vehicle
OJK071036N
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab, or
when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending from
the vehicle. In these instances, you
must maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain
distance.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, have Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist turned off
due to safety reasons.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicles,
pedestrians and cyclists are detected.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate on bicycles,
motorcycles, or smaller wheeled
objects, such as luggage bags,
shopping carts, or strollers.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front view
camera is initialized.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 28
7
7-29
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings (or road edges)
while driving over a certain speed. Lane
Keeping Assist will warn the driver if the
vehicle leaves the lane without using the
turn signal, or will automatically assist the
driver’s steering to help prevent the
vehicle from departing the lane.
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
(1) Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
(or road edges).
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
Lane Keeping Assist Settings
Setting features
OJK073004N
Lane Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance > Lane Safety’ from
the Settings menu to set whether to use
each function.
• If ‘Assist’ is selected, Lane Keeping
Assist will automatically assist the
driver’s steering when lane departure is
detected to help prevent the vehicle
from moving out of its lane.
• If 'Warning Only' is selected, Lane
Keeping Assist will warn the driver with
an audible warning and steering wheel
vibration when lane departure is
detected. The driver must steer the
vehicle.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Lane Keeping Assist
will turn off. The indicator light
will turn off on the cluster.
WARNING
• If 'Warning Only' is selected, steering is
not assisted.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle is
driven in the middle of the lane.
• The driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and steer the vehicle
if ‘Off’ is selected.
JK1_en_US.book Page 29
7-30
Driver Assistance System
CAUTION
When a trailer or hitch mounted carrier is
installed, Lane Keeping Assist will turn off
with a "Driver Assistance system limited.
Trailer attached" warning message and
the yellow indicator light on the
instrument cluster. After the trailer or
hitch mounted carrier is removed, Lane
Keeping assist will operate normally. (if
equipped)
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/Off
Type A
OJK070077
Type B
OJK073268N
With the engine on, press and hold the
Lane Driving Assist button located on the
steering wheel to turn on Lane Keeping
Assist. The grey indicator light will
illuminate on the cluster.
Press and hold the button again to turn off
the function.
Information
• When Lane Keeping Assist is turned off
with the Lane Driving Assist button, the
Lane Safety setting also changes to
'Off'.
• If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping
Assist will maintain the last setting.
Type A
OJK073307N
Type B
OJK073301N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set (Type A) or
adjusted (Type B).
JK1_en_US.book Page 30
7
7-31
• Lane Safety Audible Warning Off: The
warning volume of Lane Safety does
not sound when Haptic Warning is
selected (Type A) or when adjusted
between 1 to 3 (Type B).
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume on level 0, if
you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning Volume
will be automatically adjusted to
volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected or
on level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
• Lane Safety Audible Warning Off can be
set when both the Warning Volume and
the Haptic Warning are on.
Lane Keeping Assist
Operation
Warning and control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and help
control the vehicle with Lane Departure
Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.
Left
OJK070038
Right
OJK070037
Lane Departure Warning
• To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green indicator light will
blink on the cluster, the lane line will
blink on the cluster depending on
which direction the vehicle is veering,
and an audible warning will sound. Also,
the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~120 mph (60~200
km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 31
7-32
Driver Assistance System
Lane Keeping Assist
• To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green indicator light will
blink on the cluster, and the steering
wheel will make adjustments to keep
vehicle inside the lane.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~120 mph (60~200
km/h).
OJK070078L
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
‘Place hands on the steering wheel’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will sound
in stages.
WARNING
• The steering wheel may not be assisted
if the steering wheel is held very tight or
the steering wheel is steered over a
certain degree.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of the
driver to safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its lane.
• The hands-off warning message may
appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held very lightly,
the hands-off warning message may
appear because Lane Keeping Assist
may not recognize that the driver has
their hands on the steering wheel.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 32
7
7-33
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings (infotainment
system)” section in chapter 4.
• When lane markings (or road edges) are
detected, the lane lines on the cluster
will change from grey to white and the
green indicator light will
illuminate.
• When the lane markings (or road edges)
are detected and Highway Lane
Change Assist is on, the lane lines on
the cluster may change to green.
Lane undetected
OJK070039
Lane detected
OJK070040
• The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the cluster
type or theme selected from the
cluster.
• Even though the steering is assisted by
Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or
lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Keeping Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
OTM070035N
When Lane Keeping Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system’ warning message will
appear and the yellow indicator
light will illuminate on the cluster. If this
occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 33
7-34
Driver Assistance System
Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
properly or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The lane is contaminated or difficult to
detect because:
- The lane markings (or road edge) are
covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or road
edge) is not distinguishable from the
road
- There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the road
look similar to the lane markings (or
road edge)
- The lane marking (or road edge) is
indistinct or damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking (or
road edge) by a median strip, trees,
guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings (or
road edges) are crossing
• There are more than two lane markings
(or road edges) on the road
• The lane markings (or road edges) are
complicated or a structure substitutes
for the lines, such as a construction
area
• There are road markings, such as zigzag
lanes, crosswalk markings and road
signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection
• The lane (or road width) is very wide or
narrow
• There is a road edge without a lane
• There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollbooth, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front is
covering the lane marking (or road
edge)
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Lane Keeping Assist:
• The driver has the responsibility to
safely drive and control the vehicle. Do
not solely rely on Lane Keeping Assist
and drive dangerously.
• The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
can be canceled or not work properly
depending on road conditions and
surroundings. Always be cautious while
driving.
• Refer to “Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist” if the lane is not detected
properly.
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Lane Keeping
Assist for safety reasons.
• If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
the steering wheel will not be
controlled. The driver must always
follow the speed limit when using Lane
Keeping Assist.
• If any other system’s warning message
is displayed or audible warning is
generated, Lane Keeping Assist
warning message may not be displayed
and audible warning may not be
generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Lane Keeping Assist if the surroundings
are noisy.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 34
7
7-35
• Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is
initialized.
• Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
- The turn signal or hazard warning
flasher is turned on.
- The vehicle is not driven in the center
of the lane when Lane Keeping Assist
is turned on or right after changing a
lane.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
- The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
- Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55
km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/h).
- The vehicle makes sudden lane
changes.
- The vehicle brakes suddenly.
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is
designed to help detect and monitor
approaching vehicles in the driver’s blind
spot area and warn the driver of a possible
collision with a warning message and
audible warning.
In addition, if there is a risk of collision
when changing lanes or driving forward
out of a parking space, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist can help avoid
a collision by applying the brake.
OJX1079256
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
helps detect and informs the driver that a
vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary depending
on the speed of your vehicle. Even if there
is a vehicle in the blind spot area,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not warn you when you pass by at
high speeds.
JK1_en_US.book Page 35
7-36
Driver Assistance System
OJX1079026
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
helps detect and informs the driver that a
vehicle is approaching at high speed from
the blind spot area.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the vehicle approaching at
high speed.
OJX1079027
When changing lanes by detecting the
lane ahead, if Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist judges that
there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it
can help avoid collision by applying the
brake.
OJX1079028
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist judges that
there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it
can help avoid collision by applying the
brake.
JK1_en_US.book Page 36
7
7-37
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
OJK1071248L
(1) Front view camera
(2) Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the rear corner
radar or radar assembly, or cause any
damage to it.
• If the rear corner radar or near the radar
has been damaged or impacted in any
way, even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the rear corner radars have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Use only genuine Genesis parts to
repair the rear bumper where the rear
corner radar is located.
• Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard near the rear corner
radar.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly if the bumper
has been replaced, or the surroundings
of the rear corner radar have been
damaged or paint has been applied.
• If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate.
• For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 37
7-38
Driver Assistance System
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
settings
Setting features
OJK071005N
Blind-Spot Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance > Blind-Spot Safety’
from the Settings menu to set whether to
use each function.
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the
driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking assist will be applied
depending on the collision risk levels.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the
driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off.
OTM070097N
When the engine is restarted with
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist off,
the ‘Blind-Spot Safety System is Off’
message will appear on the cluster.
If you change the setting from ‘Off’ to
‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the
warning light on the side view mirror will
blink for three seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned on,
when Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is set to ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning
Only’, the warning light on the side view
mirror will blink for three seconds.
WARNING
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking is
not assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
automatically turns off (if equipped). In
this case, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not functional. Always have your
eyes on the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 38
7
7-39
Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain
the last setting.
OJK073002N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Timing’ from the Settings menu to
change the initial warning activation time
for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
The warning time can be set to either
‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.
• Use ‘Standard’ in normal driving
conditions. If the Warning Timing
seems sensitive, change it to ‘Late’.
• If ‘Late’ is selected, Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist, warns the driver
more slowly.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
• Even though ‘Standard’ is selected for
Warning Timing, if a detected vehicle in
front suddenly stops, the warning may
seem late.
• Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing when
traffic is light and when driving speed is
slow.
Type A
OJK073306N
Type B
OJK073300N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set (Type A) or
adjusted (Type B).
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
JK1_en_US.book Page 39
7-40
Driver Assistance System
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume on level 0, if
you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning Volume
will be automatically adjusted to
volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected or
on level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
operation
Warning and control
OPDEN060039
Vehicle detection
• To warn the driver a vehicle is detected,
the warning light on the side view
mirror and head-up display (if
equipped) will illuminate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed is
above 12 mph (20 km/h) and the speed
of the vehicle in the blind spot area is
above 6 mph (10 km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 40
7
7-41
Collision warning
• Collision warning will operate when the
turn signal is turned on in the direction
of the detected vehicle.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected from the
Settings menu, the collision warning
will operate when your vehicle
approaches the lane the blind spot
vehicle is detected.
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
and head-up display (if equipped) will
blink. At the same time, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• When the turn signal is turned off or you
move away from the lane, the collision
warning will be canceled and
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will return to vehicle detection state.
• Collision warning will operate when
your vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40
km/h) and the speed of the vehicle in
the blind spot area is above 6 mph (10
km/h).
WARNING
• The detecting range of the rear corner
radar is determined by a standard road
width, therefore, on a narrow road,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect other vehicles two lanes
over and warn you. In contrast, on a
wide road, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect a vehicle driving in the
next lane and may not warn you.
• When the hazard warning flasher is on,
the collision warning by the turn signal
will not operate.
OJK070042L
Collision-avoidance assist (while driving)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message will
appear on the cluster. At the same time,
an audible warning will sound, warning
light on the head-up display (if
equipped) will blink and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed is
between 40~120 mph (60~200 km/h)
and both lane markings of the driving
lane are detected.
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
JK1_en_US.book Page 41
7-42
Driver Assistance System
WARNING
• Collision-Avoidance Assist will be
canceled under the following
circumstances:
- Your vehicle enters the next lane by a
certain distance
- Your vehicle is away from the
collision risk
- The steering wheel is sharply steered
- The brake pedal is depressed
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
operating
• After Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation or lane change, you
must drive to the center of the lane.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will not operate if the vehicle is not
driven in the center of the lane.
OJK070079L
Collision-avoidance assist (while
departing)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message will
appear on the cluster. At the same time,
an audible warning will sound, warning
light on the head-up display (if
equipped) will blink and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed is
below 2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of
the vehicle in the blind spot area is
above 3 mph (5 km/h).
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
JK1_en_US.book Page 42
7
7-43
OJK070026L
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist:
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• If any other system’s warning message
is displayed or audible warning is
generated, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist if
the surroundings are noisy.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid collision.
• When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is operating, braking control by
the function will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
• During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
• Even if there is a problem with
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist,
the vehicle’s basic braking will function
normally.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may warn the driver late or may not
warn the driver depending on the road
and driving conditions.
• Driver should maintain control of the
vehicle at all times. Do not depend on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
• Never operate Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
animal, objects, etc. It may cause
serious injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
JK1_en_US.book Page 43
7-44
Driver Assistance System
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction and limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
OTM070099N
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Blind-Spot Safety system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OTM070100N
When the side view mirror warning light is
not working properly, the ‘Check side
view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
OTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 44
7
7-45
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate properly when such foreign
material or trailer, etc., is removed, and
then the engine is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after it is
removed, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
WARNING
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain) where any
objects are not detected right after the
engine is turned on, or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with
foreign material right after the engine is
turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier,
or another attachment. Turn on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
when finished.
Limitations of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
• The rear corner radar is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
• The temperature around the rear corner
radar is high or low
• Driving on a highway ramp
• The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (for example, possibly due
to subway construction)
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle,
such as sound barriers, guardrails,
central dividers, entry barriers, street
lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc.
(including double structures)
• Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• Driving on a wet road surface, such as a
puddle on the road
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
• The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other vehicle
• Your vehicle changes lane
• Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and has
accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves two
lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
JK1_en_US.book Page 45
7-46
Driver Assistance System
• A trailer, carrier or other attachment is
installed around the rear corner radar
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as a
bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
rack, etc.
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly when the following
objects are detected:
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
• A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Braking control may not work, driver’s
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven road
or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• The vehicle makes abrupt lane changes
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” and
“Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in
this chapter.
WARNING
• Driving on a curved road
OJX1079057
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
on a curved road. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
OJX1079058
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
on a curved road. The function may
recognize a vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
JK1_en_US.book Page 46
7
7-47
• Driving where the road is
merging/dividing
OJX1079059
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
where the road merges or divides. The
function may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
• Driving on an inclined road
OJK071043N
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
on a slope. The function may not detect
the vehicle in the next lane or may
incorrectly detect the ground or
structure.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
• Driving where the heights of the lanes
are different
OJK070059
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
where the heights of the lanes are
different. The function may not detect
the vehicle on a road with different lane
heights (underpass joining section,
grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front view
camera or rear corner radars are
initialized.
JK1_en_US.book Page 47
7-48
Driver Assistance System
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
OJK071231N
After the vehicle stops, when an
approaching vehicle from the rear area is
detected after a passenger opens the
door, Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
with a warning message and an audible
warning to help prevent a collision.
OJX1059017
In addition, when the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK position
and an approaching vehicle from the rear
area is detected, the electronic child
safety lock button will not unlock even if
the driver presses the button to prevent
the rear doors from opening.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 48
7
7-49
Detecting sensor
OJK071249L
(1) Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the
rear corner radars, refer to “Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
Safe Exit Assist settings
Setting features
OJK070188L
Safe Exit Assist
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Blind-Spot Safety > Safe
Exit Assist’ from the Settings menu to
turn on Safe Exit Assist and deselect to
turn off the function.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of his
or her surroundings. If ‘Safe Exit Assist’ is
deselected, Safe Exit Assist cannot assist
you.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Safe Exit Assist automatically turns off (if
equipped). In this case, Safe Exit Assist is
not functional. Always have your eyes on
the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 49
7-50
Driver Assistance System
OJK073302N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Safe Exit Assist Operation
Warning and control
OPDEN060039
OJK070045L
Collision warning when exiting vehicle
• When an approaching vehicle from the
rear is detected at the moment a door is
opened, the ‘Watch for traffic’ warning
message will appear on the cluster, and
an audible warning will sound.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 50
7
7-51
OTM070145L
Safe Exit Assist linked with Electronic child
safety lock
• When Electric child safety lock is
operating and an approaching vehicle
from the rear area is detected, the rear
doors cannot be unlocked even if the
driver tries to unlock the rear doors
using the electronic child safety lock
button. The warning light on the side
view mirror will blink and the ‘Check
surroundings then try again’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3
km/h) and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
• For more details on electric child safety
lock button, refer to “Electronic Child
Safety Lock” section in chapter 5.
CAUTION
If the driver presses the electronic child
lock button again within 10 seconds after
the warning message appears, Safe Exit
Assist judges that the driver has unlocked
the doors acknowledging the rear status.
The electronic child safety lock will turn
off (button indicator OFF) and the rear
doors will unlock. Always check the
surroundings before turning off the
electronic child safety lock button.
Information
If a rear door is opened from the outside,
it will open regardless of Safe Exit Assist
operation.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Safe Exit Assist:
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• If any other system’s warning message
is displayed or audible warning is
generated, Safe Exit Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Safe Exit Assist if the surroundings are
noisy.
• Safe Exit Assist does not operate in all
situations and cannot prevent all
collisions.
• Safe Exit Assist may warn the driver late
or may not warn the driver depending
on the road and driving conditions.
Always check vehicle surroundings.
• The driver and passengers are
responsible for accidents that occur
while exiting the vehicle. Always check
the surroundings before you exit the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Assist. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
JK1_en_US.book Page 51
7-52
Driver Assistance System
• Safe Exit Assist does not operate if
there is a problem with Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist. The
warning message of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will appear
when:
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist sensor or the sensor
surrounding is polluted or covered
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist fails to warn passengers or
falsely warn passengers
Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Assist operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
Safe Exit Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
OTM070099N
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot Safety
system’ warning message will appear on
the cluster for several seconds, and the
master ( ) warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
OTM070100N
When the side view mirror warning light is
not working properly, the ‘Check side
view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 52
7
7-53
Safe Exit Assist disabled
OTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer, etc.,
is removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate
properly after it is removed, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Safe
Exit Assist may not properly operate.
• Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an area (for example, open
terrain) where any objects are not
detected right after the engine is turned
on, or when the detecting sensor is
blocked with foreign material right after
the engine is turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Safe Exit Assist when
finished.
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate properly,
or it may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• Getting out of the vehicle where trees
or grass are overgrown
• Getting out of the vehicle where the
road is wet
• The approaching vehicle is very fast or
very slow
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
WARNING
• Safe Exit Assist may not operate
properly if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
• Safe Exit Assist may not operate for 3
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the rear corner radars are initialized.
JK1_en_US.book Page 53
7-54
Driver Assistance System
Manual Speed Limit
Assist (MSLA)
OJK071213N
(1) Speed Limit indicator
(2) Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
Manual Speed Limit Assist will operate
(set speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.
Manual Speed Limit Assist
Operation
Setting speed limit
Type A
OJK070082
Type B
OJK073269N
1. Press and hold Driving Assist ( )
button at the desired speed. The Speed
Limit ( ) indicator will illuminate
on the cluster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 54
7
7-55
Type A
OJX1070152L
Type B
OJK073270N
2. Push the + switch up or - switch down,
and release it at the desired speed.
Push the + switch up or - switch down
and hold it. The speed will increase or
decrease to the nearest multiple of five
(multiple of ten in km/h) at first, and
then increase or decrease by 5 mph (10
km/h).
OJK071214N
3. The set speed limit will be displayed on
the cluster.
If you would like to drive over the preset
speed limit, depress the accelerator
pedal beyond the pressure point to
activate the kickdown mechanism.
The set speed limit will blink and chime
will sound until you return the vehicle
speed within the speed limit.
Information
• When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain within the
speed limit.
• A clicking sound may be heard from the
kickdown mechanism when the
accelerator pedal is depressed beyond
the pressure point.
JK1_en_US.book Page 55
7-56
Driver Assistance System
Temporarily pausing Manual Speed
Limit Assist
Type A
OJX1079079
Type B
OJK073271N
Push the switch to temporarily pause
the set speed limit. The set speed limit will
turn off but the Speed Limit ( )
indicator will stay on.
Resuming Manual Speed Limit Assist
Type A
OJX1070152L
Type B
OJK073270N
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, push the +,
-, switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you push the switch, vehicle speed
will resume to the preset speed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 56
7
7-57
Turning off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Type A
OJK070082
Type B
OJK073269N
Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
Speed Limit ( ) indicator will go off.
Always press the Driving Assist ( )
button to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist
off when not in use.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
• Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.
• Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the function is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed. Check
that the Speed Limit ( ) indicator
is off.
• Manual Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations. Pay
attention to the road conditions at all
times.
JK1_en_US.book Page 57
7-58
Driver Assistance System
Intelligent Speed Limit
if equipped
Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses
information from the detected road sign
and navigation system to inform the
driver of the speed limit of the current
road. Also, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
helps the driver to maintain within the
speed limit of the road.
CAUTION
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly if the function is used in
other countries.
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
(1) Front view camera
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
Information
If the navigation system is available, the
information from the navigation system is
used along with the road sign information
detected by the front view camera.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Settings
Setting features
OJK073224N
Speed Limit
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance > Speed Limit’ from
the Settings menu to set whether to use
each function.
• If ‘Speed Limit Assist’ is selected,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
inform the driver of speed limit. In
addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
will inform the driver to change set
speed of Manual Speed Limit Assist
and/or Smart Cruise Control to help the
driver stay within the speed limit.
• If ‘Speed Limit Warning’ is selected,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
inform the driver of speed limit. In
addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
will warn the driver when the vehicle is
driven faster than the speed limit.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will turn off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 58
7
7-59
CAUTION
If ‘Speed Limit Warning’ is selected,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will not
inform the driver to adjust set speed.
OJK073225N
Speed Limit Offset
With the engine on, when ‘Driver
Assistance > Speed Limit > Speed Limit
Offset’ is selected, the Speed Limit Offset
can be changed. Speed Limit Warning
and Speed Limit Assist will operate by
applying the Speed Limit Offset setting to
the detected speed limit.
WARNING
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• Speed Limit Assist function operates
based on the Offset setting added to
the speed limit. If you want to change
the set speed according to the speed
limit, adjust the offset to ‘0’.
• Speed Limit Warning function warns
the driver when driving speed exceeds
the speed at which the set Offset is
added to speed limit. If you want Speed
Limit Warning to warn you immediately
when the driving speed exceeds the
speed limit, adjust the offset to ‘0’.
Information
The setting of 'Speed Offset' is not
reflected in Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC).
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
operation
Warning and control
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn
and control the vehicle by ‘Displaying
speed limit’, ‘Warning overspeed’ and
‘Changing set speed’.
Information
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warning and
control are described based on the Offset
adjusted to '0'. For details on Offset
setting, refer to the “Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist Settings”.
OJK071009N
Displaying speed limit
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 59
7-60
Driver Assistance System
Information
• If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist Settings" if the road
signs are difficult to recognize.
• Supplementary sign displayed under
the speed limit or overtaking restriction
sign means the conditions under which
the signs must be followed. If the
supplementary sign is not recognized,
it will be displayed as blank.
• The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the cluster
type or theme selected from the
cluster.
OJK071011N
Warning overspeed
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the red speed limit
indicator will blink.
OJK071183N
OJK071190N
Changing set speed
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the set
speed needs to be changed. At this time,
the driver can change the set speed
according to the speed limit by using the
+ or - switch on the steering wheel.
JK1_en_US.book Page 60
7
7-61
WARNING
• If the Offset is adjusted over ‘0’, the set
speed will change to a higher speed
than the speed limit of the road. If you
want to drive below the speed limit,
adjust the Offset under '0' or use the -
switch on the steering wheel to lower
the set speed.
• Even after changing the set speed
according to the speed limit of the road,
the vehicle can still be driven over the
speed limit. If necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed.
• If the speed limit of the road is under 20
mph (30 km/h), the set speed change
function will not work.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operates
using the speed unit in the instrument
cluster set by the driver. If the speed
unit is set to a unit other than the speed
unit used in your country, Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist may not operate
properly.
Information
• For more details on Manual Speed Limit
Assist operation, refer to “Manual
Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)” section in
this chapter.
• For more details on Smart Cruise
Control operation, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)” section in this
chapter.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
OJK071215N
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Speed Limit
system’ warning message will appear on
the cluster for several seconds, and the
master ( ) warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 61
7-62
Driver Assistance System
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
disabled
OJK071216N
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Intelligent Speed Limit Assist. If
this occurs, the ‘Speed Limit system
disabled. Camera obscured’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate properly after it is removed, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
• Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
may not operate properly.
• If the detecting sensor is contaminated
immediately after starting the engine,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly.
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
- The road sign is difficult to see due to
bad weather, such as rain, snow, fog,
etc.
- The road sign is not clear or damaged
- The road sign is partially obscured by
surrounding objects or shadow
- A road sign near the road you are
driving is detected
• The road signs do not conform to the
standard
- The text or picture on the road sign is
different from the standard
- The road sign is installed between the
main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
- There is no conditional road signs on
the road sign located on the exit road
- A sign is attached to another vehicle
• The distance between the vehicle and
the road signs is too far
• The vehicle encounters illuminant road
signs
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
incorrectly recognizes numbers in the
street signals or other signs as the
speed limit
• A road sign near the road you are
driving is detected
• The minimum speed limit sign is
misrecognized
• The minimum speed limit sign is on the
road
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
JK1_en_US.book Page 62
7
7-63
• Headlights are not used or the
brightness of the headlights are weak at
night or in the tunnel
• Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles
• The navigation information or GPS
information contain errors.
• The driver does not follow the guide of
the navigation.
• The driver is driving on a new road that
is not in the navigation system yet.
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved
or continuously curved
• Driving through speed bumps, or
driving up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
• The vehicle is shaking heavily
• Driving on a newly opened road
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
WARNING
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a
supplemental function that helps the
driver comply with the speed limit on
the road, and may not display the
correct speed limit or control the
driving speed properly.
• Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your area.
Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)
Basic function
Driver Attention Warning can help
determine the driver's attention level by
analyzing driving pattern and driving time
while the vehicle is driven. Driver
Attention Warning will recommend a
break when the driver’s attention level
falls below a certain level.
Leading vehicle departure alert function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs from a stop.
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
(1) Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to help detect driving
patterns and front vehicle departure
while vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
JK1_en_US.book Page 63
7-64
Driver Assistance System
CAUTION
• Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of Driver Attention
Warning.
• For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in this chapter.
Driver Attention Warning
settings
Setting features
OJK073014N
Driver Attention Warning
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance > Driver Attention
Warning’ from the Settings menu to set
whether to use each function.
• If ‘Inattentive Driving Warning’ is
selected, Driver Attention Warning will
inform the driver the driver’s attention
level and will recommend taking a
break when the level falls below a
certain level.
OJK073015N
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
• If ‘Leading Vehicle Departure Alert’ is
selected, the function will inform the
driver when a detected vehicle in front
departs from a stop.
OJK073002N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Warning Timing’ from the
Settings menu to change the initial
warning activation time for Driver
Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Driver Attention
Warning will maintain the last setting.
JK1_en_US.book Page 64
7
7-65
Driver Attention Warning
operation
Basic function
Display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to inform the driver the
‘Attention Level’ and to warn the driver
‘Consider taking a break’.
Attention level
Function off
OTM070102N
Standby
OTM070106N
Attentive driving
OJK070140L
Inattentive driving
OJX1079066L
• The driver can monitor his/her driving
conditions on the cluster.
- When the ‘Inattentive Driving
Warning’ is deselected from the
Settings menu, ‘System Off’ is
displayed.
- Driver Attention Warning will operate
when vehicle speed is between
0~130 mph (0~210 km/h).
- When vehicle speed is not within the
operating speed, the message
‘Standby’ will be displayed.
• The driver’s attention level is displayed
on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the level
is, the more inattentive the driver is.
• The level decreases when the driver
does not take a break for a certain
period of time.
JK1_en_US.book Page 65
7-66
Driver Assistance System
Taking a break
OTM070105L
• The ‘Consider taking a break’ message
will appear on the cluster and an
audible warning will sound to suggest
that the driver take a break, when the
driver’s attention level is below 1.
• Driver Attention Warning will not
suggest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings after
parking the vehicle at a safe location.
CAUTION
• Driver Attention Warning may suggest
a break depending on the driver’s
driving pattern or habits, even if the
driver doesn’t feel fatigue.
• Driver Attention Warning is a
supplemental function and may not be
able to determine whether the driver is
inattentive.
• A driver who feels fatigued should take
a break at a safe location, even though
there is no break suggestion by Driver
Attention Warning.
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings (infotainment
system)” section in chapter 4.
• Driver Attention Warning will reset the
last break time to 00:00 in the following
situations:
- The engine is turned off
- The driver unfastens the seat belt and
opens the driver’s door
- The vehicle is stopped for more than
10 minutes
• When the driver resets Driver Attention
Warning, the last break time is set to
00:00 and the driver’s attention level is
set to High.
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function
OJK070142L
When a detected vehicle in front departs
from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert will inform the driver by displaying
the ‘Leading vehicle is driving away’
message on the cluster and an audible
warning will sound.
JK1_en_US.book Page 66
7
7-67
WARNING
• If any other system’s warning message
is displayed or audible warning is
generated, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert's warning message may not be
displayed and audible warning may not
be generated.
• The driver has the responsibility to
safely drive and control the vehicle.
CAUTION
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
• Always check the front of the vehicle
and road conditions before departure.
Driver Attention Warning
Malfunction and Limitations
Driver Attention Warning
malfunction
OTM070107L
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, the ‘Check Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system’
warning message will appear on the
cluster for several seconds, and the
master ( ) warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
• The vehicle is driven violently
• The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
• The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
JK1_en_US.book Page 67
7-68
Driver Assistance System
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
• When the vehicle cuts in
OADAS021
OADAS022
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle,
Leading Departure Alert may not
operate properly.
• When the vehicle ahead sharply steers
OADAS034
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Front vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or make
a U- turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
• When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departures
OADAS024
If the vehicle in front abruptly
departures, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 68
7
7-69
• When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
OADAS025
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in
between you and the vehicle in front,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
• When in a parking lot
OADAS027
If a vehicle parked in front drives away
from you, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may alert you that the parked
vehicle is driving away.
• When driving at a tollbooth or
intersection, etc.
OADAS026
If you pass a tollbooth or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive where
lanes are merged or divided frequently,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
Information
For more details on the precautions of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 69
7-70
Driver Assistance System
Forward Attention
if equipped
Warning (FAW)
Forward Attention Warning will warn the
driver with a warning message on the
cluster to help prevent the driver from
being distracted while using the interior
view camera installed in the instrument
cluster.
Forward Attention Warning
settings
Setting features
OJK073084N
Forward Attention Warning
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Driver Attention Warning >
Forward Attention Warning’ from the
Settings menu to turn on Forward
Attention Warning and deselect to turn
off the function.
WARNING
If the engine is restarted, Forward
Attention Warning will maintain the last
setting. If ‘Off’ is selected, the driver
should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
OJK073002N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Warning Timing’ from the
Settings menu to change the initial
warning activation time for Forward
Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
CAUTION
• Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing when
traffic is light and when driving speed is
slow.
• While Smart Cruise Control or Highway
Driving Assist is operating, Forward
Attention Warning may warn later than
the set warning time.
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing applies
to all functions of Forward Attention
Warning.
JK1_en_US.book Page 70
7
7-71
Forward Attention Warning
Operation
Operating conditions
Forward Attention Warning will operate
when the following conditions are
satisfied:
• Vehicle speed is above 0.6 mph (1
km/h)
• The gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
Forward Attention Warning
OJK070085L
Forward Attention Warning determines
whether the driver is focused on the road
depending on information, such as the
amount of time the driver is looking
elsewhere, the amount of time the eyes
are closed, how frequently the driver
yawns, etc. If Forward Attention Warning
judges the driver is not focused, the ‘Keep
eyes on the road and drive careful’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
WARNING
If any other system’s warning message is
displayed or audible warning is
generated, Forward Attention Warning's
warning message may not be displayed
and audible warning may not be
generated.
CAUTION
• Forward Attention Warning may warn
the driver even though the driver is
focused on the road due to driving style
and driving pattern.
• Forward Attention Warning is a
supplemental function and may not be
able to determine whether the driver is
distracted while driving.
• The driver has the responsibility to
safely drive and focus on the road.
Information
Forward Attention Warning does not
transmit recorded videos outside of the
vehicle or store the video.
JK1_en_US.book Page 71
7-72
Driver Assistance System
Forward Attention Warning
Malfunction and Limitations
Forward Attention Warning
malfunction
OJK070086L
When Forward Attention Warning is not
working properly, the ‘Check Forward
Attention Warning system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster. If this
occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Forward Attention Warning disabled
OJK071086N
When there is an object right in front of
the camera or between the driver and the
camera for a certain period of time,
Forward Attention Warning will not
operate properly, and the ‘Forward
Attention Warning disabled. Camera
obscured’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
After the warning message appears, if the
object is removed, or Forward Attention
Warning is able to detect the driver’s face,
the function will operate properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 72
7
7-73
CAUTION
OJX1070030L
[A] Interior view camera
• Do not apply any impact on the surface
of the instrument cluster, camera or
around the area of the camera. If the
interior view camera is damaged,
Forward Attention Warning may not
work properly.
• Do not place a mobile phone or an
object in front of the camera. The
surface of the instrument cluster or the
camera might be damaged due to an
impact while driving.
• Do not place anything on the camera or
in front of the camera while driving. The
interior view camera may not operate
properly.
• If anything else is placed in front of the
camera, Forward Attention Warning
may not operate properly.
• When cleaning the instrument cluster
or camera, wipe with a soft and clean
cloth to prevent damages on the
surface of the cluster or camera lens. In
addition, you should not use sharp tools
near the cluster or camera, or use
chemicals to clean the cluster or
camera.
• Always keep the camera and around
the area of the interior view camera
clean and dry.
• Do not apply foreign objects, such as a
sticker, around the infrared LED located
near the camera.
Information
• Two red lights may appear on the
camera in the following conditions
when:
- The outside brightness is dim or
driving at night
- The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot,
garage or tunnel
- The camera case of the instrument
cluster is partially broken
• The 3D cluster may flicker when
adjusting to the driver's eyes or when
the instrument cluster's camera view is
blocked by the steering wheel or other
objects.
WARNING
Do not look toward the camera within 8
in. (20 cm) for longer than a minute.
Limitations of Forward Attention
Warning
Forward Attention Warning may be
limited or may not operate properly in the
following circumstances:
• The driver is wearing sunglasses,
special glasses, infrared cutoff glasses,
refracting glasses or thick glasses
• The driver has heavy eye makeup
(eyeliner, mascara, color makeup, false
eyelash) or eye piercing
• The driver’s view is blocked by his/her
hair, hat, etc.
• The driver is winking or wearing an eye
patch on one eye
• The driver’s face is covered partially by
a mask, muffler, etc.
• The driver’s view is blocked by
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
JK1_en_US.book Page 73
7-74
Driver Assistance System
• Light from outside, sunlight or infrared
LED light of the camera is reflected by
glasses or sunglasses
• The driver turns or lowers his/her head
so that the face or an eye is hidden from
the camera
• The camera is out of the range to
monitor or close within 8 in. (20 cm)
• The driver shakes his/her head up and
down, or adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The driver is improperly positioned in
the driver's seat so that the driver’s face
is not detected
• The driver is too tall or short
• The camera is blocked by the adjusted
steering wheel height or the turned
steering wheel
• More than two people are looking at the
instrument cluster simultaneously from
the driver’s seat
• The driver’s eyes are narrowed due to
laughing or sun glare
• Misrecognize a picture or mannequin
that has a similar size of the driver’s
face
• There are other devices using infrared
light in the vehicle
Blind-Spot View Monitor
if equipped
(BVM)
Left side
OJK072201N
Right side
OJK073202N
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays the rear
blind spot area of the vehicle in the
cluster when the turn signal is turned on
to help safely change lanes.
JK1_en_US.book Page 74
7
7-75
Detecting sensor
OJK071049N
(1) Wide-side view camera (camera
located at bottom of the mirror)
(2) Wide-side view camera (camera
located at bottom of the mirror)
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
settings
Setting features
Blind-Spot View
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Blind-Spot Safety > Blind-
Spot View’ from the Settings menu to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the function.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
operation
Operating switch
OJK050211L
Turn signal lever
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
Operating conditions
When the left or right side turn signal
turns on, the image in that direction is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Off conditions
• When the turn signal turns off, the
image on the instrument cluster will
turn off.
• When the hazard warning flasher is on,
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn off,
regardless of the turn signal status.
• When other important warning is
displayed on the instrument cluster,
Blind-Spot View Monitor may turn off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 75
7-76
Driver Assistance System
Blind-Spot View Monitor
malfunction
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the cluster display
flickers, or the camera image does not
display properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Brand products.
WARNING
• The image shown on the cluster may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If
the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Blind- Spot
View Monitor may not operate
properly.
Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)
Smart Cruise Control is designed to help
detect the vehicle ahead and help
maintain the desired speed and minimum
distance between the vehicle ahead.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, if
the function judges that the driver is
determined to overtake the vehicle in
front, acceleration will be assisted.
if equipped
Based on Driving Style
Smart Cruise Control will operate based
on the driver’s driving style, such as
inter-vehicle distance, acceleration,
reaction speed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 76
7
7-77
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
OJK071022N
(1) Front view camera
(2) Front radar
(3) Front corner radar (if equipped)
The front view camera and front radar are
used as a detecting sensor to help detect
vehicles in front.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera and
front radar in good condition to maintain
optimal performance of Smart Cruise
Control.
For more details on the precautions of the
front view camera and front radar, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in this chapter.
Smart Cruise Control Settings
Setting features
Type A
OJK070082
Type B
OJK073269N
To turn on Smart Cruise Control
• Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
turn on Smart Cruise Control. The
speed will be set to the current speed
on the cluster.
• If there is no vehicle in front of you, the
set speed will be maintained, but if
there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead. If the
vehicle ahead accelerates, your vehicle
will travel at a steady cruising speed
after accelerating to the set speed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 77
7-78
Driver Assistance System
Information
If your vehicle speed is between 0~ 20
mph (0~ 30 km/h) when you press the
Driving Assist ( ) button, the set speed
will be set to 20 mph (30 km/h).
Type A
OJK070088
Type B
OJK073272N
To set vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
headway changes as follows:
Information
• If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the
distance is maintained as follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft. (53 m)
Distance 3 - approximately 130 ft. (40
m)
Distance 2 - approximately 106 ft. (30
m)
Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
• The distance is set to the last set
distance when the engine is restarted,
or when Smart Cruise Control was
temporarily canceled.
Distance 4 Distance 3
Distance 1
Distance 2
JK1_en_US.book Page 78
7
7-79
Type A
OJX1079077
Type B
OJK073273N
To increase speed
• Push the + switch up and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while
monitoring the set speed on the cluster.
The cruising speed will increase by 5
mph or 10 km/h each time the switch is
operated in this manner. Release the
switch when the desired speed is
shown, and the vehicle will accelerate
to that speed. You can increase the set
speed to 120 mph (200 km/h).
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the + switch. Driving speed may sharply
increase when you push up and hold the +
switch.
Type A
OJX1079078
Type B
OJK073274N
To decrease speed
• Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The cruising speed will
decrease by 5 mph or 10 km/h each
time the switch is operated in this
manner.
Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain. You can decrease the
set speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 79
7-80
Driver Assistance System
Type A
OJK070051
Type B
OJK072050
To temporarily cancel Smart Cruise
Control
Press the switch or depress the brake
pedal to temporarily cancel Smart Cruise
Control.
Type A
OJK070051
Type B
OJK072275
To resume Smart Cruise Control
To resume Smart Cruise Control after the
function was canceled, operate the +, - or
switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the switch, vehicle speed
will resume to the preset speed.
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase or decrease when you
press the switch.
JK1_en_US.book Page 80
7
7-81
Type A
OJK070082
Type B
OJK073269N
To turn off Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
turn Smart Cruise Control off.
Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist ( ) button to turn off
Smart Cruise Control. However Manual
Speed Limit Assist will turn on.
Based on Drive Mode
Smart Cruise Control will change
acceleration based on the drive mode
selected from Drive Mode Integrated
Control system. Refer to the following
chart.
Information
• For more details on drive mode, refer to
“Drive Mode Integrated Control
System” section in chapter 6.
• Smart Cruise Control may not turn on or
off in some of the drive modes for the
operating conditions are not satisfied.
• If your vehicle is not equipped with
Drive Mode Integrated Control system,
Smart Cruise Control accelerates your
vehicle at a standard level.
Drive mode Smart Cruise Control
COMFORT Standard
ECO Slow
SPORT Fast
SNOW (if
equipped)
Previous SCC setting is
selected
SMART (if
equipped)
Standard
CUSTOM (if
equipped)
Based on selected
Powertrain mode
JK1_en_US.book Page 81
7-82
Driver Assistance System
OJK073016N
Based on Driving Style(if equipped)
• With the engine on, if ‘Driver
Assistance > Smart Cruise Control >
Based on Driving Style’ is selected
from the Settings menu, Smart Cruise
Control will operate based on the
driver’s driving style, such as vehicle
distance, acceleration, reaction speed.
• While Smart Cruise Control is operating
with ‘Based on Drive Mode’ selected, if
you press and hold the Vehicle Distance
( ) button, Smart Cruise Control will
change to ‘Based on Driving Style’.
While Smart Cruise Control is operating
with ‘Based on Driving Style’, if the
Vehicle Distance ( ) button is shortly
pressed, it will change to ‘Based on
Drive Mode’.
Information
• If equipped with Based on Driving Style,
‘Based on Drive mode’ and ‘Based on
Driving Style’ can be selected from the
settings menu by selecting ‘Driver
Assistance> Smart Cruise Control’.
• If ‘Based on Drive mode’ is selected,
Smart Cruise Control will operate based
on the drive mode selected.
OJK071017N
Driving Style Settings(if equipped)
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Smart Cruise Control >
Driving Style Settings’ from the Settings
menu to check the driver’s driving style,
and to change each driving style
manually.
Information
• ‘Driving Style Settings’ is displayed
when ‘Based on Driving Style’ is
selected.
• Smart Cruise Control learns the driver’s
driving styles only when the driver
drives the vehicle.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Smart Cruise Control automatically turns
off (if equipped). In this case, Smart
Cruise Control is not functional. Always
have your eyes on the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 82
7
7-83
Type A
OJK073306N
Type B
OJK073300N
Warning Methods(if equipped)
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set (Type A) or
adjusted (Type B).
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• Even though 0 is selected for Warning
Volume, Warning Volume will not be
turned off but Warning Volume will
sound as 1.
• When Haptic Warning is selected as 0
while Warning Volume is selected as 0,
Warning Volume will activate and be
selected as 2.
• When Warning Volume is selected as 0
while Haptic Warning is selected as 0,
steering wheel vibration will be
selected as 2.
JK1_en_US.book Page 83
7-84
Driver Assistance System
Smart Cruise Control
Operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control operates when the
following conditions are satisfied.
Basic function
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• The driver’s door is closed
• EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is not
applied
• Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
- 5~120 mph (10~200 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0~120 mph (0~200 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is not
controlling the vehicle
• Engine RPM is not in the red zone
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is not operating
• Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is not operating (if equipped)
• Idle Stop and Go system is not
operating
Information
At a stop, if there is a vehicle in front of
your vehicle, Smart Cruise Control turns
on when the brake pedal is depressed.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist operates
when the turn signal indicator is turned on
to the left while Smart Cruise Control is
operating, and the following conditions
are satisfied:
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph (60
km/h)
• The hazard warning flasher is off
• A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
• Deceleration is not needed to maintain
distance with the vehicle in front
WARNING
• When the turn signal indicator is turned
on to the left while there is a vehicle
ahead, the vehicle may accelerate
temporarily. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
• Regardless of your countries driving
direction, Overtaking Acceleration
Assist will operate when the conditions
are satisfied. When using the function
in countries with different driving
direction, always check the road
conditions at all times.
Display and Control
Basic function
You can see the status of the Smart Cruise
Control operation in the Driving Assist
view on the cluster. Refer to “View
Modes” section in chapter 4.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
JK1_en_US.book Page 84
7
7-85
Operating
OJK071180N
Temporarily canceled
OJK071090N
• When operating
(1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level are
displayed.
(2) Set speed is displayed.
(3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the target vehicle distance are
displayed.
• When temporarily canceled
(1) indicator is displayed.
(2) The previous set speed is shaded.
(3) Vehicle ahead is displayed. (if
equipped)
Information
• The distance of the front vehicle on the
cluster is displayed according to the
actual distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead.
• The target distance may vary according
to the vehicle speed and the set
distance level. If the vehicle speed is
low, even though the vehicle distance
have changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
Accelerating temporarily
OJK072237N
If you want to speed up temporarily
without altering the set speed while
Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While the
accelerator pedal is depressed, the set
speed, distance level and target distance
will blink on the cluster.
However, if the accelerator pedal is
depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating temporarily,
because the speed and distance is not
controlled automatically even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
JK1_en_US.book Page 85
7-86
Driver Assistance System
Based on Driving Style operating
OJK070092L
OJK071182N
When Based on Driving Style is operating,
‘Driving Style Adaptive SCC’ message will
appear on the cluster for 2 seconds, and
the distance level and target distance will
be displayed based on the driving style.
Smart Cruise Control temporarily
canceled
OTM070113N
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
• The vehicle speed is above 130 mph
(210 km/h)
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
• The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, the ‘Smart Cruise
Control canceled’ warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound to warn the driver.
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a
standstill with the function activated, EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) maybe applied.
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled, distance with the front vehicle
will not be maintained. Always have your
eyes on the road while driving, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
JK1_en_US.book Page 86
7
7-87
Smart Cruise Control conditions not
satisfied
OTM070112N
If the Driving Assist button, + switch, -
switch or switch is operated when
Smart Cruise Control operating
conditions are not satisfied, the ‘Smart
Cruise Control conditions not met’ will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
In traffic situation
OTM070114L
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your
vehicle will start as well. In addition, after
the vehicle has stopped and a certain
time have passed, the ‘Use switch or
pedal to accelerate’ message will appear
on the cluster. Depress the accelerator
pedal or operate the + switch, - switch or
switch to start driving.
Warning road conditions ahead
OJK070191L
In the following situation, the ‘Watch for
surrounding vehicles’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound to warn the driver of
road conditions ahead.
• The vehicle in front disappears when
Smart Cruise Control is maintaining the
distance with the vehicle ahead while
driving below a certain speed.
• While the ‘Use switch or pedal to
accelerate’ message is displayed on the
cluster, if there is no vehicle in front or
the vehicle is far away from you, and
the + switch, - switch or switch is
operated.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in front
of you, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe distance.
JK1_en_US.book Page 87
7-88
Driver Assistance System
Collision Warning
OJK070024L
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when the collision risk with the vehicle
ahead is high, the ‘Collision Warning’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will sound
to warn the driver. Always have your eyes
on the road while driving, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
WARNING
In the following situations, Smart Cruise
Control may not warn the driver of a
collision.
• The distance from the front vehicle is
near, or the vehicle speed of the front
vehicle is faster or similar to your
vehicle
• The speed of the front vehicle is very
slow or is at a standstill
• The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Smart Cruise Control:
• Smart Cruise Control does not
substitute for proper and safe driving. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and distance to
the vehicle ahead.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
recognize unexpected and sudden
situations or complex driving
situations, so always pay attention to
driving conditions and control your
vehicle speed.
• Keep Smart Cruise Control off when the
function is not in use to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Do not open the door or leave the
vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is
operating, even if the vehicle is
stopped.
• Always be aware of the selected speed
and headway distance.
• Keep a safe distance according to road
conditions and vehicle speed. If the
headway distance is too close during
high-speed driving, a serious collision
may result.
• When maintaining distance with the
vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle
disappears, Smart Cruise Control may
suddenly accelerate to the set speed.
Always be aware of unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
• Always be aware of situations such as
when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Smart Cruise
Control for safety reasons.
JK1_en_US.book Page 88
7
7-89
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
your vehicle is being towed.
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
• Smart Cruise Control may not detect an
obstacle in front and lead to a collision.
Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of you with a
frequent lane change may cause a
delay in Smart Cruise Control reaction
or may cause Smart Cruise Control to
react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
• Always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely, even though a warning
message does not appear or an audible
warning does not sound.
• If any other system’s warning message
is displayed or warning sound is
generated, Smart Cruise Control
warning message may not be displayed
and warning sound may not be
generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if
the surroundings are noisy.
• The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation or
accidents caused by the driver.
• Always set the vehicle speed under the
speed limit in your area.
• Vehicle distance, acceleration and
reaction speed may change if the
driver’s driving style changes.
CAUTION
• The vehicle must be driven sufficiently
to reflect the actual driving style of the
driver, such as inter-vehicle distance,
acceleration and reaction speed.
• Based on Driving style does not reflect
whether the driver has changed when
determining the driver's driving style.
• If you are driving in special conditions,
such as snow, rain, fog or steep slopes,
the vehicle may not be driven
according to the driver’s driving style.
Information
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started or the front view camera or
front radar is initialized.
• You may hear a sound when the brake is
controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
• Based on Driving Style may not reflect
the driver’s driving style or driving
conditions that affects driving safety.
• Based on Driving Style does not reflect
any other driving style other than
inter-vehicle distance, acceleration and
reaction speed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 89
7-90
Driver Assistance System
Smart Cruise Control
malfunction and limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
OTM070116N
When Smart Cruise Control is not working
properly, the ‘Check Smart Cruise Control
system’ warning message will appear,
and the warning light will illuminate on
the cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
OTM070115N
When the front radar cover or sensor is
covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Smart Cruise Control.
If this occurs the ‘Smart Cruise Control
disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear for a certain period
of time on the cluster.
Smart Cruise Control will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
WARNING
Even though the warning message does
not appear on the cluster, Smart Cruise
Control may not properly operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate in an area (for example, open
terrain), where there is nothing to detect
after turning ON the engine.
Limitations of Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or
the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated due to
tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• The temperature around the front view
camera is high or low
JK1_en_US.book Page 90
7
7-91
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as in
a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle is detected
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights, tail
lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lamps are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is small or
does not look normal (for example,
tilted, overturned, etc.)
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
• Your vehicle is being towed
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• An object reflecting off the front radar
such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar is
out of position
• The temperature around the front radar
is high or low
• Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• The vehicle in front is made of material
that does not reflect on the front radar
• Driving near a highway (or motorway)
interchange or tollbooth
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• Driving on a curved road
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly blocked
by a obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or slow
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a construction area,
unpaved road, partial paved road,
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved road,
etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees or
streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as driving
in an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
JK1_en_US.book Page 91
7-92
Driver Assistance System
• Driving on a curved road
OADAS014
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane,
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the road
and driving conditions ahead.
OADAS015
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due
to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check to be
sure that the road conditions permit
safe operation of the Smart Cruise
Control.
• Driving on an inclined road
OADAS012
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect a
moving vehicle in your lane, and cause
your vehicle to accelerate to the set
speed. Also, vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the road
and driving conditions ahead.
JK1_en_US.book Page 92
7
7-93
• Changing lanes
OADAS030
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise
Control may not immediately detect
the vehicle when the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
• Detecting vehicle
OJX1079181
In the following cases, some vehicles in
your lane cannot be detected by the
sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or
sudden-decelerating vehicles
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as
motorcycles or bicycles
- Special vehicles
- Animals and pedestrians
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
JK1_en_US.book Page 93
7-94
Driver Assistance System
OJK071036N
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the sensor:
- Vehicles with higher ground
clearance or vehicles carrying loads
that stick out of the back of the
vehicle
- Vehicles that has the front lifted due
to heavy loads
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply curved
roads
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
OTM058129
• When a vehicle ahead disappears at an
intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
OTM058119
• When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
OTM058124
• Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
JK1_en_US.book Page 94
7
7-95
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Navigation-based Smart
if equipped
Cruise Control (NSCC)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
helps drive at a certain speed according
to the road conditions when driving on
highways (or motorways) by using road
information from the navigation system
while Smart Cruise Control is operating.
Information
• The Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is available only on controlled
access road of certain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and exits
that allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and
motorcycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
• Additional highways may be expanded
by future navigation updates.
Information
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads of highways (or
motorways), and does not operate on
interchanges or junctions.
Available highway (Controlled access
road)
USA
Select Interstate
Highway and U.S.
(Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and
Territorial Highways
JK1_en_US.book Page 95
7-96
Driver Assistance System
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle or
limit acceleration to help you drive safely
on a curve based on the curve
information from the navigation.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
Highway Set Speed Auto Change function
automatically changes Smart Cruise
Control set speed based on the speed
limit information from the navigation.
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control Settings
Setting features
OJK073161N
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Driving Convenience >
Highway Auto Speed Change’ from the
Settings menu to turn on
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
and deselect to turn off the function.
Information
When there is a problem with
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control,
the function cannot be set from the
Settings menu.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
automatically turns off (if equipped). In
this case, Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is not functional. Always have
your eyes on the road.
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control Operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is
ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)
Information
For more details on how to operate Smart
Cruise Control, refer to “Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)” section in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 96
7
7-97
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the cluster as follows:
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
standby
OJK071094N
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
the white indicator will illuminate.
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operating
OJK071095N
If temporary deceleration is required in
the standby state and
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is operating, the green symbol
will illuminate on the cluster.
If the Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function operates, the symbol
and set speed will illuminate in green on
the cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
WARNING
OJK072267N
‘Drive carefully’ warning message will
appear in the following circumstances:
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is not able to slow down your vehicle to
a safe speed
Information
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown and
Highway Set Speed Auto Change function
uses the same symbol.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
• Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway (or motorway), the vehicle will
decelerate, and after passing the curve,
the vehicle will accelerate to Smart
Cruise Control set speed.
• Vehicle deceleration time may differ
depending on the vehicle speed and
the degree of the curve on the road. The
higher the driving speed, deceleration
will start faster.
JK1_en_US.book Page 97
7-98
Driver Assistance System
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate when Smart
Cruise Control set speed and the
highway (or motorway) speed limit is
matched.
• While Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function is operating, when the
highway (or motorway), speed limit
changes, Smart Cruise Control set
speed automatically changes to the
changed speed limit.
• If Smart Cruise Control set speed is
adjusted different from the speed limit,
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will be in the standby state.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by driving on a road other than the
highway (or motorway) main road,
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate again when you
drive on the main road again without
setting the set speed.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by depressing the brake pedal or
pressing the switch on the steering
wheel, press the switch to restart
the function.
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function does not operate on highway
interchanges or junctions.
Information
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function only operates based on the
speed limits of the highway (or
motorway), it does not work with the
speed cameras.
• When Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function is operating, the vehicle
automatically accelerates or
decelerates when the highway (or
motorway) speed limit changes.
• The maximum set speed for Highway
Set Speed Auto Change function is 86
mph (140 km/h).
• If the speed limit of a new road is not
updated in the navigation, Highway Set
Speed Auto Change function may not
operate properly.
• If the speed unit is set to a unit other
than the speed unit used in your
country, Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function may not operate
properly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 98
7
7-99
Limitations of
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate properly under the
following circumstances:
• The navigation is not working properly
• Map information is not transmitted due
to infotainment system's abnormal
operation
• Speed limit and road information in the
navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The navigation searches for a route
while driving
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as
a tunnel
• A road that divides into two or more
roads and joins again
• The driver goes off course the route set
in the navigation
• The route to the destination is changed
or canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (for example,
elevated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
• The navigation is being updated while
driving
• The navigation is being restarted while
driving
• The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road
situations
• Driving on a road under construction
• Driving on a road that is controlled
• There is bad weather, such as heavy
rain, heavy snow, etc.
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved
OJX1070280L
(1) Set route
(2) Branch line
(3) Driving route
(4) Main road
(5) Curved road section
• When there is a difference between the
navigation set route (branch line) and
the driving route (main road), Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
may not operate until the driving route
is recognized as the main road.
• When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by
maintaining the main road instead of
the navigation set route, Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will operate. Depending on the distance
to the curve and the current vehicle
speed, vehicle deceleration may not be
sufficient or may decelerate rapidly.
JK1_en_US.book Page 99
7-100
Driver Assistance System
OJX1070281L
(1) Set route
(2) Branch line
(3) Driving route
(4) Main road
(5) Curved road section
• When there is a difference between the
navigation route (main road) and the
driving route (branch line), Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will operate based on the curve
information on the main road.
• When it is judged that you are driving
out of the route by entering the
highway interchange or junction,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function will not operate.
OJX1070282L
(1) Driving route
(2) Branch line
(3) Curved road section
(4) Main road
• If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
• Even if you depart from the main road,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may temporarily operate due
to navigation information of the
highway curve section.
WARNING
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience function.
Always have your eyes on the road, and
it is the responsibility of the driver to
avoid violating traffic laws.
• The navigation’s speed limit
information may differ from the actual
speed limit information on the road. It is
the driver's responsibility to check the
speed limit on the actual driving road or
lane.
JK1_en_US.book Page 100
7
7-101
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
will automatically be canceled when
you leave the highway (or motorway)
main road. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate due to the existence of
leading vehicles and the driving
conditions of the vehicle. Always pay
attention to road and driving conditions
while driving.
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
for safety reasons.
• After you pass through a tollbooth on a
highway (or motorway),
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
will operate based on the first lane. If
you enter one of the other lanes,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
might not operate properly.
• The vehicle will accelerate if the driver
depresses the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is operating, and the function will not
decelerate the vehicle. However, if the
accelerator pedal is depressed
insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate.
• If the driver accelerates and releases
the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is operating, the vehicle may not
decelerate sufficiently or may rapidly
decelerate to a safe speed.
• If the curve is too large or too small,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate.
Information
• A time gap could occur between the
navigation’s guidance and when
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operation starts and ends.
• The speed information on the cluster
and navigation may differ.
• Even if you are driving at a speed lower
than Smart Cruise Control set speed,
acceleration may be limited by the
curve sections ahead.
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period of
time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.
JK1_en_US.book Page 101
7-102
Driver Assistance System
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Lane Following Assist
(LFA)
Lane Following Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings and/or vehicles on
the road, and assists the driver’s steering
to help center the vehicle in the lane.
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
(1) Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 102
7
7-103
Lane Following Assist Settings
Setting features
Type A
OJK070097
Type B
OJK073268N
Turning Lane Following Assist On/Off
With the engine on, shortly press the Lane
Driving Assist button located on the
steering wheel to turn on Lane Following
Assist. The grey or green indicator light
will illuminate on the cluster.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
OJK073302N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Lane Following Assist automatically turns
off (if equipped). In this case, Lane
Following Assist is not functional. Always
have your eyes on the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 103
7-104
Driver Assistance System
Lane Following Assist
Operation
Warning and control
OJK071096N
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the
green indicator light illuminates on the
cluster, and Lane Following Assist helps
center the vehicle in the lane by assisting
the steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the white indicator light blinks and
changes to grey.
OJK070078L
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
‘Place hands on the steering wheel’
warning message will appear and an
audible warning will sound in stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
OTM070117N
If the driver still does not have their hands
on the steering wheel after the hands-off
warning, the ‘Lane Following Assist (LFA)
canceled’ warning message will appear
and Lane Following Assist will be
automatically canceled.
JK1_en_US.book Page 104
7
7-105
WARNING
• The steering wheel may not be assisted
if the steering wheel is held very tight or
the steering wheel is steered over a
certain degree.
• Lane Following Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of the
driver to safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its lane.
• The hands-off warning message may
appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held very lightly
the hands-off warning message may
appear because Lane Following Assist
may not recognize that the driver has
their hands on the steering wheel.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings (infotainment
system)” section in chapter 4.
• When both lane markings are detected,
the lane lines on the cluster will change
from grey to white.
Lane undetected
OJK070039
Lane detected
OJK071240N
• The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the cluster
type or theme selected from the
cluster.
• If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane
Following Assist can be limited
depending on whether a vehicle is in
front or the driving conditions of the
vehicle.
• Even though the steering is assisted by
Lane Following Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or
lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
JK1_en_US.book Page 105
7-106
Driver Assistance System
Lane Following Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunction
OTM070118N
When Lane Following Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Lane
Following Assist (LFA) system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light illuminates on the cluster. If
this occur, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Limitations of Lane Following Assist
For more details on Lane Following Assist
limitations, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)” section in this chapter.
Information
For more details on Lane Following Assist
precautions, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)” section in this chapter.
Highway Driving Assist
(HDA)
Basic function
Highway Driving Assist system helps
detect lanes and vehicles ahead, helps
maintain the distance from the vehicle
ahead and the set speed, and helps
center your vehicle in the lane while
driving on the highway.
OADAS035
if equipped
Highway Lane Change Assist
Highway Lane Change Assist function
helps change lanes to the direction you
operate the turn signal switch if the
function judges that lane change is
possible.
OADAS036
JK1_en_US.book Page 106
7
7-107
Information
• Highway Driving Assist is available only
on controlled access road of certain
highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and exits
that allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and
motorcycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
• Additional highways may be expanded
by future navigation updates.
Detecting sensor
OJK071223N
OJK071022N
OJK1071247L
(1) Front view camera
(2) Front radar
(3) Front corner radar (if equipped)
(4) Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
Available highway (Controlled access
road)
USA
Select Interstate
Highway and U.S.
(Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and
Territorial Highways
JK1_en_US.book Page 107
7-108
Driver Assistance System
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the
detecting sensors, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
Highway Driving Assist
Settings
Setting features
OJK073226N
Highway Driving Assist
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance > Driving
Convenience’ from the Settings menu to
set whether or not to use each function.
• If ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is selected, it
helps maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, helps maintain the set
speed, and helps keep the vehicle
between lanes.
if equipped
Highway Lane Change Assist
• If ‘Highway Lane Change Assist’ is
selected, it helps the driver change
lanes.
Information
• When ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is
deselected, the setting for ‘Highway
Lane Change Assist’ cannot be
changed.
• If there is a problem with the functions,
the settings cannot be changed. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the engine is restarted, the functions
will maintain the last setting.
WARNING
For your safety, only change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Highway Driving Assist automatically
turns off (if equipped). In this case,
Highway Driving Assist is not functional.
Always have your eyes on the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 108
7
7-109
OJK073302N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Driving Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
the Driver Assistance system warning
sounds.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Highway Driving Assist
Operation
Basic function
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to “View
Modes” section in chapter 4.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
Operating state
OJK071101N
Standby state
OJK071102N
JK1_en_US.book Page 109
7-110
Driver Assistance System
• When operating
(1) Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level are
displayed.
* Highway Driving Assist indicator
- Green : Operating state
- Grey : Standby state
- White : Accelerator depressed
state
(2) Set speed is displayed.
(3) Lane Following Assist indicator
displayed.
(4) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected headway are
displayed.
(5) Whether the lane is detected or not
is displayed.
Information
For more details on the display refer to
“Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” and “Lane
Following Assist (LFA)” sections in this
chapter.
Highway Driving Assist operating
Highway Driving Assist operates when:
• Driving on the main road of highways,
and turning on Highway Driving Assist
by pressing the Driving Assist ( )
button.
• Entering the main road of highways
while Lane Following Assist and Smart
Cruise Control are operating.
• Restarting after stopping
OTM070114L
When Highway Driving Assist is
operating, your vehicle will stop if the
detected vehicle ahead of you stops.
Also, if the detected vehicle ahead of
you starts moving within 30 seconds
after the stop, your vehicle will start as
well. In addition, after the vehicle has
stopped and 30 seconds have passed,
the ‘Use switch or pedal to accelerate’
message will appear on the cluster.
Depress the accelerator pedal or push
the + switch, - switch or switch to
start driving.
JK1_en_US.book Page 110
7
7-111
• Hands-off warning
OJK070078L
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
‘Place hands on the steering wheel’
warning message will appear and an
audible warning will sound in stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
OIK070060L
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the ‘Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) canceled’ warning
message will appear and Highway
Driving Assist and Lane Change Assist
will be automatically canceled.
• Driving speed limit
OJK070103L
When Highway Driving Assist is
canceled by the hands-off warning, The
driving speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function is
operating, the ‘Driver’s grasp not
detected. Driving speed will be limited’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound continuously.
• Driving to one side within lane (if
equipped)
OADAS037
When vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h), if a detected vehicle around
you is driving at a close distance, your
vehicle will control steering in the
opposite direction of the vehicle to
assist in safe driving.
If there is a detected vehicle in both
sides of the lane that are driving close
to you, the function will not veer to the
opposite side of the lane.
JK1_en_US.book Page 111
7-112
Driver Assistance System
Highway Driving Assist standby
When the Smart Cruise Control is
temporarily canceled while Highway
Driving Assist is operating, Highway
Driving Assist will be in the standby state.
At this time, Lane Following Assist will
operate normally.
Information
• Driving Speed Limit helps you drive
below 40 mph (60 km/h). At this time,
the vehicle decelerates due to the
vehicle ahead. After the vehicle has
decelerated, it cannot automatically
accelerate.
• Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances:
- When the driver grabs the steering
wheel again
- When the driver turns on Lane
Following Assist by pressing the
button
- When +, -, switch or button is
pushed, or the accelerator pedal or
the brake pedal is depressed
if equipped
Highway Lane Change Assist
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Lane Change Assist function operation in
the Driving Assist view on the cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in chapter
4.
Highway Lane Change Assist function will
be displayed as below depending on the
status of the function.
Ready/Operating
OJK071104N
Standby/Canceled
OJK071105N
(1) Highway Lane Change Assist indicator
• Green on : Ready state
• Green blink : Operating state
• Grey on : Standby state
• White blink : Canceled state (display
only a certain time)
JK1_en_US.book Page 112
7
7-113
(2) Green lane line
The green lane line is displayed when the
function starts operating, and until the
vehicle steps on the lane line.
(3) Green arrow
The green arrow is displayed when a
certain amount of time has passed after
the function has started operating, and
until the lane change has completed.
(4) Message
• Message is displayed when the
function does not operate even though
the turn signal switch is used.
• Message is displayed when the
function is canceled while operating.
To turn on Highway Lane Change Assist
Highway Lane Change Assist function will
turn on when the following conditions are
satisfied.
• The Driving Assist button or Lane
Driving Assist button is used to turn on
Highway Driving Assist.
OJX1070285L
• The OK button is pressed on the
steering wheel when a message on the
cluster inquires whether or not
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be used.
Highway Lane Change Assist ready to
operate
While Highway Lane Change Assist
function is on, the function will be ready
to operate when all the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Highway Driving Assist is operating
• Lane Following Assist is operating
• A vehicle in the rear area of your vehicle
is detected more than once after the
engine is turned on
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph (60
km/h)
• Hands-off warning is not displayed on
the cluster
• Hazard warning flasher is off
Information
• While Lane Change Assist function is
turned on (indicator on), Lane
Following Assist will not cancel even if
the turn signal indicator or hazard
warning flasher is operating.
• Lane Change Assist function turns off
automatically when driven in the
following road conditions:
- One driving lane
- A road with a intersection or
crosswalk ahead
- A road with no structure, such as a
medium strip, guardrails, etc.
- There is a pedestrian or cyclist on the
road ahead
• When the function is in the ready state,
and vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55
km/h), the function will change to the
standby state.
JK1_en_US.book Page 113
7-114
Driver Assistance System
WARNING
When Highway Lane Change Assist
function turns off while operating,
steering assist will be temporarily
canceled. Always be cautious while
driving.
Highway Lane Change Assist operating
OJX1050280L
(1) Center
Highway Lane Change Assist function will
operate, when you push the turn signal
lever up or down to the A or B position
while the function is in the ready state
( indicator is green), and all of the
following conditions are satisfied:
• The driver has his/her hand on the
steering wheel
• There is no collision risk in the direction
of lane change
• There is a single dotted lane line in the
direction of lane change
• There are no Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist and Blind
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
warnings
• The vehicle is driven in the middle of
the lane (should not be driving close to
one side of the lane)
• The road you are driving on, or the road
you are about to change lane is a road
that the function can operate
Information
• Highway Lane Change Assist operates
when the turn signal lever is positioned
at A. If the turn signal lever is released
to the center (1) before stepping on the
lane, Highway Lane Change Assist
cancels. If the turn signal lever is
released to the center (1) after stepping
on the lane, Highway Lane Change
Assist changes the lane and turns off
the turn signal after lane change is
complete.
• When the turn signal lever is placed at B
position for a certain period of time, the
green arrow will appear. At this time,
even when the lever is released and
returns to it’s original position (1) lane
change will still be assisted.
• While lane change is being made by the
function, the turn signal indicator will
blink even when the turn signal lever is
not held, and the turn signal indicator
will turn off when lane change is
complete.
Highway Lane Change Assist standby
Highway Lane Change Assist function will
be in the standby state when one of the
ready state condition is not satisfied, or
when entering or driving on one of the
following roads:
• Road within a certain distance from the
tollbooth on the main road of the
highway (or motorway)
• The road ahead ends without an
interchange or junction
• Road with sharp curves
• Road with narrow lanes
JK1_en_US.book Page 114
7
7-115
Highway Lane Change Assist cancel
The function will be canceled when:
• The turn signal lever is released to the
center before the green arrow appears
• The turn signal lever is turned on in the
opposite direction of lane change
• The steering wheel is steered sharply
WARNING
• While Highway Driving Assist is
operating, the function will cancel if
one of the following occurs:
- Highway Driving Assist is turned off
- Lane Following Assist or Smart Cruise
Control is turned off or temporarily
canceled
- Hands-off warning message is
displayed on the cluster
- The turn signal lever is placed at A
position
- The hazard warning flasher is turned
on
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
or Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning message is displayed
- Possible collision is detected in the
next lane, even though there are no
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
and Blind Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning
- The target lane to make a lane
change disappears
- The target lane to make a lane
change is not detected
- There is a problem with turn signal
lamps
- Highway Lane Change Assist
function is off (The function turns off
when the function is turned off from
the settings menu, when the road
changes to a one-way road, when
there is an intersection or crosswalk
ahead, when you enter a road with no
structure, such as a medium strip,
guardrail, etc., or when there is a
pedestrian or cyclist on the driving
lane.)
- Your vehicle speed is below 35 mph
(55 km/h)
• While the function is operating, when
the function is canceled, depending on
the driving conditions, the vehicle may
drive to the middle of the driving lane or
steering assist may stop. Always pay
attention to road and driving conditions
while driving.
• The function may not operate normally
on roads with pedestrians or cyclists,
such as an intersection or crosswalk.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
JK1_en_US.book Page 115
7-116
Driver Assistance System
Highway Driving Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunction
OTM070120N
OJX1079105L
When Highway Driving Assist or Highway
Lane Change function is not working
properly, the ‘Check Highway Driving
Assist (HDA) system’ or ‘Check Lane
Change Assist function’ warning message
will appear, and the warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for controlling
the vehicle for safe driving.
• Always have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
• Highway Driving Assist is a
supplemental function that assists the
driver in driving the vehicle and is not a
complete autonomous driving system.
Always check road conditions, and if
necessary, take appropriate actions to
drive safely.
• Always have your eyes on the road, and
it is the responsibility of the driver to
avoid violating traffic laws. The vehicle
manufacturer is not responsible for any
traffic violation or accidents caused by
the driver.
• Highway Driving Assist may not be able
to recognize all traffic situations.
Highway Driving Assist may not detect
possible collisions due to limitations of
the function. Always be aware of the
limitations of the function. Obstacles
such as vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles,
pedestrians, guardrails, tollbooth,
unspecified objects, structures, etc.
that may collide with the vehicle may
not be detected.
• Highway Driving Assist will turn off
automatically under the following
situations:
- Driving on roads that Highway
Driving Assist does not operate, such
as a rest area, intersection, junction,
etc.
- The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the navigation
is being updated or restarted
JK1_en_US.book Page 116
7
7-117
• Highway Driving Assist may
inadvertently operate or turn off
depending on road conditions
(navigation information) and
surroundings.
• Lane Following Assist function may be
temporarily disabled when the front
view camera cannot detect lanes
properly or the hands-off warning is on.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Highway Driving Assist if the
surrounding is noisy.
• If the vehicle is driven at high speed
above a certain speed at a curve, your
vehicle may drive to one side or may
depart from the driving lane.
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, have Highway Driving
Assist turned off due to safety reasons.
• The hands-off warning message may
appear early or late depending on how
the steering wheel is held or road
conditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• For your safety, please read the owner's
manual before using the Highway
Driving Assist.
• Highway Driving Assist will not operate
immediately after the engine is started,
or when the detecting sensors or
navigation is being initialized.
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist and Highway Lane
Change function may not operate
normally, or may not operate under the
following circumstances:
• The map information and the actual
road is different because the navigation
is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as
a tunnel
• The driver goes off course or the route
to the destination is changed or
canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (for example,
elevated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
• White single dotted lane line or road
edge cannot be detected
• The road is temporarily controlled due
to construction, etc.
• There is no structure, such as a medium
strip, guardrails, etc., on the road
• There is a changeable lane in the
direction of lane change
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, front radar, front
corner radar and rear corner radar, refer
to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 117
7-118
Driver Assistance System
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
OJK070053
Rear View Monitor shows the area behind
the vehicle to assist you when parking or
backing up.
Detecting sensor
OJK1071251L
(1) Wide - rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
JK1_en_US.book Page 118
7
7-119
Rear View Monitor Settings
Camera settings
OJK071232N
You can change Rear View Monitor
‘Display Contents’ by touching the setup
icon ( ) on the screen while Rear View
Monitor is operating, or selecting ‘Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Camera
Settings’ from the Settings menu while
the engine is on.
Rear View Monitor Operation
Operating button
OJK070066L
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Rear view
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the rear
view will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1) while
the gear is in P (Park), the rear view will
appear on the screen.
• Touch the , the rear view will appear
on the screen.
Off conditions
• The rear view cannot be turned off
when the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Press the Parking/View button (1) again
while the gear is in P (Park) with the rear
view on the screen, the rear view will
turn off.
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
(Park), the rear view will turn off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 119
7-120
Driver Assistance System
Extended rear view monitor
The rear view will maintain showing on
the screen to help you when parking.
Operating conditions
Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view will
appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• When vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h), the rear view will turn off.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear view
will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button (1), the
rear view will turn off.
Rear top view
OJK071227N
When you touch the icon, the top view
is displayed on the screen and shows the
distance from the vehicle in the back of
your vehicle while parking.
Rear View Monitor
Malfunction and Limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display properly,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
image.
WARNING
• The rear view camera does not cover
the complete area behind the vehicle.
The driver should always check the rear
area directly through the inside and
side view mirror before parking or
backing up.
• The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Always keep the rear view camera lens
clean. If the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Rear View
Monitor may not operate properly.
However, do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic
solvents (gasoline, acetone, etc.). This
may damage the camera lens.
JK1_en_US.book Page 120
7
7-121
Surround View Monitor
if equipped
(SVM)
OJK072236C
Surround View Monitor can assist in
parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
Detecting sensor
OJK071056N
OJK073305N
(1) Wide - front view camera
(2) Wide - side view camera (under the
side view mirror
(3) Wide - side view camera (under the
side view mirror
(4) Wide - rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
JK1_en_US.book Page 121
7-122
Driver Assistance System
Surround View Monitor
Settings
OJX1073467N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Parking Safety Priority: Your vehicle
lowers all other audio volumes when
Surround View Monitor is operating.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
Camera settings
OJK071241N
• You can change Surround View Monitor
‘Display Contents’ or ‘Display Settings’
by touching the setup icon ( ) on the
screen while Surround View Monitor is
operating, or selecting ‘Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety> Camera
Settings’ from the Settings menu while
the engine is on.
• In the Display Contents, you can
change settings for ‘Top View Parking
Guidance’, ‘Rear View Parking
Guidance’ and ‘Parking Distance
Warning’.
JK1_en_US.book Page 122
7
7-123
Top View Parking Guidance
Front top view
OJK071242N
Rear top view
OJK071243N
• When the ‘Top View Parking Guidance’
is selected, parking guidance is
displayed on the right side of the
Surround View Monitor screen.
• The ‘Top View Parking Guidance’ can be
connected with the front top view
parking guidance or the rear top view
parking guidance.
Rear View Parking Guidance
OJK071126N
• When the ‘Rear View Parking Guidance’
is selected, parking guidance is
displayed in the rear view.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m)
and 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
Parking Distance Warning
OJK071244N
• When the ‘Parking Distance Warning’ is
selected, parking distance warning is
displayed on the right side of the
Surround View Monitor screen.
• The image will be displayed only when
Parking Distance Warning is warning
the driver.
Surround View Monitor Auto On
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Surround
View Monitor Auto On’ from the Settings
menu to use the function.
JK1_en_US.book Page 123
7-124
Driver Assistance System
Surround View Monitor
Operation
Operating button
OJK070066L
OJK070176
• Press the Parking/View button (1) to
turn on Surround View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
• Other view modes can be selected by
touching the view icons (2) on the
Surround View Monitor screen.
• When one of the infotainment system
button (3) is pressed without the gear in
R (Reverse), Surround View Monitor will
turn off.
Front view
The front image is displayed on the screen
when the gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
to assist in parking. The front view has a
top view/front view/side view/3D view.
Operating conditions
• When the gear is shifted from R
(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive),
the last set mode of front view function
will be selected.
• Front view function will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied:
- While the infotainment system
screen is being displayed, press the
Parking/View button (1) briefly when
the gear is in D (Drive) , N (Neutral), or
P (Parking) and vehicle speed is
below 9 mph (15 km/h).
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
function will operate when the
following conditions are satisfied:
- With ‘Driver Assistance > Parking
Safety > Surround View Monitor
Auto On’ selected from the Settings
menu, the front parking assist view
screen is displayed when Parking
Distance Warning warns the driver
while driving in D (Drive).
Off conditions
• Press the Parking/View button (1) again,
the image will turn off.
• When vehicle speed is above 9 mph (15
km/h) with the gear in D (Drive),
Surround View Monitor will turn off and
the screen will change back to the
previous infotainment system screen.
Although you drive below 9 mph (15
km/h) again, Surround View Monitor
will not turn on.
• Press one of the infotainment system
button (3), the screen will change to the
infotainment system screen.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the image will
turn off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 124
7
7-125
Rear view
The rear image is displayed on the screen
when the gear is in P (Park) to assist in
parking. The rear view has a top view/rear
view/side view/3D view.
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the rear
view will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1) while
the gear is in P (Park), the rear view will
appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• The image cannot be turned off when
the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
(Park), the image will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button (1) again
while the gear is in P (Park) with the
image on the screen.
Surround View Monitor
Malfunction and Limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunction
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers,
or the camera image does not display
properly, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
• When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur
the image.
• The screen may be displayed
abnormally, and an icon will appear at
the top left side of the screen under the
following circumstances:
- The liftgate is opened
- The driver or front passenger door is
opened
- The side view mirror is folded
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle.
What you see on the screen may differ
from the actual vehicle’s location.
• The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Surround View Monitor is designed to
be used on a flat surface. Therefore, if
used on roads with different heights
such as curbs and speed bumps, the
image in the screen may not look
correct.
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If
the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Surround
View Monitor may not operate
properly. However, do not use
chemical solvents such as strong
detergents containing high alkaline or
volatile organic solvents (gasoline,
acetone, etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.
JK1_en_US.book Page 125
7-126
Driver Assistance System
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the rear left and right
side while your vehicle is reversing, and
warn the driver that a collision is
imminent with a warning message and an
audible warning. Also, braking is assisted
to help prevent collision.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the rear left and right
side while your vehicle is reversing, and
warn the driver that a collision is
imminent with a warning message and an
audible warning. Also, braking is assisted
to help prevent collision.
OJX1079108
[A] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range
[B] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating range
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
OJK1071249L
(1) Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
Information
For more details on the precautions of the
rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 126
7
7-127
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Settings
Setting features
OIK070136L
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety’ from the Settings
menu to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist and deselect
to turn off the function.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
will always turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is
selected after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
Information
Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
system include Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist automatically turns off (if
equipped). In this case, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist is not
functional. Always have your eyes on the
road.
OJK073002N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Warning Timing’ from the
Settings menu to change the initial
warning activation time for Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
JK1_en_US.book Page 127
7-128
Driver Assistance System
Type A
OJK073308N
Type B
OJK073303N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set (Type A) or
adjusted (Type B).
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume on level 0, if
you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning Volume
will be automatically adjusted to
volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected or
on level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
JK1_en_US.book Page 128
7
7-129
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Operation
Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn and help control the
vehicle depending on collision risk level.
OPDEN060039
OJK070107
OJK070131
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
side view mirror will blink and a warning
will appear on the cluster. At the same
time, an audible warning will sound and
the steering wheel will vibrate. If the
Rear View Monitor is operating, a
warning will also appear on the
infotainment system screen.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Information
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
there will be a warning whenever the
vehicle approaches from the left or right
side even though your vehicle speed is 0
mph (0 km/h).
JK1_en_US.book Page 129
7-130
Driver Assistance System
OPDEN060039
OJK070108L
OJK070131
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
side view mirror will blink and a warning
message will appear on the cluster. At
the same time, an audible warning will
sound and the steering wheel will
vibrate. A warning will also appear on
the infotainment system screen.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with approaching
vehicles from the left and right.
WARNING
Brake control will end when:
• The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range
• The approaching vehicle passes behind
your vehicle
• The approaching vehicle does not drive
toward your vehicle
• The approaching vehicle speed slows
down
• The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power
JK1_en_US.book Page 130
7
7-131
OJK070193L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
• For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
• During emergency braking, braking
control by Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist will
automatically cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the brake pedal.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist:
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• If any other system’s warning message
is displayed or audible warning is
generated, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the surroundings are noisy.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate if the driver
applies the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
• During Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operation,
the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring
passengers and shifting loose objects.
Always have the seat belt on and keep
loose objects secured.
• Even if there is a problem with Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking will
function normally.
• When Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating,
braking control by the function will
automatically cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the accelerator
pedal.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate in all situations
or cannot avoid all collisions.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may warn the driver late or may
not warn the driver depending on the
road and driving conditions.
• The driver has the responsibility to
control the vehicle. Do not solely
depend on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It
may cause serious injury or death.
JK1_en_US.book Page 131
7-132
Driver Assistance System
CAUTION
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Information
If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist, the driver
must immediately depress the brake
pedal and check vehicle surroundings.
• Brake control will end when the driver
depresses the brake pedal with
sufficient power.
• After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
braking control will operate once for
left and right vehicle approach.
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
OTM070125N
When Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system’ warning message will
appear on the cluster for several seconds,
and the master ( ) warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. If this occur,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 132
7
7-133
OTM070100N
When the side view mirror warning light is
not working properly, the ‘Check side
view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occur, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled
OTM070124N
When the rear bumper around the
rear-side radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate properly when such
foreign material or trailer, etc., is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate properly after it is
removed, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
WARNING
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly in an
area (for example, open terrain), where
any objects are not detected after
turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist when finished.
JK1_en_US.book Page 133
7-134
Driver Assistance System
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• Departing from where trees or grass are
overgrown
• Departing from where roads are wet
• Speed of the approaching vehicle is fast
or slow
Braking control may not work, driver’s
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven road
or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating (if equipped)
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
WARNING
• Driving near a vehicle or structure
OJX1079111
[A] Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may be limited when driving near
a vehicle or structure, and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. If this occurs, the
function may not warn the driver or
control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
JK1_en_US.book Page 134
7
7-135
• When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
OJX1079112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect vehicles which are
parking or pulling out near your vehicle
(for example, a vehicle leaving beside
your vehicle, a vehicle parking or
pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle
approaching your vehicle making a
turn, etc.). If this occurs, the function
may unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
• When the vehicle is parked diagonally
OJX1079113
[A] Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may be limited when backing up
diagonally, and may not detect the
vehicle approaching from the left or
right. If this occurs, the function may
not warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
• When the vehicle is on or near a slope
OJK071112N
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may be limited when the vehicle
is on a uphill or downhill slope, or near
it, and may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or right. If
this occurs, the function may not warn
the driver or control the brakes when
necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
JK1_en_US.book Page 135
7-136
Driver Assistance System
• Pulling into the parking space where
there is a structure
OJX1079115
[A] Structure
[B] Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect vehicles passing by in
front of you when parking in reverse
into a parking space with a wall or
structure in the rear or side area. If this
occurs, the function may unnecessarily
warn the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
• When the vehicle is parked rearward
OJX1079116
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect vehicles passing by
behind you when parking in reverse
into a parking space. If this occurs, the
function may unnecessarily warn the
driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer or turn off
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist for safety reasons.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly if
interfered by strong electromagnetic
waves.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate for 15 seconds
after the vehicle is started, or the rear
corner radars are initialized.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
JK1_en_US.book Page 136
7
7-137
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Reverse Parking Distance
if equipped
Warning (PDW)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning can
help warn the driver if an obstacle is
detected within a certain distance when
the vehicle is moving in reverse at low
speeds.
Detecting sensor
OJK070164L
(1) Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
JK1_en_US.book Page 137
7-138
Driver Assistance System
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning Settings
Warning Methods
OJK073304N
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
automatically turns off (if equipped). In
this case, Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is not functional. Always have
your eyes on the road.
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning Operation
Operating button
OJK070062L
Parking Safety button
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on Reverse Parking Distance
Warning. Press the button again to turn
off the function.
• When Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is off (button indicator light
off), if you shift the gear to R (Reverse),
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
automatically turn on.
JK1_en_US.book Page 138
7
7-139
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate when the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
helps detect a person, animal or object
in the rear when the vehicle’s rearward
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning Malfunction and
Precautions
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
malfunction
After starting the engine, a beep will
sound when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Reverse Parking
Distance Warning is operating properly.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
properly, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• The audible warning does not sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• The ‘Ultrasonic sensor error or
blockage’ warning message appears on
the cluster.
OJK070194L
Distance
from object
Warning
indicator
when
driving
backward
Warning sound
24~48 in.
(60~120
cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12 in.
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
JK1_en_US.book Page 139
7-140
Driver Assistance System
WARNING
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning is a
supplemental function. The operation
of Reverse Parking Distance Warning
can be affected by several factors
(including environmental conditions). It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always check the rear view before and
while parking.
• Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle due to the malfunction of
Reverse Parking Distance Warning.
• Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors, due
to the objects distance, size or material,
all of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning may
not operate properly when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with substance,
such as snow or water (Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will
operate properly when such
substance is removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is scratched
with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding area is
directly sprayed with high pressure
washer
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning may
malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow or
ice
- Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a different
spot from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic
sensors
• Parking Distance Warning Indicators
may be displayed differently from the
actual detected location when the
obstacle is located between the
sensors.
• Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
• If Reverse Parking Distance Warning
needs repair, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Brand products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 140
7
7-141
Forward/Reverse Parking
if equipped
Distance Warning (PDW)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning can help warn the driver if an
obstacle is detected within a certain
distance when the vehicle is moving
forward or in reverse at low speeds.
Detecting sensor
OJK070060
OJK070061
(1) Front ultrasonic sensors
(2) Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning Settings
Warning Methods
OJK073304N
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
JK1_en_US.book Page 141
7-142
Driver Assistance System
Parking Distance Warning Auto On
To use Parking Distance Warning Auto On
function, select ‘Driver Assistance >
Parking Safety > Parking Distance
Warning Auto On’ from the cluster or
infotainment system Settings menu.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning automatically turns off (if
equipped). In this case, Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning is not
functional. Always have your eyes on the
road.
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning Operation
Operating button
OJK070062L
Parking Safety button
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning. Press the button
again to turn off the function.
• When Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning is off (button
indicator light off), if you shift the gear
to R (Reverse), Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will
automatically turn on.
• When Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning turns on, the button
indicator light will turn on. If vehicle
speed is above 18 mph (30 km/h),
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will turn off (button indicator
light off).
JK1_en_US.book Page 142
7
7-143
Forward Parking Distance Warning
• Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of the condition is
satisfied.
- The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking
Distance Warning on
- The gear is in D (Drive) and the
Parking Safety button indicator light
is on
- ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto On’
is selected from the Settings menu
and the gear is in D (Drive)
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
helps detect a person, animal or object
in front when the vehicle’s forward
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
does not operate when the vehicle's
forward speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h) even when the Parking Safety
button indicator is on. Forward Parking
Distance Warning will operate again
when the vehicle's forward speed
decreases below 6 mph (10 km/h) while
the Parking Safety button indicator is
on.
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
On’ is selected, the Parking Safety
button indicator light stays on.
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
On’ is deselected, and the vehicle’s
forward speed is above 18 mph (30
km/h), the Parking Safety button
indicator will turn off. Although you
drive below 6 mph (10 km/h), Forward
Parking Distance Warning will not turn
on.
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Distance
from object
Warning
indicator
when
driving
forward
Warning sound
24~40 in.
(60~100
cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12
in.(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
JK1_en_US.book Page 143
7-144
Driver Assistance System
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate when the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
helps detect a person, animal or object
in the rear when the vehicle’s rearward
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• When the vehicle’s rearward speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h), both the front
and rear ultrasonic sensors will help
detect objects. However, the front
ultrasonic sensors can help detect a
person, animal or object when it is
within 24 in. (60 cm) from the sensors.
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning
Malfunction and Precautions
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning malfunction
After starting the engine, a beep will
sound when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning is operating
properly.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
properly, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• The audible warning does not sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• The ‘Ultrasonic sensor error or
blockage’ warning message appears on
the cluster.
OJK070195L
Distance
from object
Warning
indicator
when
driving
backward
Warning sound
24~48 in.
(60~120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12 in.
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
JK1_en_US.book Page 144
7
7-145
WARNING
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is a supplemental function.
The operation of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors (including
environmental conditions). It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the front and rear views before
and while parking.
• Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle due to the malfunction of
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning.
• Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors, due
to the objects distance, size or material,
all of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may not operate properly
when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with substance,
such as snow or water
(Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will operate properly when
such substance is removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is scratched
with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding area is
directly sprayed with high pressure
washer
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow or
ice
- Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a different
spot from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic
sensors
• Parking Distance Warning Indicators
may be displayed differently from the
actual detected location when the
obstacle is located between the
sensors.
• Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
• If Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 145
7-146
Driver Assistance System
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance
if equipped
Assist (PCA)
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can warn the driver or assist with
braking to help reduce the possibility of
collision with a pedestrian or an object
when backing up.
Detecting sensor
OJK071251L
OJK070061
(1) Wide - rear view camera
(2) Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Settings
Setting features
Parking Safety
• With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance > Parking Safety’
from the Settings menu to set whether
to use each function.
- If ‘Rear Active Assist’ is selected,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver and assist
with braking when a collision with a
pedestrian or an object is imminent.
- If ‘Rear Warning Only’ is selected,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver when a
collision with a pedestrian or an
object is imminent. Braking will not
be assisted.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off.
• If Parking Safety ( ) button is
pressed more than 2 seconds, ‘Rear
Active Assist’ or ‘Rear Warning Only’
can be turned on or off.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
automatically turns off (if equipped). In
this case, Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not functional. Always have your
eyes on the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 146
7
7-147
OJK073002N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance > Warning Timing’ from the
Settings menu to change the initial
warning activation time for Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assistance
systems may change.
Type A
OJK073308N
Type B
OJK073303N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
• Haptic Warning: The steering wheel
vibration can be set (Type A) or
adjusted (Type B).
JK1_en_US.book Page 147
7-148
Driver Assistance System
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
• With the Warning Volume on level 0, if
you deselect or adjust the Haptic
Warning to level 0, the Warning
Volume will be automatically adjusted
to volume level 2.
• With the Haptic Warning deselected or
on level 0, if you adjust the Warning
Volume to level 0, the Haptic Warning
will be selected or automatically
adjusted to volume level 2.
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Operation
Operating conditions
If ‘Rear Active Assist’ or ‘Rear Warning
Only’ is set from the Settings menu,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will be in the ready status when the
following conditions are satisfied:
• The liftgate is closed
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h)
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist components such as the rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic
sensors are in normal conditions
When Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist activates, a
line appears behind the vehicle image in
the instrument cluster.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates only once after the gear is
shifted to R (Reverse). To reactivate
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist, shift the gear from another gear to
R (Reverse).
JK1_en_US.book Page 148
7
7-149
OJK070196L
Rear Active Assist
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects a risk of collision with a
pedestrian or an object, Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
warn the driver with an audible warning
and warning message on the cluster.
When Rear View Monitor is operating, a
warning will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects an imminent collision
with a pedestrian or an object behind
the vehicle, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will assist
you with braking. The driver needs to
pay attention and apply the brakes as
the brake assist will last for 5 minutes.
The driver must immediately depress
the brake pedal and check vehicle
surroundings.
When the vehicle is assisting with
braking, an audible warning will occur
for 5 minutes or until the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
If after 5 minutes the driver does not
depress the brake pedal, the EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) is applied.
The vehicle will remain in R (Reverse)
until the driver switches the gear to P
(Park) or D (Drive).
• Brake control will end when:
- The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive).
- The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power
- Braking assist has lasted for
approximately 5 minutes
• The warning will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P (Park),
N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
Rear Warning Only
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects a risk of collision with a
pedestrian or an object, Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
warn the driver with an audible warning
and warning message on the cluster.
When Rear View Monitor is operating, a
warning will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
• If ‘Rear Warning Only’ is selected,
braking will not be assisted.
• The warning will turn off when the gear
is shifted to P (Park), N (Neutral) or D
(Drive).
JK1_en_US.book Page 149
7-150
Driver Assistance System
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
OJK070197L
When Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist or other
related functions are not working
properly, the ‘Check Parking Safety
system’ warning message will appear on
the cluster, and Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off
automatically. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled
OJK1071250L
The rear view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect pedestrians. If
the camera lens is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it may
adversely affect camera performance and
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly. Always
keep the camera lens clean.
OJK070063
The rear ultrasonic sensors are located
inside the rear bumper to detect objects
in the rear area. If the sensors are covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it may adversely affect sensor
performance and Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate properly. Always keep the rear
bumper clean.
JK1_en_US.book Page 150
7
7-151
Rear view camera
OJK070198L
Rear ultrasonic sensor
OJK070199L
The ‘Camera error or blockage’ or
‘Ultrasonic sensor error or blockage’
warning message will appear on the
cluster if the following situations occur:
• The rear view camera or rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, etc.
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
If this occurs, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may turn off or
may not operate properly. Check whether
the rear view camera and rear ultrasonic
sensors are clean.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not assist braking or warn the
driver even if there are pedestrians or
objects under the following
circumstances:
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
• Bumper height or rear ultrasonic sensor
installation has been modified
• Rear view camera or rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is damaged
• Rear view camera or the rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is stained with foreign
material, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• Rear view camera is obscured by a light
source or by inclement weather, such
as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
• The surrounding is very bright or very
dark
• Outside temperature is very high or
very low
• The wind is either strong (above 12 mph
(20 km/h)) or blowing perpendicular to
the rear bumper
• Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle
engines or truck air brakes, are near
your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
• There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the pedestrian
• The image of the pedestrian in the rear
view camera is indistinguishable from
the background
• The pedestrian is near the rear edge of
the vehicle
JK1_en_US.book Page 151
7-152
Driver Assistance System
• The pedestrian is not standing upright
• The pedestrian is either very short or
very tall for Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist to detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing that
does not reflect ultrasonic waves well
• Size, thickness, height, or shape of the
object does not reflect ultrasonic waves
well (for example, pole, bush, curbs,
carts, edge of a wall, etc.)
• The pedestrian or the object is moving
• The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle
• A wall is behind the pedestrian or the
object
• The object is not located at the rear
center of your vehicle
• The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
• The road is slippery or inclined
• The driver backs up the vehicle
immediately after shifting to R
(Reverse)
• The driver accelerates or circles the
vehicle
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver
or assist with braking even if there are no
pedestrians or objects under the
following circumstances:
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
• Bumper height or rear ultrasonic sensor
installation has been modified
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
• Rear view camera or the rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is stained with foreign
material, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• The pattern on the road is mistaken for
a pedestrian
• There is shadow or light reflecting on
the ground
• Pedestrians or objects are around the
path of the vehicle
• Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle
engines or truck air brakes, are near
your vehicle
• Your vehicle is backing towards a
narrow passage or parking space
• Your vehicle is backing towards an
uneven road surface, such as an
unpaved road, gravel, bump, gradient,
etc.
• A trailer or carrier is installed on the rear
of your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
JK1_en_US.book Page 152
7
7-153
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist:
• Always exercise extreme caution while
driving. The driver is responsible for
braking and safe driving.
• Always pay attention to road and traffic
conditions while driving, whether or not
there is a warning.
• Always look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no pedestrians or
objects before moving the vehicle.
• The performance of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may vary
under certain conditions. If vehicle
speed is above 2 mph (4 km/h), Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
provide collision avoidance assist only
when pedestrians are detected. Always
look around and pay attention when
backing up your vehicle.
• Some objects may not be detected by
the rear ultrasonic sensors due to the
objects distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of the
sensor.
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly or may
operate unnecessarily depending on
the road conditions and the
surroundings.
• Do not solely rely on Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Doing so
may lead to vehicle damage or injuries.
CAUTION
• Noise may be heard when sudden
braking occurs to avoid a collision.
• If any other warning sound such as the
seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
may not sound.
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not work properly if the
bumper has been damaged, replaced
or repaired.
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly if
interfered by strong electromagnetic
waves.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent passengers
from hearing Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
sounds.
• The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
JK1_en_US.book Page 153
7-154
Driver Assistance System
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
• Always keep the rear view camera and
rear ultrasonic sensors clean.
• Do not use any cleanser containing acid
or alkaline detergents when cleaning
the rear view camera lens. Use only a
mild soap or neutral detergent, and
rinse thoroughly with water.
• Do not spray the rear view camera or
the rear ultrasonic sensors or their
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. It may cause the rear
view camera or the rear ultrasonic
sensors to malfunction.
• Do not apply objects, such as a bumper
sticker or a bumper guard, near the rear
view camera or rear ultrasonic sensors
or apply paint to the bumper. Doing so
may adversely affect the performance
of Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
• Never disassemble or apply impact on
the rear view camera or the rear
ultrasonic sensors components.
• Do not apply unnecessary force on the
rear view camera or the rear ultrasonic
sensors. Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate properly if the rear view
camera or the rear ultrasonic sensor(s)
is forcibly moved out of proper
alignment. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can detect a pedestrian or an
object when:
• A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle
• A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
parked in the rear center of your vehicle
JK1_en_US.book Page 154
7
7-155
Remote Smart Parking
if equipped
Assist (RSPA)
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses vehicle
sensors to help the driver park and exit
parking spaces remotely from outside the
vehicle by controlling the steering wheel,
vehicle speed and gearshifts.
• Remote Smart Parking and Remote
Operation function may be operated
from outside the vehicle using the
smart key.
• Smart Parking and Remote Smart
Parking function may be operated from
inside the vehicle.
• Smart Parking and Remote Smart
Parking function helps the driver with
perpendicular reverse parking and
parallel reverse parking.
• Smart Exit function helps the driver
with parallel forward exit.
• When Remote Smart Parking Assist
operates, Parking Distance Warning
and Surround View Monitor will also
operate. For more details, refer to
“Reverse Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)” and “Surround View Monitor
(SVM)” sections in this chapter.
Function Description
Remote
Operation
Remotely moving forward
or backward
Smart
Parking or
Remote
Smart
Parking
Perpendicular reverse
parking
Parallel reverse parking
Smart Exit
Parallel forward exit
Function Description
JK1_en_US.book Page 155
7-156
Driver Assistance System
Detecting sensors
OJK072228C
OJK071229N
(1) Front ultrasonic sensors
(2) Front side ultrasonic sensors
(3) Rear side ultrasonic sensors
(4) Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
• Never disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or cause
any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors need repair,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or ultrasonic sensor installation
has been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with the
sensor performance.
• When the ultrasonic sensor is frozen or
stained with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may not operate until the stains
are removed using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
ultrasonic sensor. Sensor damage
could occur.
• Do not spray the ultrasonic sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer.
JK1_en_US.book Page 156
7
7-157
Remote Smart Parking Assist
Settings
Settings features
OJK073304N
Warning Methods
With the engine on, go to 'Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods'
from the Settings in the infotainment
system to select the following:
• Warning Volume: The warning volume
can be adjusted.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• Warning Method will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
• The setting menu may not be available
for your vehicle depending on the
vehicle features and specifications.
CAUTION
When a trailer is connected to the tow
hitch harness installed to your vehicle,
Remote Smart Parking Assist
automatically turns off (if equipped). In
this case, Remote Smart Parking Assist is
not functional. Always have your eyes on
the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 157
Driver Assistance System
7-158
Remote Smart Parking Assist Operation
Remote Smart Parking Assist button
Parking/View button,
Parking Safety button
Smart key Digital key
Location Name Symbol Description
Inside
vehicle
Parking/Vie
w button
• Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn on
Remote Smart Parking Assist. Also, Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance warning will automatically turn on.
However, functions may differ depending on the
situations. Refer to each function's description for
more details in the following pages.
• Press and hold the Parking/View button while Smart
Parking or Smart Exit function is on to operate the
function.
Parking
Safety
button
• Press the Parking Safety button while Remote Smart
Parking Assist is operating to end Remote Smart
Parking Assist operation.
Smart
key
Remote
Start button
• Press the Remote Start button after the door is locked
with the engine off to start the engine remotely.
• Press the Remote Start button while Remote Smart
Parking or Remote Operation function is operating to
end function operation.
Forward
button
• When using Remote Smart Parking function,
regardless of which direction button is pressed,
parking is supported while the button is pressed.
• When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the button while the
button is pressed.
Backward
button
Digital
key
Remote
Smart
Parking
Assist icon
• Press the Remote Smart Parking Assist icon on the
smartphone digital key application to activate
Remote Smart Parking.
• When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the icon is pushed
and moves while the icon is pushed.
• When using Remote Smart Parking function,
regardless of which direction the icon is pushed,
parking is supported while the icon is pushed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 158
7
7-159
Remote Operation
Operating order
Remote Operation operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and backward
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and backward
There are two ways to operate Remote
Operation function.
OJK070068
Method (1) Using the function with engine
off
(1) Within a certain range from the vehicle
press the door lock ( ) button on the
smart key and lock all doors.
(2) Press and hold the Remote Start
button ( ) within 4 seconds until the
engine starts.
* For more details on remotely starting
the engine, refer to “Remote Start”
section in chapter 6.
OJK070069
OJK1071254N
Method (2) Using the function with
engine on
(1) Park the vehicle in front of the space
where you want to use Remote Operation
function, and shift the gear to P (Park).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View ( )
button to turn on Smart Parking Assist. A
message ‘Under Remote Control’ will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
JK1_en_US.book Page 159
7-160
Driver Assistance System
(3) Get out of the vehicle with the smart
key and close all doors.
• 'Agree' must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Remote Operation
function.
• Method (2) can be used after the
vehicle has been driven above 3 mph (5
km/h).
• If the function is turned on again after
parallel parking is completed by
Remote Smart Parking Assist, Remote
Operation function can be used with
Method (2).
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
OJX1079040
(1) Press and hold one of the Forward ( )
or Backward ( ) button on the smart key.
Remote Smart Parking Assist will
automatically control the steering wheel,
vehicle speed and gearshift. The vehicle
will move in the direction of the button
pressed.
(2) While Remote Operation function is
operating, if you do not hold down the
Forward ( ) or Backward ( ) button, the
vehicle will stop and function control will
pause. The function will start operating
again when the button is pressed and
held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the target
location, release the smart key Forward or
Backward button.
(4) When the driver gets in the vehicle
with the smart key, a message will appear
informing the driver Remote Operation
function is complete on the infotainment
system screen and the engine will remain
on. In addition, when the Remote Start
( ) button is pressed on the smart key
from outside the vehicle, a message will
appear informing the driver Remote
Operation function is complete and the
engine will turn off.
• Check that all smart keys are outside
the vehicle when using Remote
Operation function.
• Remote Operation function will operate
only when the smart key is within 13 ft.
(4 m) from the vehicle. If there is no
vehicle movement even when the
Forward or Backward button is pressed
on the smart key, check the distance to
the vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart key
may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by radio
waves such as transmission tower,
broadcast station, etc.
• When remotely moving forward using
method (1), it is recognized as an exit
situation, and the vehicle moves 13 ft. (4
m) to check for pedestrians, animals or
objects around the vehicle. After
confirmation, the steering wheel is
controlled according to the condition
ahead.
• When remotely moving forward using
method (2), it is recognized as a parking
situation, and will immediately control
the steering wheel according to the
condition ahead to assist with entering
the parking space and aligning the
vehicle. However, performance may
reduce depending on the pedestrians,
animals, shape of objects, location,
etc., around the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 160
7
7-161
• For moving remotely backward, both
method (1) and (2) aligns the steering
wheel first, and then will only move the
vehicle straight.
• When remotely moving forward or
backward is completed, the vehicle will
automatically shift to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
CAUTION
• When using Remote Operation
function, make sure that all passengers
have gotten out of the vehicle.
• If the vehicle’s battery is discharged or
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunctions when parked in a narrow
parking space, Remote Operation
function will not operate. Always park
your vehicle in a space wide enough for
you to get in or out of your vehicle.
• Please note that depending on the
parking space, you may not be able to
exit from the space you have entered
by using Remote Operation function.
• After parking, the surrounding may
change due to the movement of
surrounding vehicles. If this occurs,
Remote Operation function may not
operate.
• Before leaving the vehicle, close
windows and sunroofs, and make sure
the engine is off before locking the
doors.
• When using Remote Operation
function with the digital key, the smart
key should be within 13 ft. (4 m) from
the vehicle.
Remote Operation function operation
status
* Operation status by the hazard warning
light may not be applicable based on the
regulation of your country.
* If the smart key is not within the
operating range from the vehicle
(approximately 13 ft. (4m)), the smart key
LED will not illuminate or blink. Use the
smart key within the operating range.
Operation
status
Smart key LED
Hazard
warning
light
Under
control
Green LED
continuously
blinks
-
Pause
Red LED
continuously
blinks
Blinks
Off
Red LED
illuminates for
4 seconds and
then turns off
Blinks 3
times and
turns off
Complete
Green LED
illuminates for
4 seconds and
then turns off
Blinks 1
time and
turns off
JK1_en_US.book Page 161
7-162
Driver Assistance System
How to turn off Remote Operation function
while operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button
while the infotainment system screen
guides the driver using method 2.
• Shift the gear except to P (Park) while
the infotainment system screen guides
the driver using method 2.
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button or
select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen.
• Press the Remote Start ( ) button on
the smart key while the vehicle is being
controlled by Remote Operation
function. Remote Operation function
will turn off. At this time, the engine will
turn off.
• Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
Remote Operation function will turn
off. At this time, the engine will remain
on.
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• There is a pedestrian, animal or object
in the direction the vehicle is moving
• The door or liftgate is open
• The Forward ( ) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
• Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
• The smart key is not operated within 13
ft. (4 m) from the vehicle
• Button of another smart key is pressed
in addition to the operating smart key
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
or Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled in
the reverse direction.
• The vehicle moves 22 ft. (7 m) while the
smart key is pressed with Remote
Operation function (maximum travel
distance per button press)
When Remote Operation function is
paused, the vehicle will stop. If the
condition that made the function to
pause disappears, the function may
operate again.
JK1_en_US.book Page 162
7
7-163
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• The steering wheel is steered
• The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
• The engine hood is open
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
depressed when all the doors are
closed
• The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
• Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds has passed after Remote
Operation function has started to
operate
• The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
• The function is paused for more than 1
minute
• The total travel distance of the vehicle
has exceeded 45 ft. (14 m) after Remote
Operation function operation
• The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
and drive controls are not working
properly
• There is a problem with the smart key or
the smart key battery is low
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
• The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
When Remote Operation function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and engage
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
Smart Parking, Remote Smart
Parking
Operating order
Parking function operates in the following
order:
1. Getting ready for parking
2. Searching for parking space
3. Select parking type and operating
mode
4. Smart Parking
5. Remote Smart Parking
• Parking function includes Smart
Parking and Remote Smart Parking.
1. Getting ready for parking
OJK070163L
(1) With the engine turned on, depress the
brake pedal and shift the gear to D (Drive)
or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View ( )
button to turn on Remote Smart Parking
Assist.
• 'Agree' must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Parking function.
• If you drive above 3 mph (5 km/h) with
the engine on, you may use the Parking
function with the gear shifted to N
(Neutral).
JK1_en_US.book Page 163
7-164
Driver Assistance System
2. Searching for parking space
OJK1071255N
(1) Slowly drive forward maintaining the
distance of approximately 40 in. (100 cm)
from the parked vehicles.
(2) When searching for a parking space is
complete, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen with an
audible sound to notify the search is
complete.
(3) ‘Select Parking Type’ will be displayed
on the infotainment system screen and
the selected parking space will appear on
Top View screen of Surround View
Monitor.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist searches
for parking spaces that are next to
parked vehicles, or parking spaces with
parked vehicles in front or rear.
• While searching for a parking space,
when vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20
km/h), a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen informing
you to slow down. When vehicle speed
is above 18 mph (30 km/h), Parking
function will turn off.
• Searching for a parking space will be
completed when there is enough space
to move the vehicle in addition to the
parking space.
• Even if an audible sound is heard to
notify that searching for a parking
space is complete, search completion
can be canceled immediately
depending on surroundings.
Information
OJX1070232N
[A] Searching for parking space
• If the distance is below 1.5 ft. (50 cm) or
over 5 ft. (150 cm), Remote Smart
Parking Assist may not be able to
search for a parking space.
• If you do not maintain a certain
distance from the parked vehicle, the
performance to search for a parking
space may reduce.
• Even if a diagonal parking space is
searched as a parking space, parking is
not assisted properly.
• Due to abnormal performance of the
ultrasonic sensor or the influence of the
surroundings, Parking function may not
be able to search for a parking space
even if there is a parking space, or may
search for a space that is not suitable
for parking.
JK1_en_US.book Page 164
7
7-165
3. Select parking type and operating
mode
OJK1071256N
(1) Parking type - Perpendicular reverse
(Left/Right), Parallel reverse (Left/Right)
With the vehicle stopped by depressing
the brake pedal, touch the infotainment
system screen or use the central
controller to select the desired parking
type.
• If you continue to drive without
stopping after the parking type
selection screen appears, Remote
Smart Parking Assist will return to the
previous stage and search for a parking
space.
• If Parking function is canceled
unintentionally by pressing the
Parking/View ( ) button before the
parking type is selected, you can return
to the parking type selection stage by
pressing and holding the button again
while the vehicle is stopped.
CAUTION
Before selecting the Parking type, the
driver should check whether the parking
space is suitable.
If the searched parking space by Remote
Smart Parking Assist is narrow or
unsuitable for parking, do not select the
Parking type and move the vehicle to
search for another parking space.
OJK1071257N
(2) Operating mode - Remote Parking,
Smart Parking
After selecting a parking type, the
infotainment system screen will guide
you with Remote Smart Parking function
and Smart Parking function. Follow the
instructions to operate Remote Smart
Parking Assist.
• Operating instructions will be displayed
on the screen for each desired function
you select.
• Do not take your foot off the brake
pedal during the Parking function
guide. When the vehicle moves,
Remote Smart Parking Assist will turn
off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 165
7-166
Driver Assistance System
Information
OJK1071258N
If Remote Smart Parking Assist cannot
activate Remote Smart Parking function,
only the Smart Parking guide will be
displayed on the infotainment system
screen.
4. Smart Parking
OJK1071259N
OJK1071260N
(1) Press the Parking/View ( ) button
when the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal. When the
brake pedal is released, Remote Smart
Parking Assist will automatically control
the steering wheel, vehicle speed and
gearshift.
(2) While Smart Parking function is
operating, if you do not hold down the
Parking/View button, the vehicle will stop
and function control will pause. The
function will start operating again when
the Parking/View button is pressed and
held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the target
parking position, a message will appear
on the infotainment system screen to
inform you that parking is complete. Also,
the gear shifts to P (Park) and EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) is applied.
JK1_en_US.book Page 166
7
7-167
• Smart Parking function will not operate
if the door is open or the seat belt is not
fastened.
• The parking location indicator is
displayed on Surround View Monitor
screen and is displayed until the vehicle
enters the parking space for the first
time by Smart Parking function.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted by
depressing the brake pedal while Smart
Parking function is operating. However,
the vehicle does not accelerate even
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
• Depending on parking environments, if
the vehicle is stopped by a stopper,
parking may be completed.
• If you need to change the vehicle's
position or location, manually complete
parking your vehicle.
5. Remote Smart Parking
OJK1071267N
(1) Shift the gear to P (Park), get out of the
vehicle with the smart key, and close all
doors.
(2) Press and hold one of the Forward ( )
or Backward ( ) button on the smart key.
Remote Smart Parking Assist will
automatically control the steering wheel,
vehicle speed and gearshift.
(3) While Remote Smart Parking function
is operating, if you do not hold down the
Forward ( ) or Backward ( ) button, the
vehicle will stop and function control will
pause. The function will start operating
again when the button is pressed and
held again.
(4) When the vehicle reaches the target
parking position, a message will appear
on the infotainment system screen to
inform you that parking is complete. The
vehicle will automatically shift to P (Park),
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
and the engine will turn off.
• When operating Remote Smart Parking
function, make sure all smart keys are
outside of the vehicle.
• Remote Smart Parking function will
operate only when the smart key is
within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle. If
there is no vehicle movement even
when the Remote Forward or Backward
button is pressed on the smart key,
check the distance to the vehicle and
press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart key
may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by radio
waves such as transmission tower,
broadcast station, etc.
• The parking location indicator is
displayed on Surround View Monitor
screen and is displayed until the vehicle
enters the parking space for the first
time by Remote Smart Parking
function.
• Depending on parking environments, if
the vehicle is stopped by a stopper,
parking may be completed.
• If you need to change the vehicle's
position or location, manually complete
parking your vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 167
7-168
Driver Assistance System
CAUTION
• When using Remote Smart Parking
function, make sure that all passengers
have gotten out of the vehicle.
• After ending or turning off Remote
Smart Parking function, before leaving
the vehicle, close windows and
sunroofs, and make sure the engine is
off before locking the doors.
• When using Remote Smart Parking
function with the digital key, the smart
key should be within 13 ft. (4 m) from
the vehicle.
How to turn off Parking function while
operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button in
the following stage:
- Searching for parking space
- Select parking type
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the
following stage:
- Searching for parking space
- Select parking type
- Select operating mode
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button or
select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen to turn off Parking
function.
• While Smart Parking function is
operating:
- If the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, and the
gear is shifted, Parking function will
turn off. At this time, EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake) will not be engaged.
• While Remote Smart Parking function is
operating:
- Press the Remote Start ( ) button on
the smart key. Parking function will
turn off.
- Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
Parking function will turn off. At this
time, the engine will remain on.
JK1_en_US.book Page 168
7
7-169
Parking function operation status
• Smart Parking function
• Smart Parking function
* Operation status by the hazard warning light may not be applicable based on the
regulation of your country.
* If the smart key is not within the operating range from the vehicle (approximately 13 ft.
(4m)), the smart key LED will not illuminate or blink. Use the smart key within the
operating range.
Operation status Turn signal
Under control
The turn signal of the parking direction blinks until the first reverse
is complete.
Operation
status
Smart key LED Hazard warning light Turn signal
Under
control
Green LED
continuously blinks
-
The turn signal of the
parking direction blinks until
the first reverse is complete.
Pause
Red LED continuously
blinks
Blinks -
Off
Red LED illuminates for
4 seconds and then
turns off
Blinks 3 times and
turns off
-
Complete
Green LED illuminates
for 4 seconds and then
turns off
Blinks 1 time and
turns off
-
JK1_en_US.book Page 169
7-170
Driver Assistance System
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Parking
- There is a pedestrian, animal or
object in the direction the vehicle is
moving
- The door or liftgate is open
- The driver’s seat belt is not fastened
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled
in the reverse direction
- The Parking/View ( ) button is not
continuously pressed
- The vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal
• Remote Smart Parking
- There is a pedestrian, animal or
object in the direction the vehicle is
moving
- The door or liftgate is open
- The Forward ( ) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
- Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
- The smart key is not operated within
13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle
- Button of another smart key is
pressed in addition to the operating
smart key
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled
in the reverse direction
When Parking function is paused, the
vehicle will automatically stop. If the
condition that made the function to
pause disappears, the function may
operate again.
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Parking
- The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- The driver opens the door with the
seatbelt unfastened
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
- There are pedestrians, animals or
objects at the front and rear of the
vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds has passed after Smart
Parking function has started to
operate
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The function is paused for more than
1 minute
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working properly
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
When Smart Parking function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
• Remote Smart Parking
- The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
JK1_en_US.book Page 170
7
7-171
- The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed when all the doors are
closed
- The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open.
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
- There are pedestrians, animals or
objects at the front and rear of the
vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds has passed after Remote
Smart Parking function has started to
operate
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The function is paused for more than
1 minute
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working properly
- There is a problem with the smart key
or the smart key battery is low
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
- The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
When Remote Smart Parking function
is canceled, the vehicle will
automatically stop, shift the gear to P
(Park) and engage EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake).
Smart Exit
Operating order
Smart Exit function operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready for exit
2. Checking space
3. Select exit direction
4. Smart Exit
1. Getting ready for exit
OJK070163L
(1) With the engine turned on, depress the
brake pedal and shift the gear to P (Park)
or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View ( )
button to turn on Remote Smart Parking
Assist.
• 'Agree' must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Smart Smart Exit
function.
• Drive below 3 mph (5 km/h) with the
engine on and shift the gear to N
(Neutral), Smart Exit function can be
used.
• If the function is turned on again after
parallel parking is completed by
Remote Smart Parking Assist, Smart
Exit function can be used.
JK1_en_US.book Page 171
7-172
Driver Assistance System
2. Checking space
OJK1071261N
(1) When the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle
sensors will detect the distance from
nearby objects and check for space to
exit.
(2) When checking for space is complete,
a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen with an
audible sound to notify the search is
complete.
WARNING
• While checking for space, if there is a
risk of collision with pedestrian, animal
or object in the direction of vehicle exit,
for your safety, Smart Exit function can
be turned off.
• Even if checking for space is
completed, objects in the blind spot
area cannot be detected by the
sensors. The driver must directly check
the blind spot area and continue using
the function.
Information
Due to abnormal performance of the
ultrasonic sensor or the influence of the
surroundings, Parking function may not
be able to search for a parking space even
if there is a parking space, or may search
for a space that is not suitable for parking.
3. Select exit direction
OJK1071262N
(1) With the vehicle stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, the
infotainment system screen displays the
possible directions for parallel exit.
(2) Touch the infotainment system screen
or use the central controller to select the
desired exit direction.
CAUTION
• Before selecting the Exit Direction, the
driver should check whether the space
for exit is suitable.
• If the searched exit space by Remote
Smart Parking Assist is narrow or
unsuitable (surrounding vehicles are
parked vertically, etc.), do not use the
Smart Exit function.
JK1_en_US.book Page 172
7
7-173
4. Smart Exit
OJK1071263N
(1) Press the Parking/View ( ) button
when the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal. When the
brake pedal is released, Remote Smart
Parking Assist will automatically control
the steering wheel, vehicle speed and
gearshift.
(2) While Smart Exit function is operating,
if you do not hold down the Parking/View
button, the vehicle will stop and function
control will pause. The function will start
operating again when the Parking/View
button is pressed and held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the target
exit location, a message will appear on
the infotainment system screen to inform
you that exit is complete.
• Smart Exit function will not operate if
the door is open or the seat belt is not
fastened.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted by
depressing the brake pedal while Smart
Exit function is operating. However, the
vehicle does not accelerate even when
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• If exit is completed while depressing
the brake pedal, Smart Exit function will
complete with the gear in D (Drive).
• If exit is completed while depressing
the accelerator pedal, you must take
your foot off the accelerator pedal once
for the accelerator pedal to operate.
• If there is no vehicle operation such as
depressing the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal within 4 seconds
after exit is complete, the vehicle will
automatically shift to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
• After Exit function is complete, always
check the surroundings before driving.
Smart Exit operation status
How to turn off Smart function while
operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button in
the following stage:
- Checking space
- Select exit direction
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the
following stage:
- Checking space
- Select exit direction
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button or
select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen to turn off Exit function.
• While Smart Exit function is operating,
if the vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal, and the gear is shifted,
Exiting function will turn off. At this
time, EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
will not be engaged.
Operations
tatus
Turn signal
Under
control
The turn signal of the exit
direction blinks until the
exit is complete or Smart
Exit is canceled.
JK1_en_US.book Page 173
7-174
Driver Assistance System
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• There is a pedestrian, animal or object
in the direction the vehicle is moving
• The door or liftgate is open
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
or Rear-Cross Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled in
the reverse direction
• The Parking/View ( ) button is not
continuously pressed
• The vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal
When Exit function is paused, the vehicle
will stop. If the condition that made the
function to pause disappears, the
function may operate again.
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Exit
- The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- The driver opens the door with the
seatbelt unfastened
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
- There are pedestrians, animals or
objects at the front and rear of the
vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds has passed after Smart Exit
function has started to operate
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The function was paused for more
than 1 minute
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working properly
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
When Smart Exit function is canceled,
the vehicle will automatically stop, shift
the gear to P (Park) and engage EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake).
Remote Smart Parking Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction
OJK1071264N
Remote Smart Parking Assist check
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Parking
Assist’ warning message will appear on
the infotainment system screen. If the
message appears, stop using Remote
Smart Parking Assist, and have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 174
7
7-175
OJK1071265N
Remote Smart Parking Assist canceled
When Remote Parking Assist is operating,
the function can be canceled, and the
‘Parking Assist Canceled’ warning
message may appear regardless of the
parking order. Other messages may
appear depending on the situations.
Follow the instructions provided on the
infotainment system screen while parking
your vehicle with Remote Parking Assist.
Always look around and pay attention
when using Remote Smart Parking Assist.
OJK1071266N
Remote Smart Parking Assist standby
When ‘Parking Assist Conditions Not Met’
message appears, when Parking/View
( ) button has been pressed and held,
Remote Smart Parking Assist is in
standby. After a while, press and hold the
Parking/View ( ) button again to see if
Remote Smart Parking Assist works.
The message appears even when the
smart key's battery is low. Check the
smart key battery level.
Limitations of Remote Smart Parking
Assist
In the following circumstances, Remote
Smart Parking Assist performance to park
or exit the vehicle may be limited, there
may be a risk of collision, or Remote
Smart Parking Assist may turn off. Park or
exit the vehicle manually if necessary.
• An object is attached to the steering
wheel
• The vehicle is installed with a snow
chain, spare tire or different size wheel
• Tire pressure is lower or higher than the
standard tire pressure
• Your vehicle is loaded with cargo longer
or wider than your vehicle or a trailer is
connected to your vehicle
• There is a problem with the wheel
alignment
• Your vehicle is leaned severely to one
side
• Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer
hitch
• The license plate is installed differently
from the original location
• There is a person, animal or object
above or below the ultrasonic sensor
when Remote Smart Parking Assist is
activated
• The parking space is curved or diagonal
• There is an obstacle such as a person,
animal or object (trash can, bicycle,
motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow
pillar, etc.) near the parking space
• There is a circular pillar or narrow pillar,
or a pillar surrounded by objects such
as fire extinguisher, etc., near the
parking space
• The road surface is bumpy (curbstone,
speed bump, etc.)
• The road is slippery
• The parking space is near a vehicle with
higher ground clearance or big, such as
a truck, etc.
JK1_en_US.book Page 175
7-176
Driver Assistance System
• The parking space is Inclined
• There is heavy wind
• Operating Remote Smart Parking Assist
on uneven roads, gravel roads, bushes,
etc.
• The performance of the ultrasonic
sensor is affected by extremely hot or
cold weather
• The ultrasonic sensor is covered with
snow or water
• An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
• A wireless device with a transmission
function operates near the ultrasonic
sensors
• Your vehicle is affected by another
vehicle’s Parking Distance Warning
• The sensor is mounted or positioned
incorrectly by an impact to the bumper
• When the ultrasonic sensor cannot
detect the following objects:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
cm) in diameter
- Objects which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow
- A narrow object such as a corner of a
square pillar
- Person, animal or object near the
ultrasonic sensor
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate properly under the following
circumstances:
• Parking on inclines
OJK072070
Park manually when parking on
inclines.
• Parking in snow
OJK072074
Snow may interfere with sensor
operation, or Remote Smart Parking
Assist may cancel if the road is slippery
while parking.
JK1_en_US.book Page 176
7
7-177
• Parking on uneven road
OJK072071
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
cancel when the vehicle slips, or the
vehicle cannot move due to road
conditions such as pebbles or
fragmented stones.
• Parking behind a truck
OJK072072
Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist around vehicles with higher
ground clearance, such as a bus, truck,
etc. It may lead to an accident.
• Parking near a pillar
OJK072206
Remote Smart Parking Assist
performance may reduce or collision
with an obstacle may occur when there
is a narrow object, circular pillar, square
pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as a fire extinguisher, etc., near
the parking space. The driver should
park the vehicle manually.
• Parking in a parking space with a
vehicle on one side only
OJX1072049
If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used,
when parking in a parking space with a
vehicle only on one side, your vehicle
may cross the parking line to avoid the
parked vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 177
7-178
Driver Assistance System
• Parking diagonal
OJX1072045
Remote Smart Parking Assist does not
provide diagonal parking. Even if your
vehicle was able to enter the parking
space, do not use Remote Smart
Parking Assist because the function
cannot operate properly.
• Leaving a parking space near a wall or
parking in a narrow space
OJK072154
- Remote Smart Parking Assist my not
operate properly when leaving a
parking space that is narrow and near
a wall. Always check for pedestrians,
animals, objects while leaving.
- For your safety, Remote Smart
Parking Assist does not search for
parking spaces at areas with narrow
parking spaces that are narrower
than the minimum space required for
parking.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Remote Smart Parking Assist:
• The driver is responsible for safe
parking and exit when using Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
• When using Remote Smart Parking
Assist, stay out of the way in the
direction the vehicle moves for your
safety.
• Always check surroundings when using
Remote Smart Parking Assist. You may
collide with pedestrians, animals, or
objects if they are near the sensor or are
in the sensor’s blind spot area.
• A collision may occur if a pedestrian,
animal, or object suddenly appears
while Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating.
• Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist when under the influence of
alcohol.
• Do not let children or other people to
use the smart key.
• If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used
continuously for a long period, it may
adversely affect Remote Smart Parking
Assist performance.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate properly if the vehicle needs
wheel alignment adjustment such as
when the vehicle tilts to one side. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded Products.
• Noise may be heard when braking
occurs by Remote Smart Parking Assist
or when the brake pedal is depressed
by the driver.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may
suddenly apply the brake to avoid
collision.
• Use Remote Smart Parking Assist only
in a parking space that is large enough
for the vehicle to move safely.
JK1_en_US.book Page 178
7
7-179
Information
• If the 3rd stage warning (continuous
beep) of the Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning sounds while
Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating, it means the obstacle
detected is close to your vehicle. At this
time, Remote Smart Parking Assist will
temporarily stop operating. Make sure
there are no pedestrians, animals, or
objects around your vehicle.
• Depending on brake operation, the
stop lights may come on while the
vehicle is moving.
• If the vehicle is remotely started that
has been parked in cold weather for a
long time, the operation of Remote
Smart Parking function may be delayed
or canceled depending on vehicle
condition.
if equipped
Declaration of conformity
Front Radar
The radio frequency components (Rear
Corner Radar) complies:
• For USA
OANATEL284
JK1_en_US.book Page 179
7-180
Driver Assistance System
• For Canada
OANATEL286
Rear Corner Radar
The radio frequency components (Rear
Corner Radar) complies:
• For USA
OANATEL053
• For Canada
OANATEL054
JK1_en_US.book Page 180
8
8. Emergency Situations
Hazard Warning Flasher..................................................................................................8-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving.........................................................................8-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving................................................................................8-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing..........................................................8-2
If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................................................................8-3
If the Engine Will Not Start .............................................................................................8-3
Jump Starting ..................................................................................................................8-4
If the Engine Overheats................................................................................................... 8-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ......................................................................8-8
Check Tire Pressure .....................................................................................................8-9
Tire Pressure Monitoring System................................................................................8-9
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light .............................................................................. 8-10
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale............................................. 8-10
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator ............................ 8-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS ........................................................................................8-12
If You Have a Flat Tire (With Spare Tire) ...................................................................... 8-13
Jack and Tools............................................................................................................ 8-13
Changing Tires ........................................................................................................... 8-14
Jack Label................................................................................................................... 8-19
Towing............................................................................................................................8-20
Towing Service...........................................................................................................8-20
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
8-2
Emergency Situations
Hazard Warning Flasher
OJK080013
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on or
off, press the hazard warning flasher
button with the Engine Start/Stop button
in any position. The hazard warning
flasher button is located in the center
fascia panel. All turn signal lights will flash
simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
regardless of whether your vehicle is
running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
In Case of an Emergency
While Driving
If the Engine Stalls While
Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or seek other qualified
assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a
Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, shift the gear to
N (Neutral) and then push the vehicle to a
safe location.
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
8
8-3
If You Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
and let the vehicle slow down while
driving straight ahead. Do not apply the
brakes immediately or attempt to pull
off the road as this may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
When the vehicle has slowed to such a
speed that it is safe to do so, brake
carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
the road as far as possible and park on
firm, level ground. If you are on a
divided highway, do not park in the
median area between the two traffic
lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press the
hazard warning flasher button, shift the
gear to P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow the
instructions provided later in this
chapter.
If the Engine Will Not
Start
• Be sure to shift the gear to N (Neutral)
or P (Park). The engine starts only when
the gear is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the
starter, the battery is drained.
See instructions for “Jump Starting”
provided in this chapter.
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the vehicle still does not start, call an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
NOTICE
Push or pull starting the vehicle may
cause the catalytic converter to overload
which can lead to damage to the emission
control system.
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
8-4
Emergency Situations
Jump Starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting
procedure in this section to avoid serious
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in
doubt about how to properly jump start
your vehicle, we strongly recommend
that you have a service technician or
towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to
you or bystanders, always follow these
precautions when working near or
handling the battery:
btn_HXDFL01E
Always read and follow instructions
carefully when handling a battery.
btn_HXDFL01B
Wear eye protection designed to protect
the eyes from acid splashes.
btn_HXDFL01A
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
btn_HXDFL01F
Hydrogen is always present in battery
cells, is highly combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
btn_HXDFL01C
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
btn_HXDFL01D
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is
highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention. If
acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash
the area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the battery
when the vehicle’s battery cables are
connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with
the engine running or when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
8
8-5
Jump starting procedure
Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the luggage
compartment, but when you jump start
your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in
the engine compartment.
1. Position the vehicles close enough that
the jumper cables will reach, but do not
allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
engine compartment at all times, even
when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put
the vehicles in P (Park) and set the
parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.
OJK080035L
[A] Negative (-) Terminal
[B] Positive (+) Terminal
5. Remove the engine compartment fuse
box cover.
CAUTION
Before jump starting, make sure to
correctly identify the positive (+) and
negative (-) terminals to avoid reverse
polarity connections.
OJK080019
6.Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence shown in the illustration. First
connect one jumper cable to the red,
positive (+) jumper terminal of your
vehicle (1).
7. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
8.Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/jumper
terminal of the assisting vehicle (3).
9.Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery or jumper terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
WARNING
Do not connect the jumper cable to the
negative (-) jumper terminal of the
discharged battery. A spark could
cause the battery to explode and lead
to a personal injury or vehicle damage.
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
8-6
Emergency Situations
10.Start the engine of the assisting vehicle
and let it run at approximately 2,000
RPM for a few minutes. Then start your
vehicle.
11.Keep your vehicle operating for at least
30 minutes at idle or driving to assure
your battery receives enough charge to
be able to start on its own after the
vehicle is shut off. A completely
discharged battery may require as long
as 60 minutes runtime to fully recharge
it. If the vehicle has run for less, the
vehicle may not restart.
If your vehicle will not start after a few
attempts, it probably requires service. In
this event please seek qualified
assistance. If the cause of your battery
discharging is not apparent, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact
reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the black, negative (-)
battery/chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1).
Information
btn_AM-BATT
An inappropriately disposed battery can
be harmful to the environment and
human health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump
start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
WARNING
While jump starting your vehicle, avoid
the positive (+) and negative (-) cables to
come in contact. A spark could cause
personal injury.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
8
8-7
If the Engine Overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking,
the engine may be overheating. If this
happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is
ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out from
the hood, stop the engine. Do not open
the hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine coolant
and no steam, leave the engine running
and check to be sure the engine cooling
fan is operating. If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
WARNING
btn_OLMB073108
While the engine is running, keep
hands, clothing and tools away from
the moving parts such as the cooling
fan and drive belt to prevent serious
injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If
the air conditioning has been in use, it is
normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop the
engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for assistance.
WARNING
btn_OLMB073107
Never remove the engine coolant cap
and/or liquid-cooled intercooler
coolant cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot.
Hot coolant and steam may blow out
under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the coolant cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly. Step back
while the pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are sure all
the pressure has been released, using a
thick towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully
add coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
8-8
Emergency Situations
CAUTION
• Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak
in the cooling system and should be
checked as soon as possible by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• When the engine overheats from low
engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks in the
engine. To prevent damage, add engine
coolant slowly in small quantities. It
may require several refilling cycles to
properly fill the engine cooling system.
If necessary, an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products should be
consulted to perform this task.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
OJK080002L
OJK080036L
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS
Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale and
Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on the
LCD display)
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
8
8-9
Check Tire Pressure
OJK081025N
• You can check the tire pressure in the
Utility view on the cluster.
Refer to the “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed after a few
minutes of driving after initial vehicle
start up.
• If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, ‘Drive to display’
message will appear. After driving,
check the tire pressure.
• The displayed tire pressure values may
differ from those measured with a tire
pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure unit
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
- Setup > General > Units > Tire Air
Pressure Unit > psi/kPa/bar
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
8-10
Emergency Situations
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator
is combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent
vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the
system checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to
the ON position or when the engine is
running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale
remains illuminated.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
Light
btn_WTL-215
Low Tire Pressure Position
and Tire Pressure Telltale
OJK081015N
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated
and a warning message displayed on the
cluster LCD display, one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated. The
Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will
indicate which tire is significantly
underinflated by illuminating the
corresponding position light.
If either telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping
distances. You should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the
tires to the proper pressure as indicated
on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation
pressure label located on the driver’s side
center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or if
the tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
8
8-11
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator may blink for one
minute and then remain illuminated until
you have the low pressure tire repaired
and replaced on the vehicle.
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the
tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure in
warm weather. It does not mean your
TPMS is malfunctioning because the
decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm
area to a cold area or from a cold area to a
warm area, or the outside temperature is
greatly higher or lower, you should check
the tire inflation pressure and adjust the
tires to the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the
vehicle unstable and can contribute to
loss of vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires
can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
Malfunction Indicator
btn_WTL-215
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately
one minute when there is a problem with
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS,
the Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will
not be displayed even though the vehicle
has an under-inflated tire.
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
illuminate after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is near electric power supply
cables or radio transmitters such as police
stations, government and public offices,
broadcasting stations, military
installations, airports, transmitting
towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow chains
are used or electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote starters,
navigation, etc. This may interfere with
normal operation of the TPMS.
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
8-12
Emergency Situations
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will come
on. Have the flat tire repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible or replace
the flat tire with the spare tire.
NOTICE
It is recommended that you do not use a
puncture-repairing agent not approved
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to repair and/or inflate
a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not
approved by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products may damage
the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a tire
pressure monitoring sensor. When the
low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
LCD position indicator will remain on.
Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5
mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20
minutes.
Once the original wheel equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure
and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low
Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS
Malfunction Indicator will go off within a
few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not extinguish after a
few minutes, please visit an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem (except for the
spare tire). You must use TPMS specific
wheels. It is recommended that you
always have your tires serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
You may not be able to identify a tire with
low pressure by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure. Please note that a tire
that is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a tire
that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than
1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure the
tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradually
with light force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
8
8-13
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere with
the system’s ability to warn the driver of
low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS
malfunctions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components
may void the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
If You Have a Flat Tire
(With Spare Tire)
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow
the instructions in this section when
changing a tire to reduce the risk of
serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has
sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and Tools
OJX1089025
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug wrench
(4) Centering pin
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
8-14
Emergency Situations
OJX1089026
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
Store the spare tire in the same
compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from
“rattling”, store them in their proper
location.
OJX1089027
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down
wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily
using the wheel lug wrench (1). Turn the
tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the wheel lug
wrench.
Changing Tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
• Never place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in the
lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off the
road, call a towing service for
assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or
any other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
• Do not start or run the engine while the
vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Keep children away from the road and
the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug wrench, jack,
jack handle, and spare tire from the
vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
8
8-15
OJK081026N
[A] : Block
5. Block both the front and rear of the tire
diagonally opposite of the tire you are
changing.
OJK081027N
6.Loosen the wheel bolts
counterclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not remove
any wheel bolts until the tire has been
raised off of the ground.
OJK081028N
7. Place the jack at the designated jacking
position under the frame closest to the
tire you are changing. The jacking
positions are plates welded to the
frame with two notches. Never jack at
any other position or part of the vehicle.
Doing so may damage the side seal
molding or other parts of the vehicle.
OJK081029N
8.Insert the jack handle into the jack and
turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle
until the tire clears the ground. Make
sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.
9.Loosen a wheel bolt with the wheel lug
wrench and remove it with your fingers.
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
8-16
Emergency Situations
OJK081030N
10.Insert the centering pin (1) into the hole
where the wheel bolt is removed.
Remove rest of the wheel bolts from
the wheel.
11.Remove the wheel from the studs and
lay it flat on the ground out of the way.
Remove any dirt or debris from the
studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
OJK080031L
12.Install the spare tire over the centering
pin (1) and then push in the spare tire.
13.Tighten the wheel bolts with your
fingers onto the studs with the smaller
end of the wheel bolts closest to the
wheel.
14.Pull out the centering pin (1) and
tighten the last wheel bolt.
15.Lower the vehicle to the ground by
turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.
OJX1089013
16.Use the wheel lug wrench to tighten
the wheel bolts in the order shown.
Double-check each wheel bolts until
they are tight. After changing tires,
have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products tighten the wheel
bolts to their proper torque as soon as
possible. The wheel bolt should be
tightened to 101~116 lbf.ft (14~16 kgf.m).
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire
pressure (see “Tires and Wheels” section
in chapter 2 for tire pressure
instructions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive slowly
to the nearest service station and adjust it
to the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking or
adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not
replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you
lose a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing tires,
secure the flat tire and return the jack and
tools to their proper storage locations.
NOTICE
Check the tire pressure as soon as
possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
8
8-17
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads on the
studs and wheel bolts. Make certain
during tire changing that the same bolts
that were removed are reinstalled. If you
have to replace your wheel bolts make
sure they have metric threads to avoid
damaging the studs and ensure the wheel
is properly secured to the hub. Consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the jack,
wheel bolts, studs, or other equipment is
damaged or in poor condition, do not
attempt to change the tire and call for
assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully on
the compact spare tire and always follow
the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire failure and
loss of control possibly resulting in an
accident:
• Use the compact spare tire only in an
emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over 50
mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum
load rating or the load carrying capacity
shown on the sidewall of the compact
spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
continuously. Repair or replace the
original tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the compact spare tire.
When driving with the compact spare tire
mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after installing
the compact spare tire. The compact
spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi
(420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact
spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire has
been designed especially for your
vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your
compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted on
the same wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the wheel bolt torque must be set
correctly. The correct wheel bolt
tightening torque is 101~116 lbf.ft (14~16
kgf.m).
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
8-18
Emergency Situations
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the compact spare
tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards, such as
a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is smaller
than the diameter of a conventional tire
and reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the compact
spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a
tire chain will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other wheels, nor should standard
tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the compact spare
wheel.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or
decelerate (0 - 25 mph (0 - 40 km/h)) in
any driving mode. It may cause leakage
of transfer oil.
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
8
8-19
Jack Label
OHYK065011
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6.The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting
point.
8.Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or shift the gear to the P
position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9.The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacture
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
8-20
Emergency Situations
Towing
Towing Service
OJK081007N
[A] Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary, we
recommend having it done by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or a commercial tow-truck
service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
For 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow
the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground (without dollies) and the rear
wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the vehicle
is being towed with the rear wheels on the
ground, use a towing dolly under the rear
wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used, the
rear of the vehicle should always be lifted,
not the front.
For AWD vehicles, it must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground.
NOTICE
• Do not lift the vehicle by the tow fitting
or body and chassis parts. Otherwise
the vehicle may be damaged.
• An AWD vehicle should never be towed
with the wheels on the ground. This can
cause serious damage to the
transmission or the AWD system.
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle with the rear
wheels on the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
OJK081011N
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
OJK081010N
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
8
8-21
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Release EPB before turning off the
engine.
2. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral) by
pressing the P release button (need to
remove cap-cover) while pressing the
brake pedal. For more details, refer to
“Automatic Transmission” section in
chapter 6.
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ACC position.
CAUTION
Failure to shift the gear to N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the
transmission.
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
9
9. Maintenance
Engine Compartment......................................................................................................9-4
Maintenance Services .....................................................................................................9-5
Owner’s Responsibility ................................................................................................9-5
Owner Maintenance Precautions ...............................................................................9-5
Owner Maintenance........................................................................................................9-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule....................................................................................9-6
Scheduled Maintenance Services ..................................................................................9-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule ................................................................................ 9-10
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)..................................................................... 9-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.).....................................................................9-12
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions........................................................ 9-13
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items............................................................ 9-14
Engine Oil and Filter................................................................................................... 9-14
Drive Belts .................................................................................................................. 9-14
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections.................................................................. 9-14
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap................................................................................. 9-14
Air Cleaner Filter......................................................................................................... 9-15
Spark Plugs................................................................................................................. 9-15
Cooling System .......................................................................................................... 9-15
Engine Coolant/Liquid-cooled Intercooler Coolant................................................ 9-15
Automatic Transmission Fluid................................................................................... 9-15
Brake Hoses and Lines............................................................................................... 9-15
Brake Fluid.................................................................................................................. 9-15
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors.................................................................... 9-15
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler .......................................................................................... 9-16
Propeller Shaft............................................................................................................ 9-16
Suspension Mounting Bolts ...................................................................................... 9-16
Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint .................................... 9-16
Drive Shafts and Boots .............................................................................................. 9-16
Air Conditioning Refrigerant ..................................................................................... 9-16
Engine Oil ....................................................................................................................... 9-16
Checking the Engine Oil Level .................................................................................. 9-16
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ........................................................................... 9-18
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant................................................... 9-19
Checking the Coolant Level ......................................................................................9-20
Changing Coolant ......................................................................................................9-22
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
9
Brake Fluid..................................................................................................................... 9-23
Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................................................................ 9-23
Washer Fluid.................................................................................................................. 9-24
Checking the Washer Fluid Level............................................................................. 9-24
Air Cleaner ..................................................................................................................... 9-24
Filter Replacement .................................................................................................... 9-24
Cabin Air Filter............................................................................................................... 9-25
Filter Inspection......................................................................................................... 9-25
Filter Replacement .................................................................................................... 9-25
Wiper Blades ................................................................................................................. 9-26
Blade Inspection........................................................................................................ 9-26
Blade Replacement ....................................................................................................9-27
Battery ........................................................................................................................... 9-28
Battery Usage Recommendations ........................................................................... 9-30
Battery Recharging ................................................................................................... 9-30
Reset Items ................................................................................................................. 9-31
Tires and Wheels ........................................................................................................... 9-32
Tire Care..................................................................................................................... 9-32
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.......................................................... 9-32
Check Tire Inflation Pressure.................................................................................... 9-33
Tire Rotation .............................................................................................................. 9-34
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance .......................................................................... 9-34
Tire Replacement ...................................................................................................... 9-35
Wheel Replacement.................................................................................................. 9-36
Tire Traction............................................................................................................... 9-36
Tire Maintenance....................................................................................................... 9-36
Tire Sidewall Labeling ............................................................................................... 9-36
Tire Terminology and Definitions ............................................................................. 9-40
All Season Tires.......................................................................................................... 9-43
Summer Tires............................................................................................................. 9-43
Snow Tires.................................................................................................................. 9-43
Radial-Ply Tires .......................................................................................................... 9-43
Low Aspect Ratio Tires.............................................................................................. 9-44
Fuses .............................................................................................................................. 9-45
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement....................................................................... 9-46
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement..................................................... 9-47
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
9
9. Maintenance
Fuse/Relay Panel Description .................................................................................. 9-48
Light Bulbs .....................................................................................................................9-63
Headlight, Position Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL)
Replacement ............................................................................................................. 9-64
Puddle Lamp Replacement.......................................................................................9-65
Rear Combination Lamp Replacement....................................................................9-65
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement................................................................. 9-66
License Plate Lamp Replacement ........................................................................... 9-66
Interior Light Replacement .......................................................................................9-67
Appearance Care .......................................................................................................... 9-68
Exterior Care.............................................................................................................. 9-68
Interior Care ............................................................................................................... 9-73
Emission Control System ..............................................................................................9-76
1. Crankcase Emission Control System..................................................................... 9-77
2. Evaporative Emission Control System including Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR) ....................................................................................................... 9-77
3. Exhaust Emission Control System ........................................................................ 9-77
California Perchlorate Notice .......................................................................................9-79
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
Maintenance
9-4
Engine Compartment
2.5 T-GDI
OJK091001N
3.5 T-GDI
OJK090002L
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1) Engine oil filler cap (3.5 T-GDI’s filler cap is under the engine cover)
(2) Engine oil dipstick
(3) Engine coolant reservoir
(4) Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant reservoir
(5) Brake fluid reservoir
(6) Air cleaner
(7) Windshield washer fluid reservoir
(8) Fuse box
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
9
9-5
Maintenance Services
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection
procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle
maintained and repaired by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products. An
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products meets Genesis Branded
Vehicle’s high service quality standards
and receives technical support from
Genesis Branded Vehicle in order to
provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
Owner’s Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner’s responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with the
scheduled maintenance service charts
shown on the following pages. You need
this information to establish your
compliance with the servicing and
maintenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided
in your Owner’s Handbook & Warranty
Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance
Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational
problems with your vehicle that could
lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
personal injury. This chapter provides
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform. Several
procedures can be done only by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified in
any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety
or durability of your vehicle and may, in
addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and
other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the
warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For details, read the separate
Owner’s Handbook & Warranty
Information booklet provided with the
vehicle. If you’re unsure about any service
or maintenance procedure, have it done
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
9-6
Maintenance
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for
performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level ground. Shift
the vehicle to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and back) to
prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that
can become entangled in moving parts.
• If you must run the engine during
maintenance, do so in an outdoor area
or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery and
fuel-related parts.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including strut
bars) while the engine is operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious personal
injury. Turn the engine off and wait until
the metal parts cool down to perform
maintenance work on the vehicle.
The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed by
the owner or an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products at the
frequencies indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir or the liquid-cooled
intercooler coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant
level if the engine is hot. This may result in
coolant being blown out of the opening
and cause serious burns and other
injuries.
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
9
9-7
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or
“hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission occurs,
check the transmission fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle
(water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after use
is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all tires
including the spare for tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year: (for example,
every Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and
wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
with a clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
9-8
Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if
the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply. If
any of the following conditions apply, you
must follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less
than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain
road repeatedly
• Using for towing or camping, and
driving with loads on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high speed or
rapid acceleration/deceleration
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
• Engine oil usage which is not
recommended (Mineral type,
Semi-synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should inspect,
replace or refill more frequently than the
following Normal Maintenance Schedule.
After the periods or distance shown in the
chart, continue to follow the prescribed
maintenance intervals.
Information
After driving more than 10 years or
100,000 miles, use severe maintenance
schedule.
Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be
consumed during driving, the engine oil
level should be checked on regular
basis.
• The engine oil change interval for
normal operating conditions is based
on the use of the recommended engine
specification. If the recommended
engine oil specification is not used,
then replace the engine oil according to
the maintenance schedule under
severe operating conditions.
• The vehicle may be equipped with the
Oil Life Management System that
predicts engine oil life based on the
driver’s driving history and alerts the
driver to change engine oil.
- If the deterioration of the engine oil
increases depending on the driver’s
driving severity, the remaining oil life
alert appears on the instrument
cluster before the normal engine oil
replacement interval. Have the
engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
9
9-9
- Oil Life Management System works
when the recommended engine oil is
used. So, if recommended engine oil
is not used, replace the engine oil
according to the maintenance
schedule under severe usage
conditions.
Also, check the amount of engine oil
regularly as this system assumes that
the engine oil is being filled normally.
- Always reset the remaining engine oil
life whenever the engine oil is
changed. Otherwise, The indication
of remaining Oil life in the Oil Life
Management System may not be
accurate.
To reset the Oil Change Reminder,
select ‘RESET’ from the infotainment
system screen. Then, select ‘Yes’
when the message “Changed engine
oil? Press [Yes] to reset the oil life.”
appears on the screen.
- If there is no alert until the maximum
maintenance interval, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
Maintenance
9-10
Normal Maintenance Schedule
*1 Requires API SN PLUS (or above) full synthetic grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including
Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced at every 5,000 miles (8,000
km) or 6 months as indicated for severe maintenance conditions.
*2 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available
from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
*3 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Engine oil and engine oil
filter
*1
R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Fuel additives
*2
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months, replace
every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 36 months
Spark plugs R R
Rotate tires Rotate tires every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Cabin air filter (for
evaporator and blower unit)
R R R R R R
Drive belts
*3
At first, inspect at 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12
months
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
9
9-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120
months.After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km)
or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and
connections
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front brake disc/pads,
calipers
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Rear brake disc/pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage
and boots / lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
Maintenance
9-12
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
*1 Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2 or the label in the engine compartment.)
*2 Front and rear differential oil should be changed anytime the front or rear differential has been submerged in
water.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*Fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but the quality of fuel used may impact
the frequency of maintenance needed. If there are some important safety matters like
fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel
filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for details.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Automatic transmission fluid
*1
No check, No service required
Front differential oil (AWD)
/Rear differential oil
*2
I I I
Transfer case oil (AWD) No check, No service required
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap
and fuel tank
I I I I I I
Fuel tank air filter I I I I I I
Fuel lines, hoses and
connections
I I I I I I
Parking brake I I I I I I
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Electronic Limited Slip
Differential (e-LSD) oil
No check, No service required
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
9
9-13
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe
driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
R : Replace
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals Driving condition
Engine oil and engine
oil filter
*1
R
Replace every 5,000 miles
(8,000 km) or 6 months
D, H, I, L
Air cleaner filter R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E
Spark plugs R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Cabin air filter R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E, G
Disc brakes and pads,
calipers and rotors
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, G, H
Steering gear rack,
linkage and boots
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
Driveshaft and boots I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Suspension ball joints I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
Propeller shaft I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Automatic
transmission fluid
R
Replace every 60,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, F, G, H, I, K
Front differential oil
(AWD) / Rear
differential oil
R
Replace every 72,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, D, E, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil
(AWD)
-
No check, No service
required
-
Parking brake I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, G, H
Electronic Limited
Slip Differential
(e-LSD) oil
-
No check, No service
required
-
JK1_en_US.book Page 13
9-14
Maintenance
Severe driving conditions
A. Repeatedly driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)
in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E. Driving in heavy dust conditions
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain
road repeatedly
H. Using for towing or camping, and
driving with loads on the roof
I. Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
J. Frequently driving under high speed or
rapid acceleration/deceleration
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
L. Engine oil usage which is not
recommended (Mineral type,
Semi-synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
Information
After driving more than 10 years or
100,000 miles, use severe maintenance
schedule.
Explanation of Scheduled
Maintenance Items
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,
cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation
and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked
periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Information
When you are inspecting the belt, turn the
engine off.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products replace any damaged
or leaking parts immediately.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a
new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
JK1_en_US.book Page 14
9
9-15
Air Cleaner Filter
We recommend that the air cleaner filter
be replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to wipe
out foreign substances inside and outside
of the boot bottom of the ignition coil and
the insulator of the spark plug with a soft
cloth to prevent contamination of the
spark plug insulator.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components, such
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Engine
Coolant/Liquid-cooled
Intercooler Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should not
be checked under normal usage
conditions, the automatic transmission
fluid be changed by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products according
to the maintenance schedule.
Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is red
when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker.
This is a normal condition. It does not
need to be replaced based on the color
change.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction and
failure.
Use only specified automatic
transmission fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2.)
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX marks on
the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4
specification.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers
and Rotors
Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor for
any excessive wear-out. Inspect calipers
for any fluid leakage.
JK1_en_US.book Page 15
9-16
Maintenance
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any exhaust
gas leakage. Tighten connections or
replace parts as necessary.
Propeller Shaft
Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps,
rubber couplings and center-bearing
rubber for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged parts and
if necessary, repack the grease.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
off, check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel. Check the linkage for
bends or damage. Check the dust boots
and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Engine Oil
Checking the Engine Oil Level
Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling,
and operating various hydraulic
components in the engine. Engine oil
consumption while driving is normal, and
it is necessary to check and refill the
engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill
the oil level within the recommended
maintenance schedule to prevent
deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set and the wheels blocked.
3. Turn the engine on and warm the
engine up until the coolant
temperature reaches a constant normal
temperature.
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil filler
cap and pull the dipstick out. Wait for 15
minutes for the oil to return to the oil
pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.
JK1_en_US.book Page 16
9
9-17
2.5 T-GDI
OJX1099056L
3.5 T-GDI
OJK090052L
6.Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between F
(Full) and L (Low).
2.5 T-GDI
OJX1099058L
3.5 T-GDI
OJK090053L
7. If the oil level is below L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil (Refer to
“Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2).
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled oil
immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4000 miles (6000 km).
• The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil
quality, etc. Therefore, it is
recommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it if
necessary.
JK1_en_US.book Page 17
9-18
Maintenance
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
ORS092072N
• The lubrication, rust prevention,
cooling, and cleaning effect of the
engine oil will gradually degrade during
its use. Have the engine oil and filter
changed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products according to
the Oil Life Management System
function or the Maintenance Schedule
at the beginning of this chapter.
• If the maintenance schedule to replace
engine oil is exceeded, the engine oil
performance may deteriorate and the
engine condition may be affected.
Therefore, replace the engine oil
according to the maintenance
schedule.
• To keep the engine in optimal
condition, use the recommended
engine oil. If the recommended engine
oil and filter are not used, replace it
according to the maintenance schedule
under severe usage conditions.
• The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement is
to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
Information
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine Oil
Pressure ( ) warning light will
illuminate. In addition, the enhanced
engine protection system, which limits
the engine’s power is activated and the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ( ) will
illuminate when the vehicle is driven in
this state continuously. When oil pressure
is restored, the Engine Oil Pressure
warning light will turn off and the engine
power will no longer be limited. However,
for gasoline 2.5 turbo and 3.5 turbo
engine, when the oil pressure is restored,
the warning light and the enhanced
engine protection system will turn off
after the engine is restarted.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and can
cause burns during replacement. Replace
the engine oil after the engine oil has
cooled down.
JK1_en_US.book Page 18
9
9-19
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Used engine oil contains chemicals that
have caused cancer in laboratory animals.
Always protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after handling
used oil.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Always protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after handling
used oil.
Engine
Coolant/Liquid-Cooled
Intercooler Coolant
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the
factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season and
before traveling to a colder climate.
JK1_en_US.book Page 19
9-20
Maintenance
Checking the Coolant Level
Engine coolant
OJK090006
Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant/2.5 T-GDI
OJK091060N
Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant/3.5 T-GDI
OJK090054L
Check the condition and connections of
all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses. Replace any swollen or
deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled between
the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of
the coolant reservoir when the engine is
cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for a cooling system inspection.
WARNING
btn_OLMB073107
Never remove the engine coolant cap
and/or liquid-cooled intercooler coolant
cap or the drain plug while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure, causing
serious injury.
Turn the vehicle off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the engine coolant cap
and/or liquid-cooled intercooler coolant
cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly. Step
back while the pressure is released from
the cooling system. When you are sure all
the pressure has been released, using a
thick towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
Information
The coolant level is influenced by the
engine temperature. Before checking or
refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 20
9
9-21
WARNING
btn_OLMB073108
The electric motor for the cooling fan may
continue to operate or start up when the
engine is not running and can cause
serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and
tools away from the rotating fan blades of
the cooling fan.
Always turn off the vehicle unless the
vehicle has to be inspected with the
engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan
may operate if the negative (-) battery
terminal is not disconnected.
WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly
closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise
the engine could be overheated while
driving.
Engine compartment front view
OJK090038
1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight
in front.
OJK090037
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the coolant cap are securely
interlocked.
JK1_en_US.book Page 21
9-22
Maintenance
Recommended coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix
hard water in the coolant filled at the
factory.
• An incorrect coolant mixture can result
in severe malfunction or engine
damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has
aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an phosphate-based
ethylene glycol coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant
or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to use
for most temperature ranges of -31°F
(-35°C) and higher.
Changing Coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in
the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage to
paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a
thick towel around the engine coolant
cap or liquid-cooled intercooler coolant
cap before refilling the coolant to prevent
the coolant from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the alternator.
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40
JK1_en_US.book Page 22
9
9-23
Brake Fluid
Checking the Brake Fluid
Level
OJX1099006
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the side
of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake fluid, clean the area around
the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent
brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add the specified brake
fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall
with accumulated kilometers. This is a
normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level
is excessively low, have the brake system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent
additions of fluid this could indicate a leak
in the brake system. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
Do not let brake fluid enter into your eyes.
If brake fluid gets in your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention.
NOTICE
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact the
vehicle’s body paint, as it will result in
paint damage.
• NEVER use brake fluid which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time, as its quality cannot be
guaranteed.
• Do not use the incorrect type of brake
fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil,
such as engine oil in your brake system
can damage brake system parts.
Information
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to
“Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2).
JK1_en_US.book Page 23
9-24
Maintenance
Washer Fluid
Checking the Washer Fluid
Level
OJX1099007
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take
the following safety precautions when
using washer fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze
in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine
coolant can severely obscure visibility
when sprayed on the windshield and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or damage to
paint and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame to contact
the washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from children
and animals.
Air Cleaner
Filter Replacement
2.5 T-GDI
OJK090032
3.5 T-GDI
OJK090033
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as
water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Visit an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to replace air cleaner
filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the usual
recommended intervals (Refer to
“Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions” section in this chapter).
JK1_en_US.book Page 24
9
9-25
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be
careful that dust or dirt does not enter
the air intake, or damage may result.
• We recommend that you use parts for
replacement from an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not blow the inner part of the air
filter with compressed air. Dust or dirt
may enter the air intake.
• Check that the replaced filter is firmly
fixed when reassembling the air cleaner
filter, and that the clamps are firmly
assembled.
Cabin Air Filter
Filter Inspection
The cabin air filter should be replaced
according to the Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in severely
air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads
for a long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced sooner.
Replace the cabin air filter by following
the procedure below and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
Filter Replacement
OJK090008
1. Open the glove box and remove the
support rod (1).
OJK090009
2. Remove the stoppers on both sides to
allow the glove box to hang freely on
the hinges.
JK1_en_US.book Page 25
9-26
Maintenance
OJX1090011
3. Press and hold the lock (1) on the left
side of the cover.
4. Pull out (2) the cover.
5. Replace the cabin air filter.
6.Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
OHI078055
Install a new cabin air filter in the correct
direction with the arrow symbol (↓) facing
downwards, to prevent noise and reduce
effectiveness.
Wiper Blades
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or
the wiper blades with foreign matter can
reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes. If
the blades are not wiping properly, clean
both the window and the blades with a
good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner,
or other solvents on or near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been known
to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Information
Wiper blades are consumable items.
Normal wear of the wipers may not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.
JK1_en_US.book Page 26
9
9-27
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
• In order to prevent damage to the hood
and the wiper arms, the wiper arms
should only be lifted when in the top
wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.
Front windshield wiper blade
replacement
OJK090010
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the
engine, lift up and hold the wiper lever
to the MIST position for about 2
seconds until the wipers move to the
top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off
the windshield.
Information
This vehicle has a “hidden” wiper
design which means that the wipers
cannot be lifted manually when they
are in their bottom resting position.
OHI078075
3. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then lift
up the wiper blade (2).
OHI078076
4. While pushing the lock (3), pull down
the wiper blade (4).
OHI078077
5. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper
arm (5).
6.Install a new wiper blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
7. Gently put the wipers back down onto
the windshield.
JK1_en_US.book Page 27
9-28
Maintenance
8.With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, turn the wiper switch
to any ON position to return the wipers
to the bottom resting position.
Rear window wiper blade
replacement
OOSH089025L
1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate the
wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).
OOSH089026L
3. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot in
the wiper arm until it clicks into place
(3).
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
5. Rotate back the blade assembly so that
it aligns with the wiper arm.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, have the wiper blades
replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Battery
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to
you or bystanders, always follow these
precautions when working near or
handling the battery:
btn_HXDFL01E
Always read and follow instructions
carefully when handling a battery.
btn_HXDFL01B
Wear eye protection designed to protect
the eyes from acid splashes.
btn_HXDFL01A
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
btn_HXDFL01F
Hydrogen is always present in battery
cells, is highly combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
btn_HXDFL01C
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
btn_HXDFL01D
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is
highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
JK1_en_US.book Page 28
9
9-29
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention. If
acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash
the area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the battery
when the vehicle’s battery cables are
connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch these
components with the engine running or
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm. Batteries
also contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
Always follow these instructions when
handling your vehicle’s battery to prevent
damage to your battery:
• When you do not use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area,
disconnect the battery and keep it
indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully to
prevent battery case damage in low
temperature areas.
• Prevent liquid from wetting the battery
terminals. The performance of the
battery may be degraded, and may
cause injury. Be cautious when loading
liquid in the trunk.
• Do not tilt the battery.
• If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
JK1_en_US.book Page 29
9-30
Maintenance
Battery Usage
Recommendations
Luggage compartment
OJK091011N
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petroleum
jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for
an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
Battery Recharging
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
Should your vehicle’s battery become
discharged either run the engine for at
least 60 minutes driving or at idle.
Alternatively you may connect a fully
automatic regulated charger to the
engine compartment front jumper posts
or at the battery in the luggage
compartment.
CAUTION
Do not use a manual unregulated charger,
it may cause the battery to overheat and
create a potential hazard.
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when
recharging your vehicle’s battery to avoid
the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
from explosions or acid burns:
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when checking the
battery during charging.
• The battery must be removed from the
vehicle and placed in a well ventilated
area.
• Watch the battery during charging, and
stop or reduce the charging rate if the
battery cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last when
the battery is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the following
order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the
negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.
• Always use a Genuine Genesis Part
approved battery when you replace the
battery.
JK1_en_US.book Page 30
9
9-31
NOTICE
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries
are maintenance-free and we
recommend that the AGM battery be
serviced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products. For
charging your AGM battery, use only
fully automatic battery chargers that
are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
• When replacing the AGM battery, we
recommend that you use parts for
replacement from an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not open or remove the cap on top
of the battery. This may cause leaks of
internal electrolyte that could result in
severe injury.
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery,
drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes
before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not
restart if you shut it off before the battery
had a chance to adequately recharge. See
“Jump Starting” in chapter 8 for more
information on jump starting procedures.
Information
btn_AM-BATT
An inappropriately disposed battery can
be harmful to the environment and
human health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulation.
Reset Items
The following items may need to be reset
after the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected.
• Drive info/Since
refueling/Accumulated info (items in
Utility view) (see chapter 4)
• Integrated memory system (see
chapter 5)
• Power Windows (see chapter 5)
• Panoramic sunroof (see chapter 5)
• Power Liftgate (see chapter 5)
• Automatic climate control system (see
chapter 5)
• Clock (see Infotainment system
manual)
• Infotainment system (see Infotainment
system manual)
JK1_en_US.book Page 31
9-32
Maintenance
Tires and Wheels
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident. To
reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following
precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver’s side
center pillar. Always use a tire
pressure gauge to measure tire
pressure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear unevenly
causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the spare
every time you check the pressure
of the other tires on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of braking
effectiveness, steering control, or
traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size, type, construction and
tread pattern as each tire that was
originally supplied with this vehicle.
Using tires and wheels other than
the recommended sizes could
cause unusual handling
characteristics, poor vehicle
control, or negatively affect your
vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight
distribution recommended for your
vehicle.
OJK011021N
All specifications (sizes and
pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the spare)
should be checked when the tires are
cold. “Cold tires” means the vehicle
has not been driven for at least three
hours or driven less than one mile (1.6
km).
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures by
28 to 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure or the tires will be
under-inflated. For recommended
inflation pressure, refer to “Tires and
Wheels” section in chapter 2.
JK1_en_US.book Page 32
9
9-33
WARNING
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
tire failure that could result in loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to
severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and other
tire failures that can result in the loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident. This risk is much higher on
hot days and when driving for long
periods at high speeds.
CAUTION
• Under-inflation results in excessive
wear, poor handling and reduced
fuel economy. Wheel deformation
is also possible. Keep your tire
pressures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling, have
it checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center of
the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You can
not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflated
when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge
firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the
pressure is low, add air until you
reach the recommended pressure.
Make sure to put the valve caps back
on the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on the
valve stems. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a new one
as soon as possible.
JK1_en_US.book Page 33
9-34
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
the tires be rotated according to the
maintenance schedule or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire
pressure, improper wheel alignment,
out-of-balance wheels, severe
braking or severe cornering. Look for
bumps or bulges in the tread or side
of the tire. Replace the tire if you find
any of these conditions. Replace the
tire if fabric or cord is visible. After
rotation, be sure to bring the front
and rear tire pressures to
specification and check wheel bolt
tightness (proper torque is 101~116
lbf.ft [14~16 kgf.m]).
OHI078078
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information
The outside and inside of the
unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable.
When installing an unsymmetrical
tire, be sure to install the side marked
“outside” face the outside. If the side
marked “inside” is installed on the
outside, it will have a negative effect
on vehicle performance.
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare tire
for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances. This
may cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Incorrect wheel weights can damage
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use
only approved wheel weights.
JK1_en_US.book Page 34
9
9-35
Tire Replacement
Table_text_OHI078080
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before
replacing the tire.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of braking
effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Always replace tires with the same
size as each tire that was originally
supplied with this vehicle. Using
tires and wheels other than the
recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics,
poor vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
• When replacing tires (or wheels), it
is recommended to replace the two
front or two rear tires (or wheels) as
a pair. Replacing just one tire can
seriously affect your vehicle’s
handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
tires be replaced after six (6) years
of normal service.
• Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Failure to follow this warning may
cause sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
if equipped
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the tread
wear indicator bars on the tire. The
replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for
mounting a regular size tire.
Tread wear indicatorTread wear indicator
JK1_en_US.book Page 35
9-36
Maintenance
WARNING
The original tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the spare and loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using
the compact spare tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This will
increase vehicle ride comfort and tire
life. Additionally, a tire should always
be rebalanced if it is removed from
the wheel.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides the tire identification
number (TIN) for safety standard
certification. The TIN can be used to
identify the tire in case of a recall.
ORS093077L
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
JK1_en_US.book Page 36
9
9-37
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting
replacement tires for your car. The
following explains what the letters
and numbers in the tire size
designation mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size
designator could vary depending on
your vehicle.)
235/55R19 105W
235 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
105 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum load
the tire can carry.
W - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section for
additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you need
if you ever have to replace one. The
following explains what the letters
and numbers in the wheel size
designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
8.0J X 19
8.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of the
tire size designation on the sidewall
of the tire. This symbol corresponds
to that tire’s designed maximum safe
operating speed.
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
JK1_en_US.book Page 37
9-38
Maintenance
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The
DOT Code is a series of numbers on a
tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufacturing
date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four
numbers indicate week and year
manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1223 represents that
the tire was produced in the 12nd
week of 2023.
4. Genesis exclusive tire
Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that tires designed
specifically for Genesis vehicles be
used. You may find the marking
“GOE” (Genesis Original Equipment)
embossed on the tire sidewall.
5. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter “R” means radial ply
construction; the letter “D“ means
diagonal or bias ply construction; and
the letter “B” means belted-bias ply
construction.
6. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
7. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
8. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
JK1_en_US.book Page 38
9
9-39
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as
well on the government course as a
tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces
of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight ahead
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum required by
law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, under-inflation,
over-inflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and possible
sudden tire failure. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 39
9-40
Maintenance
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some examples
of optional accessories are automatic
transmission, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect ratio
The relationship of a tire’s height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
Cold tire pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT markings
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S. Department
of Transportation motor vehicle
safety standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also identify
the tire manufacturer, production
plant, brand and date of production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear
axle.
Intended outboard sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 40
9
9-41
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load index
An assigned number ranging from 1 to
279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum inflation pressure
The maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The
maximum air pressure is molded onto
the sidewall.
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal occupant weight
The number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward facing sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the
traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight,
including heavy duty breaks, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
Recommended inflation pressure
Vehicle manufacturer’s
recommended tire inflation pressure
as shown on the tire placard.
JK1_en_US.book Page 41
9-42
Maintenance
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Speed rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the
road surface. The amount of grip
provided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
“wear bars”, that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information system
that provides consumers with ratings
for a tire’s traction, temperature and
treadwear. Ratings are determined
by tire manufacturers using
government testing procedures. The
ratings are molded into the sidewall
of the tire.
Vehicle capacity weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle normal load on the tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
JK1_en_US.book Page 42
9
9-43
All Season Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies all
season tires on some models to
provide good performance for use all
year round, including snowy and icy
road conditions. All season tires are
identified by ALL SEASON and/or
M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better snow
traction than all season tires and may
be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
summer tires on some models to
provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. If you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends the use of snow tires or
all season tires on all four wheels.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels;
otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The
radial-ply tires used on this vehicle
are of belted construction, and are
selected to complement the ride and
handling characteristics of your
vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the
same load carrying capacity, as
bias-ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same
recommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply
or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combinations of
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted
tires when used on the same vehicle
will seriously deteriorate vehicle
handling. The best rule to follow is:
Identical pairs of radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set for the
front tires and a set for the rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires
under any circumstances. This may
cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
JK1_en_US.book Page 43
9-44
Maintenance
if equipped
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on
low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than a
standard tire. Also low aspect ratio
tires tend to be wider and
consequently have a greater contact
patch with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
CAUTION
The side wall of a low aspect ratio tire
is shorter than the normal one. Thus,
the low-aspect wheel and tire are
easily damaged. Follow the below
instructions.
• When driving on a rough road or
driving off a road, be careful not to
damage the tires and wheels. After
driving, inspect the tires and
wheels.
• When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive the vehicle slowly so as
not to damage the tires and wheels.
• When there is an impact on a tire,
inspect the tire condition. Or, you
can contact an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000
km) to prevent tire damage.
• It is difficult to recognize a tire
damage only with your eyes. When
there is a slight hint of a tire
damage, check and replace the tire
to prevent the damage caused by
air leakage.
• When a tire is damaged while
driving on a rough road, off a road,
or over obstacles, such as a
pothole, manhole, or curb stone,
your warranty does not cover the
damage.
• The tire information is specified on
the tire side wall.
JK1_en_US.book Page 44
9
9-45
Fuses
Table_text_OCK077071
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 5 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories,
or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will be
melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
another fuse of the same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum foil
instead of the proper fuse - even as a
temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and possibly a
fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because it
may cause a short circuit and damage the
system.
■
Blade type
■
Cartridge type
■
Multi type
■
Midi type
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
JK1_en_US.book Page 45
9-46
Maintenance
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
Driver’s side
OJK090012
Luggage compartment
OJK090013
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the
fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
OJK091059N
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool (1) provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
6.Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
In an emergency, if you do not have a
spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating
from a circuit you may not need for
operating the vehicle, such as the
cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel in
the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced with the same
rating.
JK1_en_US.book Page 46
9
9-47
Engine Compartment Panel
Fuse Replacement
Blade fuse / Cartridge fuse
Blade type fuse
OJX1099014
Cartridge type fuse
OJX1099015
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,
use the removal tool in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely install the
fuse panel cover. You may hear a clicking
sound if the cover is securely latched. If it
is not securely latched, electrical failure
may occur from water contact.
Multi fuse / Midi fuse
Multi type
OJX1099016
Midi type
OJX1099017L
If the multi fuse or midi fuse is blown,
consult an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 47
Maintenance
9-48
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
OJK090014
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay
names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the
information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your
vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
JK1_en_US.book Page 48
9
9-49
OJK091054N
JK1_en_US.book Page 49
Maintenance
9-50
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
MODULE9 10A
Overhead Console Lamp, AMP, Driver Power Seat
Module, Low DC-DC Converter, Electro Chromic
Mirror, Data Link Connector, Passenger Power Seat
Module, Front A/C Controller, Smart Phone Wireless
Charger, Rear A/C Controller, A/V & Navigation Head
Unit, A/C Control Module, Fingerprint Recognition
Device, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear Air
Ventilation Seat Control Module
TRAILER 30A Electronic Brake Controller
MODULE11 10A
Head Lamp LH/RH, Multifunction Switch, AC Inverter,
ADAS Parking ECU, AC Inverter Outlet, Rear Junction
Block (Rear Wiper Relay)
MODULE12 10A IBU, IAU
A/C3 10A
E/R SUB Junction Block(PTC Heater 2/3 Relay), A/C
Control Module, Incar Temperature Sensor, Rear A/C
Controller, Front A/C Controller
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster, Overhead Console Lamp
E-SHIFTER
2
10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
MODULE10 10A ICU Junction Block (ESU)
MODULE7 10A
Driver Door Module, IBU, IAU, Multifunction Switch,
Stop Lamp Switch
MULTI
MEDIA
25A Low DC-DC Converter
MODULE13 10A
ICU Junction Block (ESU), Head-Up Display, Security
Indicator, A/C Control Module, Front/Rear A/C
Controller, Crash Pad Switch, A/V & Navigation
Keyboard, Front Console Switch, Fingerprint
Recognition Device, Carnish Mood Lamp RH, Mood
Lamp Unit, Console Mood Lamp
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
IBU2 10A IBU
MODULE
9
TRAILER
MODULE
11
MODULE
12
A/C
3
A/BAG
IND
E-SHIFTER
2
MODULE
10
MODULE
7
MULTI
MEDIA
MODULE
13
CLUSTER
IBU
2
JK1_en_US.book Page 50
9
9-51
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
AIR BAG2 15A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection
Sensor
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT3
10A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
MODULE8 10A
Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, ECS Unit, ELSD Control
Module, ADAS Driving ECU, ADAS Parking ECU, Front
View Camera, Crash Pad Switch, Steering Tilt &
Telescopic Unit
MODULE5 10A Rain Sensor
MODULE3 10A
Clock Spring, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit, Active Air
Flap Module, Multifunction Switch, Rear Occupant
Alert (ROA) Sensor
P/WINDO
W LH
30A
Driver Power Window Module, Rear Power Window
Module LH
P/SEAT 10A Driver Lumbar Support Unit
P/SEAT
PASS2
25A
Passenger Power Seat Module, Passenger Power Seat
Switch
AIR BAG1 15A SRS Control Module
E-SHIFTER1 10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
MODULE4 10A
Data Link Connector, Passenger Power Seat Switch,
Power Liftgate Unit, Driver Power Seat Module, Driver
Mood Lamp, Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Lumbar
Support Unit, Passenger Power Seat Module
AIR
BAG
2
3
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
MODULE
8
MODULE
5
MODULE
3
P/WINDOW
LH
P/SEAT
P/SEAT
PASS
2
AIR
BAG
1
E-SHIFTER
1
MODULE
4
JK1_en_US.book Page 51
Maintenance
9-52
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
SUNROOF 25A Sunroof Control Unit (Master)
P/SEAT
DRV1
25A
[With IMS] Driver Power Seat Module
[W/O IMS] Driver Power Seat Switch
ECS 15A ECS Unit
POWER
HANDLE
15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit
IBU1 10A
IBU, IAU, BLE Unit, Driver/Passenger Door Outside
Handle
MODULE14 10A
Front Corner Radar LH/RH, Rear Corner Radar LH/RH,
Head-Up Display, Smart Phone Wireless Charger,
Instrument Cluster, Front A/C Controller, Front
Console Keyboard, Rear A/C Controller
P/SEAT
DRV2
25A
[With IMS] Driver Power Seat Module
[W/O IMS] Driver Power Seat Switch
P/SEAT
PASS1
25A
[With Walk In] Passenger Power Seat Module
[W/O Walk In] Passenger Power Seat Switch
S/HEATER
DRV
15A Driver Power Seat Module
S/HEATER
PASS1
15A Passenger Power Seat Module
DOOR
LOCK
20A
Center Door Lock Relay, Center Door Unlock Relay,
T/Turn Unlock Relay
MODULE6 10A
Armrest Lamp, IBU, IAU, Low DC-DC Converter, Rear
USB Charger, Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial, E/R Sub
Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay)
BRAKE
SWITCH
10A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU
SUNROOF
P/SEAT
DRV
1
ECS
POWER
HANDLE
IBU
1
MODULE
14
P/SEAT
DRV
2
P/SEAT
PASS1
1
S/HEATER
DRV
S/HEATER
PASS
1
DOOR
LOCK
MODULE
6
BRAKE
SWITCH
JK1_en_US.book Page 52
9
9-53
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)
OJX1099021
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay
names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the
information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OJK091055N
JK1_en_US.book Page 53
Maintenance
9-54
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)
Type Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
MINE
MDPS1 100A MDPS Unit
ALT 225A Alternator
MULTI
E-CVVT1 40A [G4KR] E-CVVT Relay
OIL PUMP 50A Electronic Oil Pump
COOLING
FAN
100A Cooling Fan Motor
SB
HEAD
LAMP LH
30A Head Lamp LH
START 30A Start Relay
HEAD
LAMP RH
30A Head Lamp RH
MICRO
FUEL
PUMP
20A Fuel Pump Relay
AWD 20A AWD ECU
ECU1 15A ECM
TCU1 20A TCM
HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)
A/C1 15A A/C Relay
E-CVVT2 20A [G4KR] ECM
E-CVVT3 20A [G4KR] ECM
1
MDPS
ALT
E-CVVT
1
OIL
PUMP
COOLING
FAN
HEAD
LAMP
LH
START
HEAD
LAMP
RH
FUEL
PUMP
4WD
1
ECU
1
TCU
HORN
A/C
1
E-CVVT
2
E-CVVT
3
JK1_en_US.book Page 54
9
9-55
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)
Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
IG1 30A IG1 Relay
ECU3 30A Engine Control Relay
IG2 30A IG2 Relay
ACC 30A ACC Relay
ECU2 10A ECM
EWP 20A Electronic Water Pump
MODULE 10A Front Radar, Front Corner Radar LH/RH, AWD ECU
MDPS2 10A MDPS Unit
IEB4 10A IEB Unit
TCU2 15A P/N Relay, TCM, Electronic Oil Pump
SENSOR3 10A
[G4KR] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), E/R Sub Junction
Block (PTC Heater1 Relay)
SENSOR2 10A
[G4KR] E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay), Oil Control
Valve (Exhaust), Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Purge
Control Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve,
Canister Close Valve
[G6DS] E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay), RCV Control
Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor #1~#4, Oil
Control Valve #1~#4, Canister Close Valve
SENSOR1 10A
[G4KR] Injector #1~#4, E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump
Relay)
[G6DS] Injector #1~#6 (MPI), E/R Junction Block (Fuel
Pump Relay)
IGN COIL 15A
[G4KR] Ignition Coil #1~#4
[G6DS] Ignition Coil #1~#6 (MPI)
SENSOR4 15A Cooling Fan Motor
ECU4 20A ECM
WASHER 15A Washer Relay, E/R Junction Block (Washer RR Relay)
IG1
ECU
3
IG2
ACC
ECU
2
EWP
MODULE
MDPS
2
IEB
4
TCU
2
SENSOR
3
SENSOR
2
1
SENSOR
IGN COIL
SENSOR
4
ECU
4
WASHER
JK1_en_US.book Page 55
Maintenance
9-56
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room sub junction block)
OJK090036
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay
names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the
information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OJK091056N
JK1_en_US.book Page 56
9
9-57
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room sub junction block)
Type Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
SB
PTC
HEATER1
30A [G4KR] PTC Heater 1 Relay
PTC
HEATER2
30A [G4KR] PTC Heater 2 Relay
PTC
HEATER3
30A [G4KR] PTC Heater 3 Relay
INVERTER 30A AC Inverter
WIPER FRT 30A Wiper Motor
IEB 3 40A IEB Unit
POWER
OUTLET 1
40A Power Outlet1 Relay
REAR
HEATED
40A Rear Heated Relay
IEB 1 60A IEB Unit
IEB 2 60A IEB Unit
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
MICRO
POWER
OUTLET 2
20A Luggage Power Outlet
A/C 2 10A A/C Control Module
HEATED
MIRROR
10A
Front A/C Controller, Driver/Passenger
Power Outside Mirror
POWER
OUTLET 3
20A Front Power Outlet
PTC
HEATER
1
PTC
HEATER
2
PTC
HEATER
3
INVERTER
WIPER
FRT
IEB
3
POWER
OUTLET
1
REAR
HEATED
IEB
1
IEB
2
BLOWER
POWER
OUTLET
2
A/C
2
HEATED
MIRROR
POWER
OUTLET
3
JK1_en_US.book Page 57
Maintenance
9-58
Luggage compartment (Rear sub junction block)
OJK090028
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay
names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the
information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OJK091057N
JK1_en_US.book Page 58
9
9-59
Luggage compartment (Rear sub junction block)
Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
B+2 30A
ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS5, Fuse - AIR BAG1,
E-SHIFTER1, IBU1, MODULE5)
CHILD
LOCK
15A Child Lock/Unlock Relay
P/WINDO
W RH
30A
Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power
Window Module RH
AMP 25A Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT1
30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
S/HEATER
PASS2
15A Not Used
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT2
30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
E-LSD 20A ELSD Control Module
S/HEATER
RR1
20A
Rear Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear Seat
Warmer Control Module
POWER
LIFTGATE
30A Power Liftgate Unit
S/HEATER
RR2
20A
Rear Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear Seat
Warmer Control Module
B+
2
CHILD
LOCK
P/WINDOW
RH
AMP
1
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
WIPER
RR
S/HEATER
PASS
1
2
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
S/HEATER
RR
1
POWER
LIFTGATE
2
S/HEATER
RR
JK1_en_US.book Page 59
Maintenance
9-60
Luggage compartment (Battery junction block)
OJK091029N
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay
names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the
information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
JK1_en_US.book Page 60
9
9-61
OJK092080N
JK1_en_US.book Page 61
Maintenance
9-62
Luggage compartment (Battery junction block)
Fuse Name Symbol
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
TRAILER 50A Trailer Connector
B+4 50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE4, P/SEAT PASS2,
TRAILER, DOOR LOCK)
B+1 50A
ICU Junction Block (Long Term Load Latch Relay,
Short Term Load Latch Relay, IPS1, IPS3, IPS4, IPS7)
B+3 50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/SEAT DRV1, P/SEAT
DRV2, S/HEATER DRV, S/HEATER PASS1, P/SEAT
PASS1, ECS, P/SEAT, SUNROOF, POWER HANDLE,
P/WINDOW LH)
B+5 125A E/R SUB Junction Block (B+)
B+6 100A
Rear Junction Block (Fuse - S/HEATER PASS2,
S/HEATER RR1, S/HEATER RR1, P/WNDOW RH, B+2,
PRESAFETY SEAT BELT1, PRESAFETY SEAT BELT2)
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
TRAILER
B+
4
1
B+
B+
3
B+
5
B+
6
AMS
JK1_en_US.book Page 62
9
9-63
Light Bulbs
Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to replace most vehicle
light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle
light bulbs because other parts of the
vehicle must be removed before you can
get to the bulb. This is especially true for
removing the headlight assembly to get
to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Prior to working on a light, depress the
foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position
and take the key with you when leaving
the vehicle to avoid sudden movement
of the vehicle and to prevent possible
electric shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may
burn your fingers.
NOTICE
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
fuse or electrical wiring system.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlight lens with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
Information
Headlight desiccant (if equipped)
This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to
reduce fogging inside the headlight due
to moisture. The desiccant is consumable
and its performance may change based
on the used period or environment. If
fogging inside the headlight due to
moisture continues for a long time,
consult an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
The headlight and tail lamp lenses could
appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
driving or the vehicle is driven at night in
wet weather. This condition is caused by
temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside and, it does not
indicate a problem with your vehicle.
When moisture condenses in the lamp, it
will be removed after driving with the
headlight on. The removable level may
differ depending on lamp size, lamp
position and environmental condition.
However, if moisture is not removed,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 63
9-64
Maintenance
Information
• A normally functioning lamp may flicker
momentarily to stabilize the vehicle’s
electrical control system. However, if
the lamp goes out after flickering
momentarily, or continues to flicker,
have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• The position lamp may not turn on
when the position lamp switch is turned
on, but the position lamp and headlight
switch may turn on when the headlight
switch is turned on. This may be caused
by network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If this
occurs, have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Information
The headlight aiming should be adjusted
after an accident or after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled.
Headlight, Position Lamp,
Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime
Running Light (DRL)
Replacement
OJK091020N
(1) Headlight (Low)
(2) Headlight (High/Low beam assist)
(3) Position lamp/Daytime running
light/Turn signal lamp
(4) Side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED lamps has to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair
the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 64
9
9-65
Puddle Lamp Replacement
OJK090021
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED lamps has to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair
the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
Rear Combination Lamp
Replacement
OJK091022N
(1) Turn signal lamp/Stop lamp
(2) Tail lamp/Stop lamp/Turn signal lamp
(3) Side marker
(4) Reverse lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED lamps has to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair
the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 65
9-66
Maintenance
High Mounted Stop Lamp
Replacement
OJK090034
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED lamps has to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair
the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
License Plate Lamp
Replacement
OJK090035
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED lamps has to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair
the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 66
9
9-67
Interior Light Replacement
First row lamp
OJX1090034L
Rear seat room lamp (without sunroof)
OJX1099035
Rear seat personal lamp (with sunroof)
OJX1099036
Vanity mirror lamp
OHI078071
Glove box lamp
OJK090023
Inner door handle lamp / Mood lamp / Door courtesy
lamp (if equipped)
OJK090025
JK1_en_US.book Page 67
9-68
Maintenance
Luggage compartment lamp
OJK091024N
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED lamps has to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair
the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
NOTICE
If you park your vehicle near a stainless
steel sign or glass facade building, the
vehicle’s exterior plastic parts such as a
bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp or side
view mirror might be damaged due to
sunlight reflected from the sign or
building. To prevent damage of the
exterior plastic parts, you should avoid
parking in areas where light may be
reflected or use a car cover. (The exterior
plastic parts applied to your vehicle may
vary.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
JK1_en_US.book Page 68
9
9-69
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month with
lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are kept clear
and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or its
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged if
they come into contact with high
pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes
while driving slowly to see if they have
been affected by water before getting on
the road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by applying
them lightly while maintaining a slow
forward speed.
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
• Especially, with high-pressure water,
water may leak through the windows
and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic parts,
do not clean with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
JK1_en_US.book Page 69
9-70
Maintenance
NOTICE
OJK090026
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high pressure
water washing may cause the failure of
electrical circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle as this may damage
them.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating
brushes should not be used as this can
damage the surface of your vehicle. A
steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may result
the oil to adhere and leave stains that is
difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (for example, microfiber
towel or sponge) when washing your
vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel.
When you hand wash your vehicle, you
should not use a cleaner that finishes with
wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty
(sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean
the surface with water before washing
the car.
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier between
your paint and contaminate. Keeping a
good coat of wax on your vehicle will help
protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no longer
bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste
wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
NOTICE
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a
dry cloth will scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such as a
detergent, an abrasive and a polish. In
case wax is applied, remove the wax
immediately using a silicon remover and
if any tar or tar contaminant is on the
surface use a tar remover to clean.
However, be careful not to apply too
much pressure on the painted area.
JK1_en_US.book Page 70
9
9-71
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is
impossible to modify only the damaged
area and repair of the whole part is
necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and
painting is required, have your vehicle
maintained and repaired by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Take extreme care, as it is difficult to
restore the quality after the repair.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use a
tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to
a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow
removal and dust control may collect on
the underbody. If these materials are not
removed, accelerated rusting can occur
on underbody parts such as the fuel lines,
frame, floor pan and exhaust system,
even though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because it
is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and
frame members have drain holes that
should not be allowed to clog with dirt;
trapped water in these areas can cause
rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes
while driving slowly to see if they have
been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward speed.
JK1_en_US.book Page 71
9-72
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, solvent, or wire brushes on
aluminum wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
water. Also, clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing acid
or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat
corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
produces vehicles of the highest quality.
However, this is only part of the job. To
achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner’s cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on
your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath the
vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective coatings
by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor
scrapes and dents which leave
unprotected metal exposed to
corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is
regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by high
humidity, particularly when temperatures
are just above freezing. In such
conditions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle surfaces by
moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is
slow to dry and holds moisture in contact
with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be
dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
particularly important to keep your
vehicle clean and free of mud or
accumulations of other materials. This
applies not only to the visible surfaces but
particularly to the underside of the
vehicle.
JK1_en_US.book Page 72
9
9-73
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosive materials. Attention to the
underside of the vehicle is particularly
important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area -
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.-, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
pay particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from view.
Do a thorough job; just dampening the
accumulated mud rather than washing
it away will accelerate corrosion rather
than prevent it. Water under high
pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don’t park your vehicle in a damp, poorly
ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion. This
is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered with
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with “touch-up” paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of
corrosion. If bare metal is showing
through, the attention of a qualified body
and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and
may damage painted surfaces in just a
few hours. Always remove bird droppings
as soon as possible.
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from
contacting the interior parts because they
may cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts, wipe
them off immediately. See the
instructions for the proper way to clean
vehicle interior surfaces.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle as this may damage
them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral
detergents or low alcohol content
solutions. If you use high alcohol
content solutions or acid/ alkaline
detergents, the color of the leather may
fade or the surface may get stripped
off.
JK1_en_US.book Page 73
9-74
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
if equipped
Vehicle interior surfaces
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vacuum
cleaner. If necessary, clean interior
surfaces with a mixture of warm water
and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before use).
if equipped
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution
recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
if equipped
Leather
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural product, each
part differs in thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric
to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting area
is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally from
usage. It is not a fault of the products.
NOTICE
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered by
warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers
or keys inside the back pocket may
damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
JK1_en_US.book Page 74
9
9-75
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may
prevent abrasion of the cover and
helps maintain the color. Be sure to
read the instructions and consult a
specialist when using leather coating
or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly.
Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and
wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe
off the cream with a wet cloth and
remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until
contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable
cloth and wipe with stain remover
used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove
gradually.
• Handling prime napa leather (if
equipped)
Try to avoid excessive sunlight and heat
exposure. Excessive sunlight and heat
exposure naturally fades and dries out
napa leather, causing wrinkles and
discoloration. If the napa leather is wet
with liquid, immediately clean it with
lint-free cloth to minimize damage. Do
not scratch the napa leather surface
with a sharp object. If your napa leather
seat is bright colored, it may be
contaminated or stained from dyed
materials such as jeans.
Interior wooden trim
• Use a wooden furniture protector (for
example, wax, coating compound) to
clean the interior wooden trim.
• Often wipe the interior wooden trim
with a lint-free, clean cloth to maintain
the unique wooden textures for a
longer period of time.
• If you spill beverage (for example,
water, coffee) over the interior wooden
trim, immediately wipe it with clean,
dry cloth.
• Sharp objects (for example, driver,
knife), adhesive materials, or tapes may
damage the interior wooden trim.
• Any strong impacts may damage the
interior wooden trim.
• If the coating finish over the interior
wooden trim is removed, moisture may
damage or change wood traits.
• If the interior wooden trim is damaged,
you may get a splinter from the wood
surface. Therefore, you should
immediately have the damaged interior
wooden trim replaced by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
JK1_en_US.book Page 75
9-76
Maintenance
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for cleaning
upholstery or carpet. Follow the
instructions provided with the soap. Do
not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle
become fogged (that is, covered with an
oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be
cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the
directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the
rear window. This may result in damage
to the rear window defroster grid.
Emission Control System
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission
control system to meet all applicable
emission regulations. There are three
emission control systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test
(with Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
during dynamometer testing, turn the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system off by pressing the ESC switch
(ESC OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system back
on by pressing the ESC switch again.
JK1_en_US.book Page 76
9
9-77
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation system
is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission
Control System including
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR
system is designed to allow the vapors
from the fuel tank to be loaded into a
canister while refueling at the gas station,
preventing the escape of fuel vapors into
the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank
are absorbed and stored in the onboard
canister. When the engine is running, the
fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are
drawn into the surge tank through the
purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control Module
(ECM); when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not
taken into the engine. After the engine
warms-up during ordinary driving, the
PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel
to the engine.
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a
highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the engine
may cause damage to the emission
system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide)
precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes. If you smell
exhaust fumes of any kind in your
vehicle, drive with all the windows fully
open. Have your vehicle checked and
repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of
automobile components and parts,
including components found in the
interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects and reproductive harm. In
addition, certain fluids contained in
vehicles and certain products of
component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
JK1_en_US.book Page 77
9-78
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an open
area for more than a short time with the
engine running, adjust the ventilation
system (as needed) to draw outside air
into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle
for any extended time with the engine
running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic
if equipped
converters
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic system
are very hot while the engine is running or
immediately after the engine is turned off.
To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such as
grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A
hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust system
and catalytic converter or you may get
burned.
Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do not seal
the bottom of the vehicle, and do not
coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It
may present a fire risk under certain
conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device. To
prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take the
following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline
engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the engine off and descending steep
grades in gear with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 minutes
or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any part
of the engine or emission control
system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level.
Running out of fuel could cause the
engine to misfire, damaging the
catalytic converter.
JK1_en_US.book Page 78
9
9-79
California Perchlorate
Notice
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See:
https://dtsc.ca.gov/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as
air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners
and keyless remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Section
67384.10 (a).
JK1_en_US.book Page 79
JK1_en_US.book Page 80
I
Index
JK1_en_US.book Page 1
I-2
Index
A
Accessing your vehicle ........................................................................................................ 5-5
Immobilizer System ........................................................................................................... 5-12
Smart Key ............................................................................................................................ 5-5
Active Sound Design .......................................................................................................... 6-56
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) ............................................................................... 5-38
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert Operation ........................................................................ 5-38
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert Precautions ...................................................................... 5-39
Advanced Rear Occupant Alert Settings ........................................................................... 5-38
Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................. 5-40
Air Bag - Supplemental Restraint System .......................................................................... 3-44
Additional Safety Precautions ........................................................................................... 3-66
Air Bag Warning Labels ..................................................................................................... 3-66
How Does the Air Bags System Operate? .......................................................................... 3-50
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .............................................................................. 3-55
SRS Care ............................................................................................................................ 3-65
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates ............................................................................ 3-54
Where Are the Air Bags? .................................................................................................... 3-46
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ..................................................................... 3-60
Air Cleaner .......................................................................................................................... 9-24
Filter Replacement ............................................................................................................ 9-24
Air Conditioner Compressor Label .................................................................................... 2-19
Air Conditioning System .................................................................................................... 2-14
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................................................................................ 6-38
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation ...................................................................................... 6-39
Emergency Precautions .................................................................................................... 6-41
Appearance Care ................................................................................................................ 9-68
Exterior Care ...................................................................................................................... 9-68
Interior Care ...................................................................................................................... 9-73
Automatic climate control system .................................................................................... 5-97
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ........................................................................... 5-100
Manual Temperature Control Mode ................................................................................ 5-101
System Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 5-110
System Operation ............................................................................................................ 5-109
Automatic Transmission .................................................................................................... 6-12
Automatic Transmission Operation ................................................................................... 6-12
Good Driving Practices ...................................................................................................... 6-20
LCD Display Messages (Cluster) ........................................................................................ 6-17
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) ................................................................................... 6-19
B
Battery ................................................................................................................................ 9-28
Battery Recharging ............................................................................................................ 9-30
Battery Usage Recommendations ..................................................................................... 9-30
Reset Items ....................................................................................................................... 9-31
Before Driving ...................................................................................................................... 6-5
Before Entering the Vehicle ................................................................................................. 6-5
Before Starting .................................................................................................................... 6-5
JK1_en_US.book Page 2
I
I-3
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) .................................................................... 7-35
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations .................................. 7-44
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation .............................................................. 7-40
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ................................................................. 7-38
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ........................................................................................ 7-74
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction ............................................................................... 7-76
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation ................................................................................... 7-75
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings ..................................................................................... 7-75
Brake Fluid ......................................................................................................................... 9-23
Checking the Brake Fluid Level ......................................................................................... 9-23
Braking System .................................................................................................................. 6-21
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) .......................................................................................... 6-29
Auto Hold .......................................................................................................................... 6-26
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ............................................................................................... 6-22
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ........................................................................................... 6-35
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ......................................................................................... 6-22
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...................................................................................... 6-31
Good Braking Practices ..................................................................................................... 6-38
High Performance Brake ................................................................................................... 6-22
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .......................................................................................... 6-34
Power-Assist Brakes .......................................................................................................... 6-21
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ................................................................................ 6-33
Bulb Wattage ..................................................................................................................... 2-12
C
Cabin Air Filter ................................................................................................................... 9-25
Filter Inspection ................................................................................................................ 9-25
Filter Replacement ............................................................................................................ 9-25
California Perchlorate Notice ............................................................................................ 9-79
Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................................................................ 3-35
Children Always in the Rear .............................................................................................. 3-35
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) .......................................................................... 3-38
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ......................................................................... 3-36
Climate control additional features ................................................................................ 5-115
Auto Defogging System .................................................................................................. 5-115
Auto Dehumidify ............................................................................................................. 5-116
Recirculating Air When Washer Fluid Is Used ................................................................. 5-117
Scheduled Ventilation Control ........................................................................................ 5-117
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...................................................................................... 5-117
Coasting ............................................................................................................................. 6-51
Coasting Operating Conditions ......................................................................................... 6-52
Coasting Release Conditions ............................................................................................ 6-52
Coasting Setting ................................................................................................................ 6-51
Consumer Information ...................................................................................................... 2-20
Convenience Features ......................................................................................................... 5-1
JK1_en_US.book Page 3
I-4
Index
D
Declaration of conformity ................................................................................................ 7-179
Front Radar ...................................................................................................................... 7-179
Rear Corner Radar ........................................................................................................... 7-180
Dimensions ......................................................................................................................... 2-11
Door locks ........................................................................................................................... 5-30
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ....................................................................... 5-34
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ....................................................................................... 5-35
Electronic Child Safety Lock .............................................................................................. 5-35
Operating Door Locks From Inside the Vehicle ................................................................. 5-32
Operating Door Locks From Outside the Vehicle .............................................................. 5-30
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ............................................................................. 6-53
Drive Mode ........................................................................................................................ 6-53
Driver Assistance System ..................................................................................................... 7-1
Driver Assistance System Notice ......................................................................................... 7-4
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ....................................................................................... 7-63
Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations ..................................................... 7-67
Driver Attention Warning operation .................................................................................. 7-65
Driver Attention Warning settings ..................................................................................... 7-64
E
Electronic Control Suspension .......................................................................................... 6-43
System Malfunction .......................................................................................................... 6-43
Electronic Limited Slip Differential .................................................................................... 6-42
Drive Mode Selection ........................................................................................................ 6-42
Warning Messages ............................................................................................................ 6-43
Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview ................................................ 6-44
Limitations of the System .................................................................................................. 6-45
System Malfunction .......................................................................................................... 6-45
Emergency Situations .......................................................................................................... 8-1
Emission Control System ................................................................................................... 9-76
Crankcase Emission Control System ................................................................................. 9-77
Evaporative Emission Control System including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ... 9-77
Exhaust Emission Control System ..................................................................................... 9-77
Engine ................................................................................................................................. 2-11
Engine Compartment ..................................................................................................2-10, 9-4
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant ......................................................... 9-19
Changing Coolant .............................................................................................................. 9-22
Checking the Coolant Level ............................................................................................... 9-20
Engine Number .................................................................................................................. 2-19
Engine Oil ........................................................................................................................... 9-16
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter .................................................................................... 9-18
Checking the Engine Oil Level ........................................................................................... 9-16
Engine Start/Stop Button .................................................................................................... 6-6
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions ..................................................................................... 6-7
Remote Start ....................................................................................................................... 6-9
Starting the Engine .............................................................................................................. 6-8
Turning Off the Engine ........................................................................................................ 6-9
JK1_en_US.book Page 4
I
I-5
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ................................................................. 9-14
Air Cleaner Filter ............................................................................................................... 9-15
Air Conditioning Refrigerant ............................................................................................. 9-16
Automatic Transmission Fluid ........................................................................................... 9-15
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors ............................................................................. 9-15
Brake Fluid ........................................................................................................................ 9-15
Brake Hoses and Lines ...................................................................................................... 9-15
Cooling System ................................................................................................................. 9-15
Drive Belts ......................................................................................................................... 9-14
Drive Shafts and Boots ...................................................................................................... 9-16
Engine Coolant/Liquid-cooled Intercooler Coolant .......................................................... 9-15
Engine Oil and Filter .......................................................................................................... 9-14
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler .................................................................................................. 9-16
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections ........................................................................... 9-14
Propeller Shaft .................................................................................................................. 9-16
Spark Plugs ....................................................................................................................... 9-15
Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint ............................................... 9-16
Suspension Mounting Bolts .............................................................................................. 9-16
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap ......................................................................................... 9-14
Exterior features ..................................................................................................... 5-70, 5-131
Fuel Filler Door .................................................................................................................. 5-78
Hood ................................................................................................................................. 5-70
Power Liftgate ................................................................................................................... 5-71
Roof Side Rails ................................................................................................................ 5-131
Smart Liftgate ................................................................................................................... 5-76
Exterior Overview (I) ............................................................................................................ 2-2
Exterior Overview (II) ........................................................................................................... 2-3
F
Fingerprint authentication system ................................................................................... 5-27
Fingerprint Authentication System Operation .................................................................. 5-28
Fingerprint Authentication System Settings ..................................................................... 5-27
Limitations of Fingerprint Authentication System ............................................................. 5-29
Remotely Starting the Vehicle ........................................................................................... 5-30
When Purchasing a Used Vehicle ...................................................................................... 5-30
Forward Attention Warning (FAW) .................................................................................... 7-70
Forward Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations ................................................. 7-72
Forward Attention Warning Operation .............................................................................. 7-71
Forward Attention Warning settings ................................................................................. 7-70
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) .......................................................................... 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations .................................... 7-20
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation ................................................................. 7-11
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings ...................................................................... 7-8
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ....................................................... 7-141
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and Precautions .................... 7-144
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation .................................................. 7-142
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings ..................................................... 7-141
Fuel Requirements .............................................................................................................. 1-8
Fuses .................................................................................................................................. 9-45
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement ............................................................... 9-47
JK1_en_US.book Page 5
I-6
Index
Fuse/Relay Panel Description ............................................................................................ 9-48
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ................................................................................. 9-46
G
Genesis Customer Care ........................................................................................................ 1-2
Genesis digital key ............................................................................................................. 5-13
Digital Key (Card Key) ........................................................................................................ 5-19
Digital Key (Smart Phone) ................................................................................................. 5-13
Limitations of the System .................................................................................................. 5-26
Personalized User Profile and Vehicle Settings ................................................................. 5-23
Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance ............................................................................. 5-26
Guide to Genesis Parts ......................................................................................................... 1-3
H
Hazard Warning Flasher ....................................................................................................... 8-2
Head-Up Display (HUD) ...................................................................................................... 5-80
Head-Up Display Information ............................................................................................ 5-81
Head-Up Display Settings ................................................................................................. 5-80
Precautions While Using the Head-Up Display .................................................................. 5-81
High Beam Assist (HBA) ..................................................................................................... 5-90
High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations ................................................................. 5-92
High Beam Assist Operation .............................................................................................. 5-91
High Beam Assist Settings ................................................................................................. 5-91
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) .......................................................................................... 7-106
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations ...................................................... 7-116
Highway Driving Assist Operation ................................................................................... 7-109
Highway Driving Assist Settings ...................................................................................... 7-108
How to Use this Manual ....................................................................................................... 1-6
I
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) ........................................................................................................ 6-47
Calibrating the Battery Sensor ........................................................................................... 6-50
Forced to Restart Engine ................................................................................................... 6-50
ISG Malfunction ................................................................................................................. 6-50
ISG System Off .................................................................................................................. 6-49
ISG System Operation ....................................................................................................... 6-48
If the Engine Overheats ........................................................................................................ 8-7
If the Engine Will Not Start ................................................................................................... 8-3
If You Have a Flat Tire (With Spare Tire) ............................................................................ 8-13
Changing Tires .................................................................................................................. 8-14
Jack and Tools ................................................................................................................... 8-13
Jack Label ......................................................................................................................... 8-19
Important Safety Precautions .............................................................................................. 3-2
Air Bag Hazards ................................................................................................................... 3-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ................................................................................................. 3-2
Control Your Speed ............................................................................................................. 3-3
Driver Distraction ................................................................................................................ 3-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ................................................................................... 3-3
Restrain All Children ............................................................................................................ 3-2
JK1_en_US.book Page 6
I
I-7
In Case of an Emergency While Driving .............................................................................. 8-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing .................................................................... 8-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving ........................................................................................ 8-2
If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving ................................................................................... 8-3
Infotainment System ....................................................................................................... 5-132
Antenna ........................................................................................................................... 5-132
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ..................................................................................... 5-134
Infotainment System ....................................................................................................... 5-134
Lexicon Premium Sound System .................................................................................... 5-135
Steering Wheel Remote Controls .................................................................................... 5-133
USB Port .......................................................................................................................... 5-132
Voice Recognition ........................................................................................................... 5-134
Instrument Cluster ............................................................................................................... 4-1
Instrument cluster ............................................................................................................... 4-2
Gauges and Meters ............................................................................................................. 4-3
Instrument Cluster Control ................................................................................................. 4-3
LCD Display Messages ...................................................................................................... 4-20
Transmission Shift Indicator ................................................................................................ 4-8
Warning and Indicator Lights .............................................................................................. 4-9
Instrument Panel Overview ................................................................................................. 2-6
Integrated memory system ............................................................................................... 5-41
Recalling Memory Positions .............................................................................................. 5-42
Resetting the System ........................................................................................................ 5-42
Seat Easy Access ............................................................................................................... 5-43
Storing Memory Positions ................................................................................................. 5-41
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) ................................................................................. 7-58
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Malfunction and Limitations .............................................. 7-61
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation ............................................................................ 7-59
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Settings .............................................................................. 7-58
Interior features ............................................................................................................... 5-120
AC Inverter ...................................................................................................................... 5-123
Cargo Net Holder ............................................................................................................ 5-128
Cargo Security Screen ..................................................................................................... 5-129
Clock ............................................................................................................................... 5-126
Coat Hook ....................................................................................................................... 5-126
Cup Holder ...................................................................................................................... 5-120
Floor Mat Anchor(s) ........................................................................................................ 5-127
Power Outlet ................................................................................................................... 5-121
Rear Side Window Sunshades ......................................................................................... 5-127
Sunvisor .......................................................................................................................... 5-121
USB Charger .................................................................................................................... 5-122
Wireless Smart Phone Charging System ......................................................................... 5-124
Interior Overview ................................................................................................................. 2-4
Introduction .................................................................................................................. 1-1, 1-2
J
Jump Starting ...................................................................................................................... 8-4
JK1_en_US.book Page 7
I-8
Index
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ............................................................................................. 7-102
Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations ......................................................... 7-106
Lane Following Assist Operation ..................................................................................... 7-104
Lane Following Assist Settings ........................................................................................ 7-103
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) .................................................................................................. 7-29
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations ............................................................. 7-33
Lane Keeping Assist Operation .......................................................................................... 7-31
Lane Keeping Assist Settings ............................................................................................. 7-29
Launch Control ................................................................................................................... 6-45
Launch Control Activation ................................................................................................. 6-45
Limited Use of Launch Control .......................................................................................... 6-47
Prerequisite for Activation ................................................................................................. 6-45
LCD display ......................................................................................................................... 4-27
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3- Inch 3D Cluster) .............................................................. 4-35
LCD Display Control .......................................................................................................... 4-27
Option Menu ..................................................................................................................... 4-33
View Modes ....................................................................................................................... 4-28
Light Bulbs .......................................................................................................................... 9-63
Headlight, Position Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL) Replacement 9-64
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement ........................................................................... 9-66
Interior Light Replacement ................................................................................................ 9-67
License Plate Lamp Replacement ..................................................................................... 9-66
Puddle Lamp Replacement ............................................................................................... 9-65
Rear Combination Lamp Replacement ............................................................................. 9-65
Lighting .............................................................................................................................. 5-82
Exterior Lights ................................................................................................................... 5-82
Interior Lights .................................................................................................................... 5-86
Welcome System ............................................................................................................... 5-89
M
Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 9-1
Maintenance Services .......................................................................................................... 9-5
Owner Maintenance Precautions ........................................................................................ 9-5
Owner’s Responsibility ........................................................................................................ 9-5
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) ..................................................................................... 7-54
Manual Speed Limit Assist Operation ................................................................................ 7-54
Mirrors ................................................................................................................................ 5-48
Inside Rearview Mirror ...................................................................................................... 5-48
Reverse Parking Aid ........................................................................................................... 5-59
Side View Mirrors .............................................................................................................. 5-57
N
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) ............................................................... 7-95
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control ..................................................... 7-99
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Operation ........................................................... 7-96
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Settings .............................................................. 7-96
JK1_en_US.book Page 8
I
I-9
O
Owner Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 9-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule ............................................................................................ 9-6
P
Panoramic sunroof ............................................................................................................ 5-65
Automatic Reversal ........................................................................................................... 5-67
Power Sunshade ............................................................................................................... 5-66
Resetting the Sunroof ....................................................................................................... 5-68
Slide Open/Close .............................................................................................................. 5-67
Sunroof Open Warning ..................................................................................................... 5-69
Tilt Open/Close ................................................................................................................. 5-66
R
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ................................................... 7-126
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations ................... 7-132
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation ................................................ 7-129
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings .................................................. 7-127
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ................................................................................................ 7-118
Rear View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations ............................................................. 7-120
Rear View Monitor Operation .......................................................................................... 7-119
Rear View Monitor Settings ............................................................................................. 7-119
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ....................................................................... 2-15
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number ............................................................................. 2-17
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) .............................................................................. 7-155
Remote Smart Parking Assist Malfunction and Limitations ............................................. 7-174
Remote Smart Parking Assist Operation ......................................................................... 7-158
Remote Smart Parking Assist Settings ............................................................................ 7-157
Reporting Safety Defects .................................................................................................. 2-21
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ......................................................... 7-146
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations ...................... 7-150
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation ................................................... 7-148
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings ...................................................... 7-146
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ...................................................................... 7-137
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and Precautions ................................... 7-139
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation ................................................................ 7-138
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings ................................................................... 7-138
S
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) ......................................................................................................... 7-48
Safe Exit Assist Malfunction and Limitations ..................................................................... 7-52
Safe Exit Assist Operation ................................................................................................. 7-50
Safe Exit Assist settings ..................................................................................................... 7-49
Safety Messages .................................................................................................................. 1-7
Scheduled Maintenance Services ....................................................................................... 9-8
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions .................................................................. 9-13
Normal Maintenance Schedule ......................................................................................... 9-10
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.) .................................................................... 9-11, 9-12
JK1_en_US.book Page 9
I-10
Index
Seat Belts ............................................................................................................................ 3-24
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ............................................................................ 3-33
Care of Seat Belts .............................................................................................................. 3-35
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) ................................................................................................. 3-32
Seat Belt Restraint System ................................................................................................ 3-27
Seat Belt Safety Precautions ............................................................................................. 3-24
Seat Belt Warning Light ..................................................................................................... 3-25
Seats ..................................................................................................................................... 3-4
Air Ventilation Seats .......................................................................................................... 3-23
Front Seats .......................................................................................................................... 3-8
Head Restraint ................................................................................................................... 3-17
Rear Seats ......................................................................................................................... 3-14
Safety Precautions .............................................................................................................. 3-7
Seat Warmers .................................................................................................................... 3-21
Seats & Safety System .......................................................................................................... 3-1
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ................................................................................................ 7-76
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations ............................................................ 7-90
Smart Cruise Control Operation ........................................................................................ 7-84
Smart Cruise Control Settings ........................................................................................... 7-77
Smart posture care system ................................................................................................ 5-44
Special Driving Conditions ................................................................................................. 6-56
Driving at Night ................................................................................................................. 6-57
Driving in Flooded Areas ................................................................................................... 6-58
Driving in the Rain ............................................................................................................. 6-58
Hazardous Driving Conditions ........................................................................................... 6-56
Highway Driving ................................................................................................................ 6-58
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ......................................................................................... 6-59
Rocking the Vehicle ........................................................................................................... 6-57
Smooth Cornering ............................................................................................................. 6-57
Steering wheel ................................................................................................................... 5-45
Heated Steering Wheel ..................................................................................................... 5-47
Horn .................................................................................................................................. 5-47
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) ............................................................................... 5-45
Tilt/Telescopic Steering ..................................................................................................... 5-46
Steering Wheel Control Overview (I) ................................................................................... 2-8
Steering Wheel Control Overview (II) .................................................................................. 2-9
Storage compartment ..................................................................................................... 5-118
Center Console Storage .................................................................................................. 5-118
Glove Box ........................................................................................................................ 5-118
Mobile Phone Holder ....................................................................................................... 5-119
Sunglass Holder ............................................................................................................... 5-119
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ......................................................................................... 7-121
Surround View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations ...................................................... 7-125
Surround View Monitor Operation ................................................................................... 7-124
Surround View Monitor Settings ..................................................................................... 7-122
T
Theft-alarm system ............................................................................................................ 5-37
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............................................................................ 8-8
Changing a Tire with TPMS ................................................................................................ 8-12
JK1_en_US.book Page 10
I
I-11
Check Tire Pressure ............................................................................................................ 8-9
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale ....................................................... 8-10
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light ....................................................................................... 8-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ........................................................................................ 8-9
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator ....................................... 8-11
Tire Specification and Pressure Label ............................................................................... 2-18
Tires and Wheels ....................................................................................................... 2-13, 9-32
All Season Tires ................................................................................................................. 9-43
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ............................................................................................ 9-33
Low Aspect Ratio Tires ...................................................................................................... 9-44
Radial-Ply Tires ................................................................................................................. 9-43
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures .................................................................... 9-32
Snow Tires ......................................................................................................................... 9-43
Summer Tires .................................................................................................................... 9-43
Tire Care ............................................................................................................................ 9-32
Tire Maintenance .............................................................................................................. 9-36
Tire Replacement .............................................................................................................. 9-35
Tire Rotation ..................................................................................................................... 9-34
Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................................................................... 9-36
Tire Terminology and Definitions ...................................................................................... 9-40
Tire Traction ...................................................................................................................... 9-36
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ................................................................................... 9-34
Wheel Replacement .......................................................................................................... 9-36
Towing ............................................................................................................................... 8-20
Towing Service .................................................................................................................. 8-20
Trailer Towing .................................................................................................................... 6-64
Driving with a Trailer ......................................................................................................... 6-67
If You Decide to Pull a Trailer? ........................................................................................... 6-65
Maintenance When Towing a Trailer ................................................................................. 6-69
Trailer Towing Equipment ................................................................................................. 6-66
V
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off ........................................................................................................ 6-10
Deactivating Conditions .................................................................................................... 6-10
Operating Conditions ........................................................................................................ 6-10
System Operation ............................................................................................................. 6-11
Vehicle Break-in Process ................................................................................................... 1-11
Vehicle Certification Label ................................................................................................ 2-18
Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders .......................................................... 1-12
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ................................................................................. 2-18
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects ..................... 2-1
Vehicle Load Limit ............................................................................................................. 6-70
The Loading Information Label ......................................................................................... 6-71
Vehicle Modifications ........................................................................................................ 1-11
Vehicle Settings (infotainment system) ............................................................................ 4-37
Setting Your Vehicle .......................................................................................................... 4-38
Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume ............................................................................... 2-14
JK1_en_US.book Page 11
I-12
Index
W
Washer Fluid ...................................................................................................................... 9-24
Checking the Washer Fluid Level ...................................................................................... 9-24
Windows ............................................................................................................................. 5-61
Power Windows ................................................................................................................. 5-62
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging ............................................................................ 5-112
Defogging Logic .............................................................................................................. 5-114
Rear Window Defroster ................................................................................................... 5-114
To Defog Inside Windshield ............................................................................................. 5-113
To Defrost Outside Windshield ........................................................................................ 5-113
Winter Driving .................................................................................................................... 6-60
Snow or Icy Conditions ...................................................................................................... 6-60
Winter Precautions ............................................................................................................ 6-63
Wiper Blades ...................................................................................................................... 9-26
Blade Inspection ................................................................................................................ 9-26
Blade Replacement ........................................................................................................... 9-27
Wipers and washers ........................................................................................................... 5-93
Front Windshield Washers ................................................................................................. 5-95
Front Windshield Wipers ................................................................................................... 5-93
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ....................................................................................... 5-96
JK1_en_US.book Page 12
